Download Postgraduate Subjects

367
Section 13 - Postgraduate subjects
Information about subject entries
Subject codes
The postgraduate subjects listed in this Handbook
are in alpha-numeric order by code.
The codes comprise:
• a three alpha-character abbreviation of the
subject area or discipline; followed by
• a three digit number the first digit of which
indicates the subject’s level.
Subject levels\
The level of a subject is denoted by the first digit
of its code.
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Level 7
Denotes an introductory, usually first
year, undergraduate subject.
Denotes a subject normally taken
in the second full-time year of
an undergraduate course which
usually has a level 1 subject as a
prerequisite.
Denotes a subject normally taken
in the third full-time year of an
undergraduate course which usually
has a level 1 or level 2 subject as a
prerequisite.
Denotes a subject taken in the fourth
full-time year of an undergraduate
course which usually has a level
1 or level 2 or level 3 subject
as a prerequisite; or a subject in
a graduate certificate or graduate
diploma course.
Denotes a subject taken in a master
or doctoral program or a dissertation
taken in a master by coursework and
dissertation program.
Denotes the research component in a
master by research program.
Denotes the research component of a
doctoral program.
Prerequisites, Corequisites and Enrolment
Restrictions
Prerequisites, corequisites and enrolment
restrictions (these terms are explained below) may
apply to particular subjects and where they do they
are specified in the description of that subject. If
there is no mention of prerequisites, corequisites or
enrolment restrictions in a particular description then
none apply to that subject.
If a subject has a prerequisite, the student must
have passed the prerequisite, or expect to have
passed the prerequisite, when enrolling in that
subject.
If a subject has a corequisite, the student must enrol
in the corequisite in the same session as the student
enrols in that subject, unless the corequisite has
already been passed.
Enrolment restrictions are conditions which restrict
enrolment in a subject to particular student cohorts.
Assumed knowledge
For some Faculty of Commerce subjects, the Faculty
has identified prior knowledge which the student
is assumed to have acquired prior to enrolment in
the subject. This assumed knowledge is described
as being equivalent to that covered in specified
other postgraduate subjects also listed in the
postgraduate Handbook and is identified in the final
paragraph of the abstract for the subject in question.
Textbooks
Information on the textbooks prescribed for
particular subjects is not provided in this Handbook
as the information is susceptible to frequent change.
Students are told of the textbooks required for a
particular subject when they have enrolled in the
subject. Distance education students are advised by
mail; on-campus students are advised in their first
class in the subject.
Points
The point value of a subject is indicated by the
number in brackets after the subject’s title. The
point value denotes the relative size of a subject. A
standard subject is 8 points and four 8 point subjects
(ie 32 points) constitute a normal full-time semester
study load.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
368 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Subject descriptions
ACC500 CURRENT ISSUES IN FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING (8)
Alternative approaches to the development of
financial accounting theories. Substantive theories
and associated research. Topics include the
reporting environment, capital market reactions
to accounting information and reporting, agency
theory, the properties of accounting numbers.
ACC501 BUSINESS ACCOUNTING & FINANCE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Provides a generalised foundation in accounting and
finance skills and concepts. Enables students to
analyse models of business information systems
and apply techniques of accounting and finance to
novel problem situations.
ACC502 INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC501 or equivalent
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
International Commerce, other postgraduate
students
The subject is designed to provide students
with an international management perspective on
multinational business and financial communities,
to give an understanding of the evolution of the
conceptual development of accounting in different
countries, the accounting dimensions of growing
world-wide economic interdependence, foreign
currency translation, international performance
evaluation and management accounting,
international accounting standards and multinational
transfer pricing.
ACC503 INDIVIDUAL DECISION ANALYSIS (8)
Behavioural decision theory in the context of
decisions made by users of accounting information,
such as accountants, managers and auditors. Topics
include the basis of intuitive predictions, systematic
biases in predictive judgement, normative principles
of decision analysis, the effect of decisions aids on
decision performance.
ACC504 ADVANCED CIS AUDITING (8)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of an
undergraduate auditing subject
Advanced topics and methodologies for assessing
the effectiveness and efficiency of CIS controls
in various computer environments and applications
systems. Practical audit approaches and techniques
for reviewing and evaluating operating and database
systems, distributed network systems, expert and
knowledge based systems and electronic data
interchange systems.
ACC506 FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS (8)
An analysis of methods for the appraisal of
published corporate financial statements and
Charles Sturt University
prediction of corporate financial performance from
information which is publicly available. Emphasis
will also be placed on theoretical issues raised by
the efficient market hypothesis, portfolio theory and
risk adjustment and an appraisal of the results of
empirical research.
ACC507 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Management accounting within the context of
the strategic management of a business. How
management accounting can aid the selection
and implementation of appropriate competitive
strategies. The impact of different types of
organisation structure and strategies on the
management accounting requirements of a
business. Topics include strategic analysis,
shareholder value analysis, value chain analysis,
product profitability, outsourcing, marketing and
customer profitability and corporate strategy for
diversified firms.
ACC508 ADVANCED STUDIES IN FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING (8)
The effect of the conceptual framework project
on accounting practice and the application of
those concepts to new accounting issues; the
review of emerging issues which receive divergent
or “unacceptable” treatment in practice; advanced
accounting for consolidations and translation of
foreign currency financial statements; leases;
accounting for construction contracts and derivative
financial instruments, including hedging; the
measurement of earnings per share; and the role of
present values in financial accounting.
ACC509 STRATEGIC COST MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS (8)
This subject explains how product costing and
management control systems can be used to
increase the competitive effectiveness and efficiency
of a business.
ACC510 CURRENT ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING (8)
Extension of disciplinary perspectives in
management accounting. Substantive theories and
associated research in management accounting.
Topics include theory and practice of management
accounting; organisation theory; behavioural
theories and economic theories and their
relationship with management accounting.
ACC511 ACCOUNTING & INFORMATION
SYSTEMS (16)
The main objective is to provide students with a
foundation for a modern professional education in
accounting. Introduces students to the discipline
in an integrated manner dealing with both
management accounting and financial accounting
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 369
and developing and using quantitative, information
technology and communication skills. Provides
the basis for an iterative and spiral approach
to accounting, introducing students to areas of
accounting dealt with in greater depth in later
subjects.
ACC512 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING FOR
COSTS & CONTROL (8)
Focuses on management accounting for costing
and control purposes in an organisational context.
The subject emphasises the use of quantitative
techniques and computer software including
spreadsheets and presentation graphics. An
overview of Management Accounting Theory with
emphasis on Systems Design and Contingency
Theory provides a framework for the analysis
of conventional and modern cost accounting
paradigms.
ACC513 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING FOR
DECISIONS (8)
Prerequisite: ACC511 or ACC501
The focus is on aspects of management accounting
which assist decision makers in organisations.
Models of choice are evaluated together with
quantitative operation research techniques and the
role played by the management accountant in
providing information for these choice models.
Extensive use is made of computer software
designed to support the decision making function.
ACC514 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (8)
Prerequisite: ACC511 or ACC501
Builds upon the introduction to financial accounting
provided in prerequisite subjects. The major
focus is on partnership and company accounting
requirements including corporate external reporting
practices, the analysis and interpretation of financial
statements, accounting for corporate restructuring,
and statutory and professional issues.
ACC515 ACCOUNTING & FINANCE (8)
Prerequisite: ACC511
Integrates accounting and finance functions in
the environment of financial institutions; includes
theories of investment and financing, and an
examination of analytical tools relevant to modern
financial decision making. Appropriate computer
software is used to assist financial analysis.
ACC516 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(16)
Prerequisite: ACC514
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
Deals with the accounting and reporting
requirements of corporations set down by legislation
and the professional accounting bodies in Australia.
It follows on from ACC514 Financial Accounting,
concentrating on accounting for different forms of
business combinations, including parent-subsidiary
relationships, foreign subsidiaries, associated
companies and joint ventures. Some of the more
current financial reporting disclosure requirements
for companies are also studied, as an introduction
to the many more advanced aspects of financial
reporting to be continued in ACC518 Current
Developments in Accounting Thought.
ACC517 AUDITING & CONTROL SYSTEMS (16)
Prerequisite: ACC514
Examines the impact of auditing concepts on
professional and legal exercise of responsibilities.
Covers application of advanced audit techniques,
including appropriate mathematical and computer
models; control of audit quality and audit for specific
purposes.
ACC518 CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS IN
ACCOUNTING THOUGHT (8)
Prerequisite: ACC516
A critical review of developments in accounting
theory and professional standards including the
search for a conceptual framework, the evaluation
and comparison of various accounting models
and discussion of contemporary accounting and
reporting issues.
ACC519 ACCOUNTING & FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT FOR SMALL BUSINESS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate and
Masters students only
The characteristics, problems, prospects and
importance of small business in Australia. Factors
affecting small business survival and development
are examined, particularly in terms of the role the
public accountant as a provider of small business
management advisory services.
ACC520 CURRENT ISSUES IN AUDITING (8)
Current issues relating to audit research and
practice. Topics include the relevance of audit
research to practice, factors influencing the supply
and demand of audit services, an in depth coverage
of audit judgement processes and discussion on the
expanding scope of audit services.
ACC522 INTERNATIONAL DIMENSIONS OF
ACCOUNTING (8)
The subject is designed to provide students with an
international perspective on multinational business
and financial communities, to give an understanding
of the evolution of the conceptual development of
accounting in different countries, and to provide
an understanding of the accounting dimensions of
growing world-wide economic inter-dependence.
ACC525 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTABILITY IN THE
PUBLIC SECTOR (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate and
Masters students only
The subject provides students with the knowledge
and skills to effectively and efficiently manage
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
370 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
the financial resources under their control.
Contemporary budgeting and financial systems
within the student’s organisation and the Public
Sector in general are examined with the emphasis
being on accountability for program and activity
outcomes.
ACC527 ACCOUNTING REGULATION (8)
Alternative forms of regulatory arrangements and
competing sources of regulatory authority. How
policy is formed, implemented and enforced.
ACC529 HISTORY OF ACCOUNTING THOUGHT
(8)
Emphasises the nature of history and provides
a broad overview of the history of accounting.
Evaluates significant contributions to the accounting
literature and examines the development of ideas of
importance to contemporary accounting.
ACC530 SPECIAL TOPIC IN ACCOUNTING (8)
This subject may be available either to meet the
needs of a particular student or group of students
(by way of a set of examinable readings) or to take
advantage of a special are of interest or expertise
of existing or visiting staff. Alternatively, research
students may be given permission to take a subject
in another Faculty to assist in their dissertation work.
ACC531 DISSERTATION (24)
Prerequisite: Coursework for the Master of
Commerce (Accounting) must be completed
before enrolment
ACC540 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (8)
The way researchers identify and investigate issues,
with emphasis on the provision of information within
organisations and to external parties. Hypotheses,
models and theories, review of research methods
used in accounting and related disciplines.
ACC592 SECURITY CONTROL AND BUSINESS
INFORMATION SYSTEMS (8)
This subject introduces the use of computerised
information systems specifically in the area of
business. Students are introduced to information
technology resources available to build
computerised information systems that record,
summarise and report events arising from an
organisations interactions with its environment,
which includes economic, social, political and
regulatory entities. The subject will include a
detailed examination of management and executive
information systems and their role in data
management and systems management within
organisations. As part of this process, controls
and audit processes in electronic commerce in
organisations will be included.
ACC593 FORENSIC ACCOUNTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Charles Sturt University
This subject introduces the role of the forensic
accountant in the investigative process. Students
are given an overview of forensic accounting, the
skills and services provided by forensic accountants
as well as the phases of a forensic accounting
review. As forensic accounting calls for an
understanding of accounting, the subject will take
students through an in depth review of accounting
as a social process as well as the reports produced
by the accounting process.
ACC594 ADVANCED FORENSIC ACCOUNTING
(8)
Prerequisite: ACC593 Forensic Accounting
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
This subject develops the role of the forensic
accountant in the investigative process and litigation
introduced in Forensic Accounting. The subject
will include a detailed examination of the phases
of forensic accounting review as well as the
practical aspects of such a review including
financial statement analysis and interpretation, risk
assessment, internal control and audit.
ACC595 ACCOUNTING IN A DIGITAL
ENVIRONMENT (8)
Students can successfully complete this subject
without prior knowledge of accounting. The subject
addresses significant accounting issues arising as
a result of the development and implementation
of electronic commerce by business entities.
Specifically, taxation, finance, auditing, financial
accounting and management accounting websites
are investigated, analysed and reported. This
subject also examines course information from
professional accounting bodies around the world,
professional practice information, accounting
standards, pronouncements, corporate annual
reports and the general disclosure of accounting
information on the Internet. These issues are
of interest to a broad range of individuals
in commercial environments, including corporate
executive officers and managers, professional
accountants and information technology
consultants.
ACC601 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
PART-TIME (16)
ACC602 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
FULL-TIME (32)
ACC605 ACCOUNTING HONOURS THESIS
ACC701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH PART-TIME (16)
ACC702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH FULL-TIME (32)
ACT400 DIRECTING ACTORS FOR THE CAMERA
(8)
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 371
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in
Communication (Television Direction)
A subject designed to teach television and video
directors how to work productively with actors so
as to elicit truthful performances that will best
serve their interpretation of the material. It will help
the director understand how the actor’s instrument
works, the language of the actor, and what will and
won’t stimulate the actor’s imagination to behave in
a specific and truthful manner. By learning how to
analyse dramatic material the director will be better
able to communicate with the actor in a productive
and meaningful way.
AGB233 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1 (8)
A comprehensive subject aimed at introducing the
principles and practice of business management
with particular emphasis on financial management
of small agribusinesses. Major topics of study
include: management concepts, understanding
financial statements, evaluating past performance,
planning ahead, financing the business, the taxation
system in Australia, investment appraisal and
business structure. The subject material is applied
to businesses involved in the equine sector,
agriculture, viticulture and issues in farm forestry.
AGB400 AGRICULTURAL POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
Studies agricultural policy using economics and
politics. The processes of policy formation, concepts
of economic policy analysis and a detailed
examination of specific policies are covered.
AGB401 AGRICULTURAL MARKET ANALYSIS (8)
The application of advanced microeconomic theory
to agricultural market issues and the analysis of
market function and performance using market
analysis techniques.
AGB403 AGRICULTURAL MARKETING CASES
(8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
Students investigate and report on an individual
case study related to a marketing or management
problem in agriculture.
AGB513 SUPPLY CHAIN PRINCIPLES (8)
An introduction to supply chain concepts and their
application to business linkages in a supply chain
system. This subject would look at mega-trends
in the agrifood sector such as globalisation, WTO
policies, food safety and health issues. Economic
theory underlying relations along a supply chain
especially transaction cost economics and risk
analysis. Description and analysis of different types
of supply chains and how different supply chains
have been formed.
AGB514 SUPPLY CHAIN RELATIONSHIPS (8)
Prerequisite: AGB513
The development of successful supply chains
requires participants to engage with each other
in cooperative behaviour rather than the more
traditional isolated non-cooperative behaviour. The
subject first establishes an underlying framework
for cooperative behaviour focussing on issues such
as fairness, trust and ethical conflict resolution. It
then moves on to a discussion of how to build and
operate a supply chain. This involves strategies
and structure. Once built, the relationship in the
supply chain must be maintained and nurtured
and the supply chain must be capable of learning
and adapting to the changing environment. In the
third component of the subject are presented some
examples of the development of agrifood supply
chains.
AGR401 AGRICULTURAL PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: Graduate Diploma of Applied
Science (Agricultural Studies) students only
An individually supervised research project in which
students critically investigate an applied problem in a
nominated area of agriculture.
AGR402 READING IN AGRICULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
A directed program of advanced reading related
to the study undertaken in the nominated area of
specialisation in the Graduate Diploma in Applied
Science (Agricultural Studies) and the Bachelor of
Applied Science (Honours).
AGR403 GRADUATE TOPIC 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
AGR404 GRADUATE TOPIC 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
AGR405 GRADUATE TOPIC 3 (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
The subject provides the framework for an in-depth
study at an advanced level of a topic which must
be related to the discipline area selected by the
student.
AGR501 SPECIAL TOPIC 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science
(Agriculture) students only
An advanced in-depth study of a topic related to the
discipline area selected by the student for a Master
degree program. Students obtain the content of this
subject by consultation with the Course Coordinator
for the Master of Applied Science (Agriculture).
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
372 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
AGR502 SPECIAL TOPIC 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science
(Agriculture) students only
An advanced in-depth study of a topic related to the
discipline area selected by the student for a Master
degree program. Students obtain the content of this
subject by consultation with the Course Coordinator
for the Master of Applied Science (Agriculture).
AGR503 SPECIAL TOPIC 3 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science
(Agriculture) students only
An advanced in-depth study of a topic related to the
discipline area selected by the student for a Master
degree program. Students obtain the content of this
subject by consultation with the Course Coordinator
for the Master of Applied Science (Agriculture).
AGR601 MASTER RESEARCH (AGRICULTURE)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the agriculture
discipline.
AGR602 MASTER RESEARCH (AGRICULTURE)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the agriculture
discipline.
AGR701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(AGRICULTURE) PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the agriculture
discipline.
AGR702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(AGRICULTURE) FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the agriculture
discipline.
ART401 THEORIES OF CRITICISM (16)
Prerequisite: approval of Discipline Coordinator
and Head of School
Enrolment restriction: BA Honours in Art
History, Fine Arts, Photography, Graphic Design
students only
This subject is intended to encourage and assist
critical understanding of the theory and practice of
art. What, if anything, makes works of art different
to other things? How are they produced, and how
do they achieve their effects? On what basis can
they be said to be good or bad? We survey the
basic types of answers which have been proposed
to these questions, and consider the possibility that
theories, while useful, are subjective, competitive
and relative.
Charles Sturt University
ART402 READING SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: approval of Discipline Coordinator
and Head of School
Enrolment restriction: BA Honours in Art
History, Fine Arts, Photography, Graphic Design
students only
The subject involves in-depth reading of the
literature in a field of study of interest to the
student, under the guidance of a supervisor.
Areas in which supervision is available include
Australian Arts, Women and Art History, Modernism
and Marginalisation, Design History, the Italian
Renaissance, and Theories of Cultural Production.
ART411 HERITAGE PRACTICES (8)
This subject examines the development and
implementation of the concept of “heritage” in State
discourse, legislation and government policy and
practice. The principals and practices of heritage
management will be outlined and studied within
the parameters of government heritage authorities,
museums and the private sector heritage industry.
Basic heritage issues are examined and students
will obtain the skills necessary for the development
and analysis of management and conservation
plans.
ART415 CULTURAL HERITAGE RESEARCH
METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: ART410, ART411, ART412 and
ART413
This subject covers the basic qualitative and
quantitative research methods used within the
heritage industry. The unit is for students wish to
specialise in curatorship or exhibition production.
ART501/511 THEORIES OF CRITICISM (16)
Prerequisite: MA (Visual & Performing Arts)
students only
This year-long subject acquaints students with key
types of theory which seek to explain the nature
of the visual and performing arts and how they
function. They deal with styles, including how works
can be categorised and attributed; psychological
processes of production and consumption of art;
the meaning of content of works, and their
cultural significance. Examines traditional debates
and approaches to defining the purpose of art and
judging it. Focuses on contemporary theory and
criticism.
ART502/512 READING SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: MA (Visual & Performing Arts)
students only
In-depth reading of literature in a field of study
of interest to the student, under the guidance of
a supervisor. Students may concentrate on art
historical issues, or may choose to explore theory or
practice of art as it relates to other discipline areas
such as literature, history, psychology, religious
studies, sociology, gender or cultural studies.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 373
ART503/513 PRACTICAL CRITICISM (16)
Prerequisite: MA (Visual & Performing Arts)
students only
Students develop short examples of formal criticism
on set subjects and a major critical essay on work of
their own choosing. This may be an art object, film
or video, an exhibition, performance, or collection.
Students should have direct access to the work
chosen and the possibility of dealing with their
own work is not excluded. Where the intention and
reception of the work are discussed, the student
should show an understanding of the use of sources
and the respective values of the subjective and
objective materials. Production of an outline, drafts
and final version will all form part of the assessment.
ART504/514 TOPIC DEVELOPMENT (16)
Prerequisite: Approval of the MA(VPA)
Admissions Committee.
This subject examines and develops under
supervision, the initial proposal submitted for
acceptance into the MA(VPA) program, exhibition/
performance/project.
ART505/515 EXHIBITION/PERFORMANCE
PROJECT (48)
Enrolment restriction: MA (Visual & Performing
Arts) students only
Prerequisite: ART504
A program of arts practice undertaken under
supervision and in a field approved by the Course
Coordinator, MA(Visual & Performing Arts).
ART510 RESEARCH PROJECT IN HERITAGE
STUDIES (32)
This subject involves the completion of supervised
research and the production of a written report
of 12 000-15 000 words on an approved topic or
an analytic report of that length on a completed
internship in a cultural heritage institution.
ASC201 EQUINE REPRODUCTION
A study of the functional anatomy and physiology
of the reproductive system of a horse, followed by
studies of breeding problems, foal development and
specialised breeding techniques such as artificial
insemination.
ASC202 EQUINE LOCOMOTION
Relates the structure of the limbs, and the functioning of the cardiovascular and circulatory systems to
produce normal movement in a horse, plus some of
the problems which can occur in these systems.
ASC321 EQUINE EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Studies structural, physiological and biochemical
adaptations of the horse to training, including fitness
and fatigue, structural changes in bone and tendons,
biochemical changes in muscle and physiological
changes in the cardiopulmonary systems.
ASC323 EQUINE NUTRITION
Studies all aspects of horse feeding and nutrition
including evaluation and preparation of feeds, and
advanced techniques of diet formulation and feeding
trials.
ASC401 ANIMAL BREEDING (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
Use of new techniques in animal breeding. Particular
emphasis on immunogenetics, incorporation of
growth factors and increased reproductive
performance.
ASC402 ADVANCED ANIMAL NUTRITION (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
General nutrition including: recent re-evaluation of
fibre in livestock diets, interpretation of data from
feeding trials, errors in measurement and their
importance in animal nutrition, feeding standards,
cost effective diets, high density diets, and growth
promoting compounds.
ASC403 ANIMAL PRODUCTION SYSTEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
and approved undergraduate students
Australia produces an astonishing range of animal
products from beef to barramundi, and it follows that
each production system has its own peculiarities.
However, there are also common themes which
concern all types of producers, such as quality
assurance, the importance of monitoring and
meeting market specifications, the threats and
opportunities presented by increasing development
in Asia, the environmental impact of their enterprise,
and a growing public concern for animal welfare. The
first part of this subject provides a brief introduction
to a number of different animal production systems,
encouraging the student to appreciate the breadth
of animal agriculture in Australia, and to identify
some common themes. The second part of the
subject involves an in-depth analysis of one animal
production system of the student’s choice. This will
be undertaken from both a theoretical and practical
standpoint, through readings and a case study.
ASC410 STUDIES IN EQUINE PERFORMANCE
Prerequisite: ASC202
This subject concentrates on gait mechanics and
how conformation may affect gait and performance
in the individual horse. Conditioning principles
appropriate for various equine sporting activities are
examined, as are the factors which may adversely
affect the performance of a horse.
ASC411 EQUINE REPRODUCTIVE
MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: ASC201
This subject assumes a sound understanding of
reproductive physiology and endocrinology and
focuses on the application of this knowledge to
management of the stallion, mare and artificial
breeding techniques, in order to maximise
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
374 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
reproductive efficiency. The technologies and
procedures that are utilised in such management
are examined and common management practices
critically assessed.
ASC412 EQUINE NUTRITION 2
Prerequisite: ASC323
This subject expands the study of the theory
and practice of horse feeding. Practical feeding
recommendations will be related to the structure and
function of the digestive system. The metabolism of
absorbed substrates, including commonly used feed
additives will be studied. Feeding practice and ration
formulation for different classes of horse will also be
studied in depth.
ASC413 EQUINE HEALTH 2
A preventative approach to equine health is
taken with emphasis on how modern management
practices can be implemented to provide a horse
friendly environment.
BCM306 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BCM205
An advanced level subject with an intensive practical
schedule that familiarises students with techniques
used in gene manipulation or genetic engineering
and related innovative applications in modern
medical biotechnology.
BCM307 PERSPECTIVES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: BMS212 and BCM306, plus two
other 2nd or 3rd Level subjects
Acquaints students with developments at the
frontiers of biotechnology, with special reference to
the potential hazards and bioethical dilemmas posed
by the new technologies. Develops communication
skills via the presentation of critical reports and
seminars.
BIO420 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY I (8)
Prerequisite: ENM400, ENM401 or enrolment
in Grad Cert in Restoration Ecology
This is one of two complementary subjects which
build on a multidisciplinary base. The subject
develops concepts and principles underlying the
conservation of terrestrial and freshwater biological
resources, including an examination of the ethical
basis of conservation biology. The interactions
of conservation policy with ecology, politics and
economics are described within short and long
term scenarios. Patterns and processes relevant to
biological diversity are compared at local and global
levels. Further in-depth studies are undertaken
in population ecology and genetics, demographic
processes, community and ecosystem ecology. The
range of survey and experimental methods used in
conservation ecology are sampled or described in a
range of project oriented exercises.
Charles Sturt University
BIO430 AVIAN BIOLOGY (8)
The subject introduces avian functional biology. It
examines the major organ systems, their unique
functions in the survival and reproduction of birds
and the variation of these functions among bird
taxa. There is special emphasis on adaptations
for flight, foraging, breeding and communication.
Avian Biology covers the following topics: function of
feathers in flight and thermal regulation, bone and
muscle adaptations for flight, respiratory, circulatory
and excretory function in flight, flight mechanics,
foraging and digestion, types of mating systems
and parental care, the senses and visual and vocal
communication.
BIO431 EVOLUTION, TAXONOMY &
BIOGEOGRAPHY OF BIRDS (8)
The subject describes and discusses the evolution
of birds from reptiles, the descent of birds and
the biogeographical origins of extant orders and
families. It investigates and interprets methods of
determining descent and the information provided
by traditional and current techniques using case
studies. The subject examines recent research
into genetics, natural selection and evolution at
the population and landscape levels. Evolution,
Taxonomy and Biogeography of Birds covers the
following topics: evolution of birds, phylogeny,
classification, systematics, natural selection,
population genetics and bird identification in
Australia and overseas.
BIO432 BEHA VIOUR, ECOLOGY &
CONSERVATION OF BIRDS (8)
Prerequisite: BIO430
The subject examines the abundance and
distribution of bird populations and communities
and discusses the influences on these, including
phylogenetic, environmental and human factors.
A key section of the subject examines the role
of behavioural ecology in the conservation and
management of avian diversity. Topics include
analysis of abundance and distribution, including
migration and nomadism, behavioural, population
and community ecology and conservation biology of
birds.
BIO433 ORNITHOLOGICAL METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: BIO430
Corequisite: BIO432
The subject introduces a range of laboratory
and field methods and techniques for studying
bird morphology, taxonomy, behaviour, census,
population structure, habitat and interaction with
the environment and other organisms. It examines
appropriate ways of measuring these parameters
and their limitations. The subject also discusses
uses of the methodologies in scientific investigations
and some appropriate ways to analyse and interpret
the data collected. Topics include museum studies,
captive bird management, field census, measuring
behaviour, food and habitat, hypothesis generation,
choosing appropriate subjects and measurements,
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 375
experimental and survey design, data analysis,
write-up and conducting research projects.
BIO435 ADVANCED ECOLOGY AND
CONSERVATION OF BIRDS (8)
Prerequisite: BIO433
This subject builds on the concepts introduced
in BIO432 Behaviour, Ecology and Conservation
of Birds to provide students with a detailed
understanding of the factors influencing avian
distribution and abundance. Topics include foraging
and breeding ecology, social organisation, bird
movements, introduced birds and contemporary
approaches to bird conservation.
BIO436 SELECTED BIRD GROUP I (8)
Prerequisite: BIO433
Students select from Seabirds OR Wetland Birds
to study in detail to achieve the objectives of the
subject. On completion of the subject, students
will have completed a comprehensive review of the
selected bird group.
BIO437 CAPTIVE AVIAN MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: BIO433
While this subject covers the general principles
of aviculture, the emphasis is on the role of
aviculture in conservation. The general principles of
housing, husbandry, nutrition, diet, breeding, health
and diseases will be examined as an introduction
to specialised studies of avian enrichment, captive
breading for conservation including reintroduction
case studies, and care and rehabilitation of injured
birds.
BIO438 SELECTED BIRD GROUP II (8)
Prerequisite: BIO433
Students select from Parrots OR Raptors and Owls
to study in detail to achieve the objectives of the
subject. On completion of the subject, students
will have completed a comprehensive review of the
selected bird group.
BIO440 REPRODUCTION BIOLOGY (8)
Successful reproduction is essential for population
survival. To understand those processes that
determine population increase or decrease it is
vital to understand the external and internal
factors which affect reproductive function. This
subject provides the student with the necessary
background, knowledge and practical skills of
reproductive biology for use in the management
of captive and small isolated populations of
vertebrates. Introductory information on male and
female reproductive systems, reproductive patterns
and environmental effects on reproduction will be
studied. Students will also learn and be given
the opportunity to practice various reproductive
technologies useful for assessing the fertility, and
for increasing reproductive potential, in captive
mammalian populations. To give students an
appreciation for the diversity of reproduction that
exists amongst vertebrates, representative species
from a range of taxa will be considered. Priority will
be given to those species most commonly found in
Australian zoos, wildlife parks and aquariums.
BIO441 ILDLIFE MANAGEMENT (8)
Corequisite: BIO440
This subject teaches the principles and practices
of wildlife management, focusing on Australian
case studies in an array of biogeographical
settings. It discusses the main ecological concepts
fundamental to thorough understanding of
population dynamics, distribution and abundance,
habitat assessment and management strategies of
animals. The intention of this subject is to provide
students with the necessary theoretical, conceptual
and practical skills required to manage wildlife
populations.
BIO442 CAPTIVE POPULAT ION M
ANA GEM
ENT
(8)
Prerequisite: BIO440
This subject involves a study of the dynamics
of populations. It will provide the students with
a fundamental understanding of the principles of
demography, population genetics, and the influence
of stochastic processes on small populations. It
will focus primarily on applying population theory
to the management of small populations, and
will involve training in population assessment and
modelling techniques, and demographic and genetic
management strategies.
BIO443 CAPTIVE ANIMAL MANAGEMENT (8)
Corequisite: BIO442
This subject provides the student with a detailed
knowledge of the most appropriate and successful
methods for the management of captive animals.
It will include instructions on housing, husbandry,
nutrition, natural behaviour, reproduction and
disease control. Both native and exotic animals will
be covered. The subject will cover both intensive
management and extensive management. The
emphasis in the subject is on meeting the needs
of wildlife workers to gain a more comprehensive
knowledge on the captive requirements of native
and exotic animals.
BIO445 CAPTIVE ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR (8)
Prerequisite: BIO443
Enrolment restrictions: Must be in enrolled
in the Graduate Diploma of Captive Vertebrate
Management course, or if not in this course,
must have the approval of both course
coordinators
In recent years, a practical knowledge of animal
behaviour and the effects of captivity on behaviour
have been recognised as essential for the good
management of vertebrates in captivity. The
psychological well-being of captive animals, though
still difficult to measure, is as important as physical
health and genetic variability. Relevant aspects
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
376 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
of the behaviour of vertebrate species in the
wild will be examined, together with how these
behaviours can be affected by captivity. The
practical applications of the collection and use
of behavioural data, operant conditioning and
environmental enrichment in husbandry will be
explored with particular reference to the
maintenance of behaviour repertoires in captivity
and to behavioural problem solving.
BIO446 CAPTIVE REPTILIAN MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: BIO443
Enrolment restrictions: Must be in enrolled
in the Graduate Diploma of Captive Vertebrate
Management course, or if not in this course,
must have the approval of both course
coordinators
This subject covers the general principles of the
management of reptiles in captivity. The general
principles of housing, husbandry, nutrition, diet,
breeding, and health and disease will be examined
for each of the reptilian groups. These studies
will lead into more specialised studies of selected
groups including enrichment, captive breeding for
conservation including reintroduction case studies,
and the care and rehabilitation of injured reptiles.
BIO447 CAPTIVE ANIMAL HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: BIO443
Enrolment restrictions: Must be in enrolled
in the Graduate Diploma of Captive Vertebrate
Management course, or if not in this course,
must have the approval of both course
coordinators
This subject deals with the issue of keeping
captive animals healthy. It covers areas such
as parasitology, pathology, nutrition, stress,
reproduction, health monitoring and preventative
medicine. It incorporates not only those disease
processes which are significant for intensive captive
facilities but those which are significant for larger
more extensive facilities such as exclusion zones
and isolated nature refuges.
BIO448 MASTER PLANNING AND EXHIBIT
DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite: BIO443
Enrolment restrictions: Must be in enrolled
in the Graduate Diploma of Captive Vertebrate
Management course, or if not in this course,
must have the approval of both course
coordinators
This subject deals with the issues of exhibiting
animals to the public. The exhibition of animals
must incorporate three basic requirements: those
of the animals to be exhibited, those of the keepers
who are caring for the animals; and those of the
public who are to view the animals. In addition,
the construction of exhibits for animals must comply
with the relevant legislation as well as budgets and
time constraints. Exhibit construction needs to be
well planned and implemented and thus a basic
Charles Sturt University
coverage of project management is included in this
subject. The master planning process will be dealt
with, as will the modern philosophies regarding
zoo animal exhibitry. Landscaping, horticulture and
interpretation as they pertain to animal exhibits will
be discussed. The emphasis will be on mammals.
BIO461 APPLIED ECOLOGICAL CONSERVATION
(8)
Principles and practice of ecological conservation.
Discusses main ecological concepts fundamental
to conservation theory and focuses on major
conservation issues in Australia. Provides theoretical
and conceptual skills needed to manage
ecosystems in a way to promote conservation of
species and habitats.
BIO520 CONSERV ATION BIOLOGY 2 (8)
Corequisite: BIO420
This is one of two complementary subjects which
builds on a multidisciplinary base. It seeks to
develop major management strategies at population,
community, ecosystem and landscape level, in
reserve and off-park conservation scenarios. The
subject also focuses on the conservation of
biodiversity within agricultural systems and the
problems of habitat fragmentation and degradation,
catchment management, sustainable forestry and
biological conservation within urban systems.
BIO52 1 RESTORA TION ECOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: BIO520
The subject investigates the ecology of degradation
and restoration. The ecology of degradation covers
the following areas: processes and principles of
environmental degradation; the classification of
environmental degradation; degrading activities of
people; degradation types and restoration potential.
The ecology of restoration covers the following
areas: principles of restoration ecology; decision
analysis in deciding recovery goals; restoration
constraints; methodologies and techniques;
specialist methods; and monitoring and criteria for
determining the degree of recovery and relevance
assessment.
BMS301 MEDICAL SCIENCE SPECIAL TOPIC (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in Bachelor of Medical
Science, Master of Applied Science (Respiratory
Science) Canada program or Graduate Diploma
of Respiratory Science
Prerequisite: For BMedSc students only:
Completion of 64 points towards the course
requirements
This subject considers issues that may confront a
graduate medical scientist. Topics covered include
methods of information retrieval from published
literature and report writing. A literature survey
on a selected topic from medical science will be
presented both as a written report, a poster and an
oral seminar.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 377
BMS404 CYTOGENETICS FOR GENETIC
COUNSELLORS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Graduate
Diploma of Genetic Counselling students
This subject gives a broad overview of human
genetic theory and of cytogenetics laboratory
techniques. Common human syndromes and
malignancies which can be diagnosed
cytogenetically and normal variation within the
human karyotype will be studied.
BMS405 HUMAN GENETIC DISEASES (8)
Prerequisite: BMS404
This subject provides a comprehensive overview of
genetic diseases ranging from clinical presentations
to its underlying biochemical, genetic and molecular
foundations. A number of selected clinically relevant
diseases will be used as an exemplary basis
for examining causes, contemporary diagnostic
methods and preventative /ameliorative approaches
that apply to groups of common genetic disorders.
BMS406 HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY (8)
Students will study aspects of human reproductive
biology. Topics will include fertility, endocrine control
of reproduction, ovarian and testicular function,
fertilisation, implantation, embryonic and foetal
development, parturition, lactation and neonatal
development.
BMS500 BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Biomedical
Sciences postgraduate students
Considers the concept of research in the biomedical
sciences such that students acquire the skills and
knowledge required for independent scholarship or
research.
BMS508 RESEARCH PROPOSAL (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Biomedical
Sciences postgraduate students
Students prepare and defend a detailed research
proposal including a literature review in preparation
for the research conducted in the dissertation
subject BMS509 or BMS510. This will include
completing relevant CSU human and/or animal
ethical approval procedures.
BMS509 DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisites: BMS500 and BMS508
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Biomedical
Sciences postgraduate students
An independent study in an aspect of biomedical
science related to the student’s area of speciality.
The study involves the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data. Students will be expected
to relate their study to practical issues affecting their
profession.
BMS510 DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisites: (BMS500 or PHM500) and BMS508
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Biomedical
Sciences postgraduate students
An independent study in biomedical science
involving the critical review and evaluation of
existing data and/or the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data. Students will be expected
to relate their study to practical applications within
biomedical science or research laboratories.
BMS511 PROCESSES OF PATHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Medical
Science (Pathology) postgraduate students
Examines scientific bases of human diseases,
causes and response of tissues and organs
to these diseases. Morphological and functional
changes are related to routine pathology laboratory
investigations.
BMS512 INTEGRATED MEDICAL LABORATORY
SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Medical
Science (Pathology) postgraduate students
Encourages students to integrate the knowledge for
the different disciplines of pathology.
BMS513 LABORATORY QUALITY CONTROL (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Biomedical
Sciences postgraduate students only
Introduces methods and processes of quality control
(QC), quality assurance (QA), quality assurance
management systems (including the ISO 9000
series) and total quality management (TQM).
Laboratory accreditation schemes run by the
National Pathology Accreditation Advisory Council
(NPAAC) and the National Association of Testing
Authorities (NATA) are covered, as well as the
statistical methods used in QA/QC.
BMS514 GYNAECOLOGICAL CYTOLOGY (16)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Medical
Science (Cytology) program
This subject comprises two modules: the first
introduces students to general cytology concepts
including basic cell structure, cytological screening
programs and evaluation of the cellular sample.
The second module covers the diagnostic cytology
of the female genital tract and includes hormonal,
infectious diseases, benign proliferative reactions,
intraepithelial neoplasia and invasive cancer.
BMS515 NON-GYNAECOLOGICAL CYTOLOGY
(16)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Medical
Science (Cytology) program
This subject adopts a systems approach to
diagnostic cytology from non-gynaecological sites.
It covers normal, reactive, non-neoplastic and
neoplastic conditions from the respiratory tract, oral
cavity, gastrointestinal tract, urinary tract, central
nervous system, skin and body cavity fluids. The
final topics will cover fine needle aspiration of
various organs and body sites.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
378 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
BMS516 ADVANCED CYTOPATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: BMS514 and BMS515
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Medical
Science (Cytology) program
This subject comprises three modules: the first
addresses the cytologic classification and diagnosis
of soft tissue tumours; the second discusses
differential diagnosis in metastatic disease; and
the third covers medical legal principles. All three
modules are taught using expert comment and
selected readings.
BMS517 SPECIAL TECHNIQUES IN CYTOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisites: BMS514 and BMS515
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Medical
Science (Cytology) program
This subject considers the technologies used
as adjunctive diagnostic tools in cytopathology.
It covers electron microscopy, cell morphology,
automation in cervical cancer screening, flow
cytometry, immunohistochemistry and selected
molecular techniques.
BMS518 DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisites: (BMS500 and BMS508) or HLT506
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in postgraduate courses in Biomedical
Sciences or Complementary Medicine only
This subject is an independent research study in
an aspect of biomedical science related to the
student’s area of speciality. The study involves the
collection, analysis and interpretation of new data.
The students will be expected to relate their study to
practical issues affecting their profession.
BMS521 PHILOSOPHIES OF COMPLEMENTARY
MEDICINE (8)
The subject aims to provide background knowledge
for practitioners of complementary medicine. The
student is encouraged to think critically about the
following: What is the fundamental nature of the
body? What is the nature of the mind? What
is a person? What is health? What causes
disease? Answers to these questions will lead
into an understanding of the main principles of
complementary medicine.
BMS522 ISSUES OF COMPLEMENTARY
MEDICINE (8)
The subject aims to examine the social impact of
complementary medicine. Legal, ethical, political,
scientific, educational and demographic issues will
be considered.
BMS601 MASTER RESEARCH (BIOMEDICAL
SCIENCES) PART-TIME (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Board of Graduate
Studies approval.
The research subject for MAppSc(Hons) in the
biomedical sciences.
Charles Sturt University
BMS602 MASTER RESEARCH (BIOMEDICAL
SCIENCES) FULL-TIME (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for MAppSc(Hons) in the
biomedical sciences.
BMS701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (BIOMEDICAL
SCIENCES) PART-TIME (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for a PhD in the biomedical
sciences.
BMS702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (BIOMEDICAL
SCIENCES) FULL-TIME (32)
Enrolment restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for a PhD in the biomedical
sciences.
CED403 COMPUTERS & THE CURRICULUM (8)
Reflects on a rationale for the inclusion of the
computer as an integral part of the curriculum
design. Curriculum based software evaluation is
introduced. The subject is practical in nature,
applying curriculum principles to the introduction of
the computer in the classroom.
CED414 COMPUTER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: CED403
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Computers in Education) students
only
For students who do not wish to be qualified
as computer studies teachers. The subject has
common units with the Computer Studies Method,
also discussing classroom strategies, computers
in school and teacher administration, and school
computer policy development and implementation.
CED416 CLASSROOM SOFTWARE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Graduate Diploma of Education
(Computers in Education) students only
As with CED412 Classroom Software 1 students
select from a list of units concerned with the
understanding of software in the classroom (e.g.
computer graphics, desktop publishing, and robotics
- including Lego TC and Lego LOGO).
CLT474 GLOBALIZATION AND CULTURE (8)
Provides students with a broad based understanding
of the way in which various cultures are
shaped by global economic, social and cultural
influences. Utilising both historical and comparative
perspectives, the subject explores the bases
for cultural change, including the nature of
economic and cultural imperialism, development and
underdevelopment, and neo-colonialism. Students
are introduced to postmodernist theoretical
perspectives, gender issues, analyses of global
communication, technological and media networks
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 379
in a cultural and political context, and to postcolonial
examples in literature, and to other contemporary
global phenomena.
COM120 REASONING, VALUES AND
COMMUNICATION (8)
This subject develops skills that are relevant to
university studies in general Ò skills in writing
and rhetorical analysis, and skills in reasoning
and critical thinking. The skills are exercised in
addressing issues that pertain to contemporary
Australian institutions and the ethical values that
underpin them. The way these values are at stake
in debates about language may receive particular
attention.
COM309 CULTURE & POLICY IN AUSTRALIA (8)
Prerequisites: COM106 or COM107 or SOC101
From the Bicentennial to the Broadcasting Services
Act to the 2000 Olympics, recent times have
seen issues of culture move firmly onto the policy
agendas of governments, the public sector and
private industry. This subject explores the theoretical
and conceptual issues underlying the policy making
process; examines the roles played by key groups;
considers recent Australian case studies; and asks
questions about the future directions of cultural
policy. Students are encouraged to work with a
broad range of policy-related materials. The subject
is appropriate for those hoping to be media
practitioners and for those who aspire to no more
than to consume culture in a critical way.
COM404 AUD IENCES, GENRE, MEANING S (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Ava ilable to
postgraduate students only who are enrolled
in Graduate Certificate in Communication
(Television Direction)
This subject examines how directors understand
audience response. Genre covers styles and formats
of television programs, including entertainment,
infotainment, information programs; drama, comedy,
documentary and docu-drama; youth, grunge and
confessional TV; fiction and reality styles of
presentation; children’s and educational television.
Differences in coverage, interpretation and
performance are demonstrated. The final section of
this unit considers the elements of coverage and
interpretation as part of a coherent narrative and
visual style, and examines approaches by different
directors to storytelling. The aim is to identify
significant differences in approach and so highlight
the key considerations for directors in interpreting
scripts and shaping programs.
COM405 DIRE CTING INFORMA
TI ON PROGRA MS
(8)
Prerequisite: COM404
Enrolment restrictions: Ava ilable to
postgraduate students only who are enrolled
in Graduate Certificate in Communication
(Television Direction)
The subject further develops student’s directing
skills through the practical production of a
researched script. Students commence by
investigating how specific issues are televisually
represented. Students then develop a personal
directorial approach to the representation of
information. This research culminates in students
directing information and documentary segments
during the practical workshop component of the unit.
COM406 MULTICAMERA TELEVISION PROJECT
(8)
Prerequisite: COM404
Enrolment restrictions: Ava ilable to
postgraduate students only who are enrolled
in Graduate Certificate in Communication
(Television Direction)
This subject requires the student to be part of
a production team and to direct a segment of
multicamera information programming, drama and
current affairs suitable for television. Students will
be required to analyse and interpret scripts, to
negotiate working relationships with other members
of the crew and communicate an artistic vision for
the project. The creative differences between single
camera and multi-camera styles and performance
will be demonstrated and explored.
COM407 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION
STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment into
vocational education and training course.
This subject is designed to assist teachers
to analyse and improve their students’ written
communication skills.
COM410 RADI O PRODUCTION 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Communication (Rad io Broadcasting) students
only
Students study studio operations; nature of sound;
recording; microphones; panel operation; cut and
dub editing. Students are introduced to the principles
of radio production with applied emphasis including:
basic research; production planning; scripting;
interviewing; field interviews; basic voice production.
COM411 PRIN CIPLES OF RADI O (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Communication (Rad io Broadcasting) students
only
Overview of the radio industry with emphasis on
ABC, SBS and public radio. Introductory law and
ethics, programming and audiences are examined.
The history of radio and future trends are also
examined.
COM412 RADI O PRODUCTION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: COM410
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Communication (Rad io Broadcasting) students
only
Students study complex studio operations and
advanced principles of radio production with
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
380 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
an applied emphasis; research for the complex
assignment; the extended interview; documentaries;
programming.
COM413 BROADCASTING LAW & ETHICS (8)
Prerequisite: COM411
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Communication (Radio Broadcasting) students
only
Basic broadcasting and ethical standards from a
production perspective are examined with emphasis
given to case studies of prominent issues.
COM500 MASTER OF ARTS (COMMUNICATION)
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: completion of core and elective
subjects
Examines aspects of applied communication theory
and research. A detailed research proposal must be
approved by the Master of Arts Course Committee
and the Board of Graduate Studies.
COM505 INDIVIDUAL COMMUNICATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication)
Graduate Certificate in Organisational
Communication and Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
This subject examines the management of
communication from the perspective of an individual.
Covering communication issues drawn from a wide
range of fields such as interpersonal communication
to semiotics and mass media studies, the subject
examines their relevance to senior communication
advisers and professionals.
COM506 COMMUNICATION IN ORGANISATIONS
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication)
Graduate Certificate in Organisational
Communication and Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
Examines the role of communication in
organisations by focusing on communication with
employees. Critically examines functionalist,
interpretative and critical theories of organisational
communication processes, as well as discussing
philosophical approaches. Several case studies
are used to illustrate the role of communication
in organisational change programs. Examines
employee participation, customer service, employee
performance and appraisal, and the role of middle
management within the context of large Australian
organisations and international contexts.
COM507 COMMUNICATION, TECHNOLOGY AND
CULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: COM510 Foundations in
Communication Theory
Charles Sturt University
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication); Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
Examines the social, historical and cultural origins
of new media and information technologies.
Emphasis is given to the role of information
technology in organisational change, control and
bureaucracy. The underlying assumptions and
impact of emerging information technologies on
organisational communication, organisational
culture and communication processes are critically
analysed.
COM508 DIRECTED READINGS (8)
Supports students’ special needs to research or
study an area of applied communication research
not adequately covered in existing subjects in the
course.
COM509 SEMINAR IN ORGANISATIONAL
COMMUNICATION (8)
Prerequisite: COM507
Students prepare a detailed research design and
a comprehensive literature review as a first stage
of their dissertation research. Students present their
draft dissertation proposal to the seminar. Following
review and seminar discussion, the final dissertation
proposal will be submitted for approval to the Master
of Arts Course Committee and to the Board of
Graduate Studies.
COM510 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNICATION
THEORY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed COM501 Communication
in Society and COM504 Applied Communication
Theory; Master of Arts (Communication Organisational Communication); Graduate
Certificate in Organisational Communication
and Graduate Diploma in Organisational
Communication
Examines contributions to the multi-disciplinary area
of communication studies from psychology, socialpsychology, cultural anthropology, political studies,
linguistics, sociolinguistics and other disciplines.
Students study various classical and contemporary
communication theories and the major debates
within the field.
COM511 APPLIED COMMUNICATION
RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed COM502 Communication
Research 1 and COM503 Communication
Research 2; Master of Arts (Communication
- Organisational Communication); Graduate
Certificate in Organisational Communication
and Graduate Diploma in Organisational
Communication
The subject examines the main research methods
used by organisational communication and public
relations practitioners, and critically examines the
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 381
use of these methods in practice. The underlying
theoretical positions of research method and design
are also examined.
COM512 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATION: ISSUES
AND STRATEGIES (8)
Prerequisite: COM511 Applied Communication
Research
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication); Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
Provides students with an understanding of the
nature of the communication relationships between
an organisation and the various stakeholders
in its external environment. The course also
aims to provide understanding of the strategic
approaches to communication programming and
the implementation of various strategic devices.
Throughout the subject, students are asked to
analyse future technology and major issues in
public communication and their ramifications for
programs in marketing communication, public affairs
and media issues.
COM513 CRISIS AND ISSUES MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: COM506 Communication in
Organisations
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication); Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
Every organisation has the potential to face a crisis
or issue which could cripple or, at worse, destroy
it. At the same time, such situations can sometimes
provide enormous opportunity for positive outcomes.
Crises can arise from external or internal pressure
bursts - natural causes, sabotage, industrial
unrest and political decisions are only a few “hotspot” makers. Communication is a key element
in resolving a crisis and minimising fallout or
maximising advantage. The organisational response
to and management of issues will determine the
depth and impact of crises. The operating climate
and the stakeholder opinion and communication
processes are carefully analysed to develop
sound strategic approaches to positive issues
management.
COM514 PROJECT IN CRISIS AND ISSUES
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: COM513 Crisis and Issues
Management
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication)
This subject is designed to encourage students
to independently explore and analyse specific
areas of issue management or the application
of communication techniques within the context
of a particular critical issue or crisis. Students
prepare a long essay or report on a crisis case.
This subject follows directly on from and is linked to
COM513 Issues and Crisis Management.
COM515 COMMUNICATION PROJECT IN
ELECTIVE STREAM (16)
Prerequisite: An approved elective stream of
two post-graduate subjects
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Arts
(Communication - Organisational
Communication)
This subject is designed to encourage students to
independently explore and analyse the application
of communication theory and strategy within the
context of their chosen elective stream. Students
prepare a long essay or report on a topic agreed
with their course supervisor.
COM516 PROJECT IN EXTERNAL
COMMUNICATION: ISSUES AND STRATEGIES
(8)
Prerequisite: COM512 External Communication:
Issues and Strategies
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma in
Organisational Communication
This subject is designed to encourage students to
independently explore and analyse specific areas
of external communication management or the
application of communication techniques within the
context of a particular campaign. Students prepare
a long essay or report on a campaign or program.
This subject follows directly on from and is linked
to COM512 External Communication: Issues and
Strategies.
COM517 DEFENCE PR IMPERATIVES (16)
This subject will examine the core competencies in
the area of programming and planning for defence
force public relations, managing external relations,
implementing media relations strategies and events
management. It will outline the key processes
used in defence public relations, standard operating
practices, ethics and legal requirements.
COM520 CULTURAL PERFORMANCE
RESEARCH (16)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication – Cultural Performance)
students only
The subject examines the main research methods
used in cultural event design and site specific
performance. It critically examines and applies
these methods in the student’s own practice. The
underlying theoretical positions of research method
and design are also examined and a series of
potential research topics and models are proposed
and critiqued.
COM521 DRAMA AND THEATRE OF
CELEBRATION (16)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication – Cultural Performance)
students only. Students who have successfully
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
382 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
completed equivalent study in CPEC’s Devising
Celebration course are not eligible to enrol
in this subject
An examination of the principles of outdoor
performance, event, specific drama, parade design,
construction, marshalling, and enactment will be
made. An inquiry into the unique character of
event and site-specific audiences will examine the
role of dialogue in research and devising contexts.
Theoretical viewpoints will be analysed, synthesised
and evaluated with a view to expanding existing
models of cultural performance participation. Design
principles and practices of scaling and animating
giant image construction will be explored. A
design portfolio will document coursework and an
annotated bibliography will research international
perspectives on image development, use of music
and site specific drama.
COM522 SEMINAR IN CULTURAL
PERFORMANCE (16)
Prerequisite: COM520 Cultural Performance
Research
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication – Cultural Performance)
students only
Students prepare a detailed research design and
a comprehensive literature review as a first stage
of their dissertation research. Students present their
draft dissertation proposal to the seminar. Following
review and seminar discussion, the final dissertation
proposal will be submitted for approval to the Master
of Arts Course Committee.
COM523 SITE-SPECIFIC CULTURAL
PERFORMANCE (16)
Prerequisite: COM521 Drama and Theatre of
Celebration
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication – Cultural Performance)
students only. Students who have successfully
completed equivalent study in CPEC’s Devising
Celebration course are not eligible to enrol
in this subject
An examination of community based site specific
cultural performance. The use of action research
will lead to the design of an event for a
specific nominated site and audience. It will
include a literature search, an analysis of similar
events, statements of intent, an articulation of the
philosophy behind the artistic design, defined and
illustrated operational principles of crowd control, an
action plan, budget, a detailed production schedule
and recommendations for the community. It will be
presented as a feasibility study for the conduct of the
proposed event, which if approved would be carried
out.
COM524 DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: COM522 Seminar in Cultural
Performance
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
Charles Sturt University
(Communication – Cultural Performance)
students only
This dissertation will examine a specific aspect of
cultural performance theory and research significant
to the field. The dissertation must result from original
and independent research conducted by the student
for this course, and have prior approval by the
Master of Arts (Communication) course committee
and the University. Examines aspects of applied
communication theory and research. A detailed
research proposal must be approved by the Master
of Arts (Communication – Cultural Performance)
Course Committee and the Board of Graduate
Studies.
COM601 MASTER RESEARCH
(COMMUNICATION) PART-TIME (16)
COM602 MASTER RESEARCH
(COMMUNICATION) FULL-TIME (32)
COM701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(COMMUNICATION) PART-TIME (16)
COM702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(COMMUNICATION) FULL-TIME (32)
DBA706 DISSERTATION (FULL-TIME) (64)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Business
Administration students only who have
satisfactorily completed their coursework
studies
Requires the student to carry out an investigation
of a topic selected by the student in conjunction
with the student’s supervisor. The results of the
investigation will be written up as a dissertation and
presented for examination.
DBA708 DISSERTATION (PART-TIME)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Business
Administration students only who have
satisfactorily completed their coursework
studies
Requires the student to carry out an investigation
of a topic selected by the student in conjunction
with the student’s supervisor. The results of the
investigation will be written up as a dissertation and
presented for examination.
DBA711 RESEARCH ISSUES IN BUSINESS (16)
Enrolment restriction: DBA candidates only
The subject introduces candidates tot he issues that
they are likely to confront in undertaking research
for their DBA dissertation. It starts with a review
of the role of research in business. This leads to
a consideration of the philosophy of research and
the means by which researchers identify issues and
acquire knowledge. Attention is then given to the
nature of the research process, including the steps
to be followed in planning and designing a research
project. Candidates carry out a small-scale literature
review in their field of study. A research induction
program must be completed as part of DBA711.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 383
DBA712 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR
BUSINESS (16)
Enrolment restriction: DBA candidates only
The aim of this subject is to help candidates
develop the research skills and expertise necessary
to prepare a dissertation. The subject has four
components. First, candidates are introduced to
the issues to be considered in developing a
research proposal Second, candidates study the
use of qualitative and non-experimental methods
and their applications to business. Third, the subject
considers quantitative research methods, including
the formulation of hypothoses, the constructions
of models and theories and the techniques of
empirical testing and multivariate analysis. Finally,
candidates take on of three options: the case study
methods, action research or observational research.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in DBA711 Research Issues in
Business.
DBA713 DEVELOPING A LITERATURE REVIEW
(16)
Enrolment restriction: DBA candidates only
DBA713 and the next subject, DBA714, expose
candidates to intensive study in the discipline group
that forms part of the approved field of research.
Candidates undertake a program of directed, in
depth, reading to an advanced level in the field
of research in which they wish to specialise for
the dissertation. The subject requires candidates to
become exceptionally familiar with the literature in
the field of research, and to thoroughly understand
the major processes, techniques, issues, problems
and knowledge within the field of research that will
enable the candidates to successfully pursue of a
dissertation. Assumed knowledge for this subject is
equivalent to that covered in DBA712.
DBA714 BUSINESS SPECIALISATION
RESEARCH (16)
Enrolment restriction: DBA candidates only
This subject continues the intensive study of
a field of research commenced in DBA713.
Candidates undertake a directed in depth reading
to an advanced level in the field of research in which
the candidate plans to specialise for the dissertation.
The subject requires candidates to become
exceptionally familiar with the major research
issues of the field of research, and to thoroughly
understand the strengths and weaknesses of the
methodologies by which knowledge in the field has
been advanced. In addition, this subject focuses on
the business and research ethics relevant tot he field
of research. Assumed knowledge for this subject is
equivalent to that covered in DBA712.
DPH701 CONTEXTS OF PUBLIC HEALTH (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
Offers a systematic examination of the various
contexts within which public health as a movement,
a discipline and a construct operates. The focus
is on analysing those fields of activity and
those mechanisms that influence, and in turn are
influenced by, public health practice. Thus attention
is paid to institutions, mechanisms and systems of,
inter alia, government and policy, regulation and
legislation, economics, power and professionalism,
consumerism, and ethical codes and values.
DPH702 EPIDEMIOLOGY (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
Addresses the significant principles and methods of
the disciplinary area that apply to the prevention,
identification and control of population morbidity.
It focuses in particular on issues relating to the
collection and interpretation of epidemiological data
and to the assessment of the health and medical
literature.
DPH703 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
Explores concepts, values, strategies and
techniques relevant to the field of public health
management. Attention is paid to management
theory and its application in contexts in which
public health practitioners and managers operate.
Attitudes, beliefs and ethical positions underpinning
public health and its management are considered
in depth. Particular emphasis is given to the
significance of appreciating the needs and values of
communities and of the benefits of promoting public
participation in decision-making for health. Central to
this perspective is the concept of the boundary-less
organisation
DPH704 STRATEGIC FINANCIAL PLANNING OF
HEALTH SYSTEMS (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
Explores the models, concepts and techniques of
strategic financial planning within the context and
dynamics of public health service delivery systems.
Students will be made aware of the evolutionary
nature of this approach to the planning and delivery
of services in public sector organisations and the
need for effective change management strategies to
accompany the implementation of these processes.
The topics and issues covered in the subject
will provide the student with the knowledge and
skills necessary to assess the financial implication
of strategic public health care situations, and
to develop strategies, policies and processes to
respond to those situations.
DPH705 DISSERTATION DEVELOPMENT (16)
Prerequisite: HLT505 and HLT506 or equivalent
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
It is assumed that any student undertaking this
subject in a Doctoral program has a sound working
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
384 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
knowledge of research methods and research
design. The way in which different students manage
theoretical and practical matters associated with
the timely development of a research dissertation
discriminates between the very successful and the
not so successful. Recognition of a workplace based
problem of sufficient dimensions and interest to
develop a dissertation is vital. Once the research
area is identified it is possible to develop an action
plan designed to produce a dissertation which
meets the fundamental requirements for the degree.
This subject explores the concepts of planning,
time management, presentation and the use of
technology to assist in the completion of the project.
DPH706 PUBLIC HEALTH DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisite: all Doctor of Public Health
coursework subjects
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Public Health
students only
This subject is the “capstone subject” for the Doctor
of Public Health. It presents an opportunity for the
candidate to apply the knowledge and skills that he
or she has developed through studying the subjects
in the coursework component of the degree. The
topic of the investigation on which the dissertation
is based is selected by the candidate in consultation
with the Principal Supervisor and the Course
Coordinator. In normal circumstances the topic
selected would relate to the disciplinary area in
which the candidate is working and would reflect
a current challenge or problem within that context.
Initial selection of a topic would be made in the
session prior to the commencement of the subject.
The length of the dissertation will vary according to
the topic selected and the research method/s used.
As a guide, however, a range of between 50,000 60,000 words would seem appropriate.
ECO500 HEALTH ECONOMICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available to
postgraduate students in health related courses
Introduces students to tools and concepts of
microeconomic analysis. These tools and concepts
are then applied to examine economic issues of
the health care industry in Australia. Issues such as
the demand for health care, the costs of providing
health care and the alternatives of public or private
provision of health care are examined.
ECO501 BUSINESS ECONOMICS (8)
An intensive “mainstream” introduction to the
economic principles essential to a business person’s
understanding of the fundamental economic
problems of the firm and of the society in which that
firm operates.
ECO503 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (8)
Applies accepted trade and macroeconomic theory
to problems associated with the flow of goods and
services, distortions to free trade and conflicting
economic interests of both developing and industrial
Charles Sturt University
countries of the Asian Pacific region. Assumed
knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that
covered in ECO501.
ECO510 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS &
FINANCE FOR MARKETING (8)
Puts the product and the customer in the context of
the international economic environment. Overviews
world market characteristics such as the location
of income and population; balance of payments;
and the differences between industrial countries,
newly industrialised countries and less developed
countries. Considers the world trading system
and includes trade patterns, protection in its
various forms and multilateral and regional trade
agreements. Examines the foreign exchange market
including such issues as managing exchange
risk and offshore financing. Multinational firms’
involvement in foreign investment is considered
at the end of the subject. This last topic
includes such issues as measuring returns, transfer
pricing, country risk analysis, and international tax
management.
ECO511 ECONOMICS FOR BUSINESS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Accountancy
students only
Provides a foundation in macro and microeconomic
principles appropriate to the accounting discipline.
Includes consumer behaviour and the theory
of demand; the theory of the firm, investment
and technology, welfare and public policy, the
determination of aggregate income, theories of
inflation and the understanding of economic
techniques appropriate to management decision
making.
ECO515 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The subject develops students’ understanding of
managerial decision-making. It is concerned
with the application of economic principles and
methodologies to the decision making process of
the business firm operating under conditions of
risk and uncertainty. The subject covers: analytical
techniques, demand analysis, production and cost
analysis, market structure and pricing practices.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in ECO501.
ECO516 PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGERIAL
ECONOMICS
The subject examines the application of economic
principles and methodologies to the decision making
process of public sector organisations. The subject
covers performance criteria, cost analysis, pricing
policies and quasi-markets. Assumed knowledge
for this subject is equivalent to that covered in
ECO515.
ECO517 ECONOMIC EVALUATION
Economic Evaluation comprises the techniques by
which projects and programs are assessed for their
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 385
economic desirability. The subject introduces students to these techniques: cost benefit analysis, cost
effectiveness analysis and cost utility analysis. It
considers the ethical issues raised by the use of
economic evaluation for decisions about resource
allocation, and the kinds of decisions for which each
technique is appropriate. Assumed knowledge for
this subject is equivalent to that covered in ECO501.
ECO518 BUSINESS FORECASTING (8)
Describes business techniques for managers. It
covers quantitative forecasting methods including
time-series and regression techniques. Management
judgemental forecasting approaches are also
described. Computer software is used to implement
these techniques where appropriate.
ECO520 INFORMATION ECONOMICS &
GLOBALISATION (8)
This subject provides a strong grounding in
the economics of information supplemented by
organisational effects of distributing and generating
information. Information goods have supplanted
industrial goods as the key drivers of globalisation.
Globalisation refers to activities, commercial or
otherwise, that are no longer confined and defined
by nation-state boundaries and allegiances.
ECO525 INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY
(8)
This subject presents a non-technical review of key
issues and concepts in political economy. The
subject begins with the discussion of theoretical
approaches to international political economy, then
examines the post-war history of the world
economy, and concludes with an examination of
contemporary issues (including trade, investment,
and environment) and the role of international
institutions World Trade Organisation (WTO) and
International Monetary Fund (IMF).
ECO601 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
PART-TIME (16)
ECO602 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
FULL-TIME (32)
ECO610 CURRENT ISSUES IN
MICROECONOMICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only
Provides a study of advanced microeconomic theory
and its application to a range of contemporary
economic issues.
ECO620 CURRENT ISSUES IN
MACROECONOMICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only.
Covers contemporary issues as they relate to macroeconomic theory and practice. Topics include:
policy and demand management; goods markets
and international trade; demand for money; asset
markets in the open economy; and investment,
finance and the money supply.
ECO630 ADVANCED ECONOMETRICS (8)
Prerequisite: ECO250
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only.
Describes advanced econometric techniques. After
viewing background mathematical tools and the
classical regression model and its problems a series
of advanced extensions of the regression framework
are discussed. In particular: the identification,
estimation and simulation of simultaneous equation
models; the estimation of inherently non-linear
models; time series econometrics and qualitative
and limited dependent variable models. A computer
package will be used to illustrate the methods.
ECO701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH PART-TIME
(16)
ECO702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH FULL-TIME (32)
EDC502 SITE SPECIFIC DRAMATIC
PERFORMANCE
An examination of school based theatre of
celebration and innovation in drama teaching. The
use of action research will lead to the design of an
event for a specified nominated site and audience. It
will include a literature search, an analysis of similar
events, statements of intent, an articulation of the
philosophy behind the artistic design, defined and
illustrated operational principles of crowd control, an
action plan, budget, a detailed production schedule
and recommendations for the school. It will be
presented as a complete feasibility study for the
conduct of the proposed event, which if approved
would be carried out.
EDE507 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only.
An introduction to ways of theorising about program
evaluation design and applying this theory in practice. Attention is paid to critiquing relevant and
recent research studies and reflecting on classroom
practice.
EDS405 SCHOOL COUNSELLING
PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
School Counselling students only
Prerequisite: ESS402
Students apply knowledge and skills gained from all
subjects studied in an applied psychological setting.
Supervised practice is given in the use of psychological and educational tests and in preparation of
counsellor reports on children’s special needs.
EEA401 GROUP PROCESSES IN SCHOOL
& CLASSROOM (8)
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
386 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Prerequisite: Fourth Year Bachelor of Education,
Bachelor of Education (Secondary Mathematics)
or Graduate Diploma of Education students only.
Examines the operation of group processes within
the school and classroom. In particular, it develops
an understanding of dynamic forces operating
within a group, complexities of group interaction,
and necessary skills needed for effective group
management. Examines why and how people react
in a group situation. Benefits the development
of classroom management skills as well as staff
professional development.
EEB201 LANGUAGE, LITERACY & NUMERACY
IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (8)
Concerns the oral language, literacy and numeracy
demands of the workplace. Develops strategies for
assisting those engaged in vocational education and
training programs.
EEB301 THE DEVELOPMENT OF EMPLOYMENTRELATED COMPETENCIES (8)
Designed to provide and overview of the
employment-related competencies needed for
entrants and re-entrants to the workforce, and to
describe a number of different ways in which these
competencies can be taught.
EEB501 PREPARING A LITERATURE REVIEW (8)
Students study a topic of their choice within
education, and undertake a survey of the relevant
literature connected with the topic.
EEB702 LEADERSHIP IN EDUCATION (16)
Prerequisite: admission to the Doctor of
Education program
Develops a number of conceptual frameworks for
educators to theorise the practice of leadership
within educational settings. Develops critical
analysis of theories and their contribution to
best practice in the candidate’s chosen field of
educational policy and administration.
EEB703 WORK-RELATED LEARNING (16)
Prerequisite: EEB706
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Education
students
This subject requires students to examine how workrelated learning can best take place. Students
identify from the research literature and from
their own reflections the types of conditions that
best support learning needed for effective and
regenerative work. They are encourages to view
their places of work as learning communities.
They examine the research literature on staff
development/professional learning and identify the
dominant learning paradigm of their own
circumstances and compare this against other
possibilities. Students construct an action research
plan to improve the work-related learning in their
particular settings. This subject is designed for
anyone involved in the training and development and
Charles Sturt University
the professional learning of people in commercial,
industrial, educational and other settings. It provides
an early opportunity for students to consider workrelated learning as the basis of their later doctoral
research and thesis.
EEB706 GLOBAL AND LOCAL ISSUES IN
EDUCATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Doctor of Education
students only
This subject explores a range of global issues
in education and training and investigates their
implications for the local context (at nation, state
and/or district level) in which the student lives and/or
works. From that exploration students will frame a
research area and begin a literature review to be
carried through to a later research project.
EEC401 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) Fourth Year
students and Bachelor of Education (Secondary)
students only
Covers contemporary curriculum issues which
impact upon schools and practising classroom
teachers such as outcomes-based education and
National Statements and Profiles.
EED501 EARLY CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Provides an understanding of current research
trends related to the cognitive development of
children from infancy to age eight approximately.
Develops an appreciation of post-Piagetian research
and its implications for educational practice.
EEE402 ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION IN
EDUCATION (8)
Deals with practical issues and concerns of the
classroom teacher and matters relating to the
broader context of the school. Includes methods of
gathering, recording, and interpreting assessment
information, curriculum evaluation, teacher appraisal
and school reviews.
EEE403 ASSESSMENT & EVALUATION:
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION & TRAINING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Enrolment in VET course
This subject is designed to provide an
understanding of student assessment and the
evaluation of programs, policies and practices.
EEE501 EDUCATIONAL EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Studies evaluation of educational outcomes.
Particularly suited to teachers in, or aspiring to,
executive positions and those wishing to undertake
project work. Three modules - Context Evaluation
and Policy, Program Evaluation and Appraising
Evaluations. Each module has a central case study.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 387
EEE502 CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT &
EVALUATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Teaching
students only
A study of theoretical aspects dealing with
the concepts and language of assessment and
evaluation. Study of relationships between the “why,
how, when and with what” aspects of assessment in
the classroom, will be supplemented with practical
tasks which model the evaluation process. These
tasks will lead to analysing “test” data and results
and the structure of decision making and reporting
within a school setting.
EEE504 ISSUES IN ASSESSMENT &
EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisite: Masters students only
Enrolment restriction: entry to MEd
This subject is designed to address current issues
such as the development of assessment plans and
policies and the role of evaluation in accountability
and quality assurance.
EEE701 EVALUATION IN EDUCATION (16)
Enrolment restriction: admission to the Doctor
of Education program
This subject is concerned with the recent history
and development of evaluation and its role in
education. It (i) outlines the way in which the
evaluation framework influences how and what will
be evaluated and who will conduct the evaluation;
(ii) analyses the key aspects in designing and
conducting evaluation research, and (iii) examines
how evaluation studies and their research findings
can be appraised and interpreted.
EEL401 ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT &
LEARNING (8)
Introduces ideas about the nature of adolescent
development and basic principles of learning which
can be applied in secondary schools.
EEL403 GROWTH, LEARNING & INTERACTION
(8)
Examines learning outcomes of classroom
interaction in terms of child and adolescent
development on the basis of several learning
theories, individual differences and own classroom
experience.
EEL404 INFORMATION PROCESSING &
EDUCATIONAL PRACTICE (8)
Introduces current ideas about human information
processing. Improves the capacity to assist learners
to become effective thinkers and problem-solvers, to
handle ideas more efficiently, and to monitor their
own thinking and memory processes.
EEL405 LEARNING & ADULT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (VET), Graduate Certificate in
Vocational Education & Training students only
This subject is designed to provide an overview
of learning and development in adolescence and
adulthood, including implications for vocational
teaching and training.
EEL406 MENTORS & MENTORING (8)
Provides an understanding of the place of
mentoring in education and training and develops
skills in the process of mentoring and the
design, implementation and evaluation of workplace
mentoring programs.
EEL407 COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Course Coordinator’s
approval is required
Designed to introduce students to the nature and
purpose of comparative education studies and to
provide them with an opportunity to experience
working in another system for a short period and
reflecting upon that experience.
EEL408 EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION IN VET
Prerequisite: EEB201 or equivalent
This subject is concerned with knowledge about
effective communication in the context of vocational
education and training and includes studies of
communication within the workplace and within
organisations. It prepares students to teach
communication in vocational education and training
settings.
EEL491 ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Considers physical, cognitive, personal and social
aspects of adolescent development, the
interdependence of these aspects, and the
sociocultural or ecological factors influencing
development. Strong emphasis is given throughout
to implications for school structures, teaching and
classroom management.
EEL504 INFORMATION PROCESSING (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Introduces current ideas and research on human
information processing to improve their capacity to
assist learners become more effective thinkers and
problem-solvers, handle ideas more efficiently, and
monitor their thinking and memory processes.
EEL505 THINKING & PROBLEM SOLVING
ACROSS THE CURRICULUM
This subject is designed to develop in students
a greater understanding of problem solving and
its role in learning particularly in the domains of
mathematics, science, technology and literature.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
388 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
EEL506 UNIVERSITY TEACHING & LEARNING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: academic staff in
University and institutions of higher education
This subject focuses on advancing understanding
of student learning at the higher education level
and awareness of how such understandings inform
teaching practice. The subject comprises three
modules. Module I deals with the changing
parameters of higher education, Module II with adult
learners and their different approaches to learning,
and Module III with flexible approaches to teaching
that respond to the changing and different needs of
learners.
Aims to provide a critical understanding of consultancy as a field of practice, focussing particularly on
consultants engaged in training and organisational
development. It examines reasons why organisations hire consultants, and the ethical and professional issues facing consultants.
EEL507 DEVELOPING LEARNING RESOURCES
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: academic staff in
University and institutions of higher education
This subject examines how approaches adopted
in open, flexible and distance learning can be
applied to the development of print, audio, video and
multimedia learning materials within a framework of
resource based learning.
EEP402 ETHICS & EDUCATION (8)
Helps the student to explore normative aspects of
the concept of education: assess the role of the
teacher in aiding children’s moral development; and
extend understanding of the notion of professional
ethics.
EEL508 POSTGRADUATE SUPERVISION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: teaching staff in
University and institutions of higher education
This subject is intended to help academic staff to
understand and be effective in research degree
supervision at masters and doctoral levels. It is one
component in a staff training Graduate Certificate in
University Teaching and Learning.
EEL509 FACILITATING STUDENT LEARNING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: academic staff in the
University and in institutions of higher education
The aims of this subject are to introduce participants
to the nature of student learning; relate such
understandings to reflection and informed practice
within the University; familiarise participants with
the principles of course design and presentation;
use such principles in the design and delivery of
subjects in the University; introduce participants to
appropriate assessment procedures; familiarise participants with a wide range of teaching strategies
and provide the means to make appropriate choices;
and apply such knowledge to the teaching context
of the University.
EEL510 ORGANISATIONAL LEARNING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education
students only
Aims to provide a critical understanding of the concept and practice of organisational learning. It will
enable students to identify practices which contribute to organisational learning and to implement such
practices.
EEL511 THE ROLE OF CONSULTANCY IN
ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education
students only
Charles Sturt University
EEP401 SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS IN SECONDARY
EDUCATION (8)
An introduction to the sociology of education
which will enable students to critically analyse
contemporary issues and contexts of Australian
secondary education.
EEP403 HISTORY OF EDUCATION (8)
Provides students with the opportunity to explore
the development of public education in Australia,
Additionally, the subject sets out to indicate the
relationship between education and social values.
EEP405 ISSUES IN ABORIGINAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: Graduate Diploma of Education
and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) students
only
Examines the way in which cultural, political and
socioeconomic factors have influenced the pattern
of Aboriginal education. Implications for teachers
of Aboriginal children are drawn, and the value of
teaching Aboriginal studies is analysed.
EEP406 GENDER & SCHOOLING (8)
Enrolment Restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Primary Education
Studies students
This subject develops the students’ understandings
about the research into the social and historical
construction of sex and gender. We will examine the
role of language in constructing gender as well as
some feminist and post-structural critiques of these
constructs. Students will interrogate the interaction
of sex and gender in the school and classroom,
with an emphasis on an early childhood, primary or
high school setting. Research and observation techniques will be used by students in their special interest area. Students will be encouraged to investigate
their own experiences and to develop strategies for
change in schools and centres.
EEP409 EDUCATION STUDIES: ISSUES IN
CONTEMPORARY AUSTRALIAN SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Primary) students only
Provides students with an analysis of the changing
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 389
nature of Australian Society with particular emphasis
on the position in this society of Aboriginal people
and other ethnic groups.
EEP410 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION: THEORY &
PRACTICE (8)
This subject is designed to introduce students
to the process of classroom religious education.
It will provide an overview of basic approaches
to classroom religion teaching from a theoretical
and practical perspective. It will examine various
perspectives on the nature and purpose of religious
education; the principles of planning and teaching
religion; and will provide opportunity for teachers to
apply this theory to their own situation. It will allow
teachers to apply their general teaching skills to the
areas of religious education.
EEP412 PROFESSIONAL PROJECT: RELIGIOUS
EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: EEP410
An individually supervised research project of
professional relevance, focussing on an aspect of
religious education.
EEP413 TEACHING AND ITS SOCIAL CONTEXT
(8)
This subject is presented in three modules: teaching,
curriculum and social issues. It presents a view of
teachers as active agents in curriculum change and
development whose work necessarily involves social
justice. Since teachers’ work affects people’s life
chances, this subject requires that future teachers
should examine policies, school contexts, curricula
and pedagogies in terms of equity and equality of
opportunity.
EEP491 SOCIAL CONTEXTS OF SECONDARY
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor
of Education (Technology and Applied Studies)
students only
Through an introduction to sociology of education,
this subject assists students to critically analyse
contemporary issues and contexts of Australian
secondary education and apply their understandings
to classroom situations. Such issues and contexts
include social class, ethnicity, gender, family
structures, NESB, rurality, poverty, cultural diversity,
policy and practice, and the politics of education.
EEP502 GLOBAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Overviews theories/ideologies of peace,
environmental, development, futures and human
rights education and the common ground they
share. Critiques the major strategies for teaching
global perspectives and the links between these
strategies and effective learning styles.
EEP504 EDUCATION: GENDERED CONTEXTS (8)
Enrolment restriction: entry to Master of
Education program
This subject critiques historical and contemporary
positions in the gendered construction of education.
Students will examine issues associated with
gender, post-structuralism and research as well as
sexuality and critical pedagogies.
EER402 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL
RESEARCH (8)
Intended for those who wish to prepare for the
investigation and solution of an educational problem
using recognised research methodology. Examines
different methods of acquiring knowledge, stages of
the research process are described, and published
research reports are analysed.
EER500 UNDERSTANDING & CRITIQUING
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education), Master
of Education (Teacher Librarianship), Bachelor
of Education (Primary) (Honours), Bachelor
of Education, Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) (Honours) and Bachelor of Education
(Primary) students only
This introductory subject focuses on developing
the skills needed to read and understand
educational research. Today’s educators need to
be knowledgeable about the interpretation and
evaluation of research studies that are relevant
to their specific area of interest so they can
assess the significance of these research studies
and findings for their professional practice. It is
essential for professional educators to have skills
in understanding the research process so that they
can be informed consumers of research not naïve
readers of the introductions and conclusions of
research articles. This subject is closely linked
to EER501 Qualitative Research Methods, EER502
Quantitative Research Methods and ERP401
Education Honours Project/Dissertation.
EER501 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education), Master
of Education (Teacher Librarianship), Bachelor
of Education (Primary) (Honours), Bachelor of
Education (Primary), Bachelor of Education
(Early Childhood) (Honours) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students only.
Prerequisite: EER500 Understanding and
Critiquing Educational Research
This subject develops an understanding and
awareness of the nature and conduct of qualitative
research within educational contexts. Through
an examination of the underpinning tenets of
the paradigm, methodological approaches, and
research issues, the intention is to provide an
extensive, and broadly based, introduction to
qualitative research. From this foundation, students
are required to submit a research proposal which,
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
390 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
upon approval, will enable them to conduct a
small-scale investigation applying qualitative data
collection and analytic strategies within a chosen
educational context. By so doing, students have
the opportunity to engage in research activities,
while gaining a depth of insight into methodological,
ethical, and analytic strategies and qualitative
research. This subject is closely linked to
EER500 Understanding and Critiquing Educational
Research, EER502 Quantitative Research Methods
and ERP402 Education Honours Project/
Dissertation.
EER502 QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education,
Master of Education (Special Education), Master
of Education (Teacher Librarianship), Bachelor
of Education (Primary) (Honours), Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) (Honours)
students only.
Prerequisite: EER500 Understanding and
Critiquing Educational Research
This subject introduces students to several
commonly used statistical procedures including
univariate and multivariate analysis of variance,
multiple regression analysis, factor analysis and
meta-analysis. Important issues such as hypothesis
testing and error, and statistical power are also
examined. As the central aim of the subject is to
enable students to become intelligent and critical
readers of research literature, the emphasis is
on understanding the purposes and constraints of
the various statistical procedures rather than their
mathematical underpinnings. This subject is closely
linked to EER500 Understanding and Critiquing
Educational Research, EER501 Qualitative
Research Methods and ERP402 Education Honours
Project/Dissertation.
EHR401 KEY ISSUES IN PERSONAL
DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH & PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
students only
Extends abilities in program design, student
assessment and resource selection. The new
Personal Development/Health/Physical Education K
- 6 syllabus is the vehicle through which prerequisite
subject material is consolidated. Attention is given
to special needs students, elite and disabled
performers. In addition, a personal conceptual
framework of Personal Development Health and
Physical Education is developed to provide a base
against which broader educational and societal
issues are discussed.
EHR500 MODERN HEALTH AND HEALTH
PROMOTION:CURRENT KNOWLEDGE AND
ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Sport and
Recreation
Charles Sturt University
This subject caters for a range of practitioners
currently working in Human Movement Studies
related fields such as physical education, sports
coaching and the fitness industry. It critically
examines the practice of health education and
health promotion in a range of settings such
as schools and fitness/exercise facilities. It also
focuses on the political and social construction
of public health issues, health statistics and
the theoretical assumptions and practice of
contemporary health promotion. It does this by
making physical activity, both its bio-medical side
effects and its cultural meanings, a key concern of
its content and assessment. The subject challenges
students to consider both the practice, pedagogy
and promotion of physical activity within their
particular socio-economic and political contexts and
to reflect upon the meaning of ‘best practice’ in each
area.
EHR501 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SPORTS
SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Sport and
Recreation
Sports Science is a relatively young academic
discipline with roots in the social and physical
sciences. It is therefore not surprising that
sports science has borrowed some of the common
elements of the social and physical sciences and
developed a set of underlying principles related to
human performance. These principles are, for the
most part, accepted as facts or practices amongst
the sports science community and practitioners.
However, there is now an emerging view that
many of the accepted beliefs regarding human
performance are based on erroneous conclusions
and lack of evidence. Some of the accepted
beliefs relate to such concepts as maximum
oxygen consumption, stretching before exercise,
principles of rehabilitation and anaerobic threshold.
This subject attempts to critically evaluate the
fundamental models and paradigms used by sports
science with respect to the published literature.
EHR502 MODERN LIVING, EXERCISE, LEISURE
AND THE LIFE CYCLE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Sport and
Recreation
While most people would agree that it is better for
human beings to do some exercise as opposed to
no exercise, finding consensus beyond this general
statement has proved illusive. How much exercise
is enough? How much is too much? Does the
need for exercise change as we age? What affect is
modern western life having on our bodies? Are we
too fat? Is fat a bad thing? This subject explores
these and other questions and invites students
to consider the foundations of our beliefs about
health and health education. It also explores the
rapidly changing field of health promotion and the
implications of an ageing population for health policy
and health and fitness professionals.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 391
ELS411/511 LANGUAGE, LITERACY &
LEARNING (16)
Prerequisite: Graduate Diploma of Education
(Literacy) and Master of Education students only
Studies fundamental socio- and psycholinguistic
principles of language, in terms of how language
is learned and works as a social tool. Achieved
through a review of the language forms of reading,
writing, talking, and listening. Culminates with a
data collection and analysis task of using adult
reading and writing samples. Students are required
to write for themselves, to reflect on the process
involved, and to interview other adults to establish
an information base to complement the literature.
ELS412/512 DEVELOPING LITERACY (16)
Prerequisite: ELS411, Graduate Diploma of
Education (Literacy) students only
Students will be involved in the study of how
people learn. The aim is to sensitise students to
the developmental nature of the reading and writing
processes. In this context students are required
to collect, interpret and act upon a range of
data collected from learners. This will be done
concurrently with studying the purpose and function
of a range of data gathering procedures.
ELS413/513 THE LITERATE ENVIRONMENT:
READING (16)
Prerequisite: ELS412 (required for Graduate
Diploma of Education)
Focuses on children’s interaction with literature.
Introduces a wide range of children’s books both
fact and fiction and provides information for effective
evaluation. Students are encouraged to develop a
literate environment where enthusiasm for books,
and examination of the work of published authors,
generates discussion, and purposeful reading and
writing activities.
ELS414/514 THE LITERATE ENVIRONMENT:
WRITING (16)
Prerequisite: ELS412 (required for Graduate
Diploma of Education)
Examines issues related to writing and the teaching
of writing. Concentrates on strategies to assist
writers’ development. Focuses on groups with
special concerns: high school, ESL, adult learners,
and the role of technology in creating literate
environments.
ELS415 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LITERACY (16)
Prerequisite: ELS412 and permission of Subject
Coordinator
Provides an alternative area of study for students
in special circumstances in consultation with the
Subject Coordinator.
ELS501 LITERARY THEORY & CHILDREN’S
LITERATURE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Masters students only
Prerequisite: Masters students only
Examines various literary theories and the ways they
affect how readers create meanings as they read
children’s literature, and the implications this has for
classroom practice.
ELS503 READING PROCESSES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master Degree students
only
Aims to give students an in-depth understanding of
the practical and theoretical aspects of the reading
processes. To achieve this, students will examine
theories of reading, work with a reader over a period
of time, and develop a case study of this reader.
ELS504 UNDERSTANDING WRITING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Qualified to enter at
Masters level
This subject aims to give students an in-depth
understanding of the practical and theoretical
aspects of written language and the teaching of
writing. Students will be encouraged to view writing
as an active, constructive, social, meaning-making
process. Furthermore they will consider what they
can do to support developing writers. Students
will also have the opportunity to engage in either
an action research project or develop a review
of literature in a specific area related to writing
education.
ELS505 GENRE IN CHILDREN’S LITERATURE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available only to
students at Masters level
This subject explores the notion of traditional
literary genre in the context of children’s literature.
Students will read widely, critically analyse, debate
and formulate opinions on this means of literary
classification.
ELS511 LANGUAGE, LITERACY & LEARNING:
see ELS411
ELS512 DEVELOPING LITERACY: see ELS412
ELS513 THE LITERATE ENVIRONMENT:
READING: see ELS413
ELS514 THE LITERATE ENVIRONMENT:
WRITING see ELS414
EMA402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: ART (8)
Prerequisite: EMA401
Explores art syllabuses for Years 11 to 12, recent
developments in art curriculum, teaching methods
appropriate to senior students and art history
and aesthetics, learning resources, programmed
instruction and techniques of measurement and
evaluation from the perspective of developing
one’s skills in selecting, planning, implementing/
evaluating curriculum to facilitate understanding of
art at the senior secondary school level.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
392 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
EMA491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: ART (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or Bachelor
of Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor
of Education (Technology and Applied Studies)
students only
Examines ways of fostering creative expression
among children, the creative process and individual
expression. It will cover developmental theories and
philosophies of art educators and the development
of the NSW Years 7-12 Art syllabus. Students will
develop skills in selecting, planning, implementing
and evaluating an art program which facilitates creative expression at the Years 7-12 level.
EMA492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: ART (8)
Prerequisite: EMA491
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Explores the NSW or other relevant Art syllabus
for Years 11 to 12. In addition, it will examine
recent developments in art curriculum, teaching
methods appropriate to senior students, art history
and aesthetics. Strategies in art teaching will
be discussed from the perspective of learning
resources, programmed instruction, basic literacy
and information and computer literacy. Students will
be expected to further refine skills in planning,
implementing, assessing and evaluating an art
program which facilitates creative expression at the
senior school level.
EMC100 LEARNING AND THE SECONDARY
CURRICULUM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Teaching
(Secondary), Graduate Diploma of Education
This subject examines the nature of human learning
as it occurs in the context of secondary schools.
The nature and content of the junior secondary
curriculum (Years 7-10) is specifically examined.
The theories of human learning are applied to junior
secondary curriculum areas. The subject includes
an orientation practical program to secondary
schools.
EMC201 THE AUSTRALIAN TRAINING SYSTEM
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training, Graduate Diploma of
Vocational Education and Training, Graduate
Certificate in Employment Services, Graduate
Certificate in Vocational Education and Training
(Curriculum and Instruction) and Associate
Degree in Vocational Education and Training
students only
Charles Sturt University
This subject aims to provide students with a broad
overview of the development of vocational education
and training in Australia and the major bodies
associated with curriculum development, provision
and accreditation today. It also develops students’
understanding of how changes in the economy and
society affect vocational education and training.
EMC202 CURRICULUM THEORY & PRACTICE:
VET (8)
Prerequisite: EMC201
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Vocational
Education and Training, Graduate Diploma of
Vocational Education and Training, Graduate
Certificate in Vocational Education and Training
(Curriculum and Instruction) and Associate
Degree in Vocational Education and Training
Designed to assist teachers and trainers in VET
(Vocational Education and Training) to develop a
sound understanding of curriculum theory and to
relate it to their own specialist trade and technical
area. They will examine the implementation of
curriculum in VET, focussing upon competencybased curricula, and learn how to develop a
teaching program for curriculum documents and
training packages.
EMC408 ADVANCED WORKPLACE TRAINING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment into
vocational education and training course
This subject introduces students to workplace
training in Australia. Students will explore practical
issues related to workplace training through a study
of the place of training in organisations and the
design, delivery and evaluation of training programs.
The subject also examines the role of workplace
trainers and consultants.
EMC409 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1:
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Entry into appropriate
course
This subject is designed to introduce students to
teaching vocational education in secondary schools
and the nature and purpose of such studies in the
broader context of vocational education and training.
EMC411 ANALYSING TRAINING AND
ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS (8)
This subject will provide students with the
opportunity to study authentic workplace training
and assessment programs and systems. Students
will work through and study a model of integrated
and contextualised workplace training. The subject
involves analysing the competency requirements
of a specific workplace setting and examining the
subsequent design of training courses. These
aspects will be directly aligned to Units of
Competency within the Diploma specified in the
Training Package for Assessment and Workplace
Training (BSZ98). In this way the subject offers both
an important overview and familiarity with the major
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 393
industry qualification for assessment and workplace
training and will also allow students to complete
some of the competency requirements specified in
the Training Package.
EMC412 DESIGNING CONTEXTUAL TRAINING
AND ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS (8)
This subject assists students to analyse the
design and development processes associated
with effective workplace learning and assessment
systems. The subject emphasises that workplace
learning and assessment systems need to be
integrated with workplace change. A holistic and
systemic approach is offered that links training,
learning, assessment and change processes in
a way that benefits the range of stakeholders
involved. The subject explores the way that training
and assessment activities relate to the goals of
the organisation, its systems, technologies, work
processes and work organisation. It includes a
review of effective management and evaluation
strategies as these apply to training and assessment
systems.
EMC500 WORKPLACE TRAINING: CONTEXT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master Degree students
only
Provides students with the national and
organisational context for workplace training. It is
designed to prepare students to understand and
work within the Australian vocational education and
training policies and practices.
EMG505 READINGS IN EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT (16)
In this subject students study the latest advances in
an aspect of Emergency Management, Emergency
Management Planning, Operations Management
or Recovery Management by undertaking and
reporting on a comprehensive literature search
and analysis of recent advances influencing the
management of emergency situations under the
guidance of a supervisor appropriate to the area
selected.
EMG506 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT (16)
This subject aims to increase the student’s
knowledge of how to improve current practice in
an area of emergency management. The student’s
study is viewed as an important application of their
studies for their Master degree. They will design
and implement activities that will further develop
their emergency management practices, research
and teaching skills. It is intended that the work
undertaken will have flow on benefits for the
clients and colleagues with whom they work.
Initially, students reflect on and then appraise
an organisation’s current professional practices.
Following this they then design, implement and
evaluate a project which will enhance professional
practice and/or improve client outcomes within their
organisation or community.
EMG507 READINGS IN RISK MANAGEMENT (16)
In this subject students study the latest advances in
Risk Management by undertaking and reporting on
a comprehensive literature search and analysis of
recent advances influencing risk management under
the guidance of a supervisor appropriate to the area
selected.
EMG508 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN RISK
MANAGEMENT (16)
This subject is viewed as the culmination of the
students studies for the Masters degree. As they
work through the subject they will design and
implement activities that will further develop the
Risk Management practices, and their research
and teaching skills. It is intended that the work
undertaken will have flow on benefits for the
clients and colleagues with whom they work.
Initially, they reflect on the appraise current Risk
Management practices. Following this they are to
design, implement and evaluate a project which
could enhance professional practice in the area
of Risk Management and improve client outcomes
within their organisation or community.
EMH401 CURRICULUM STUDIES 1: SOCIETY
& ENVIRONMENT (8)
Analyses teaching and learning within the human
society and its environment key learning area
of the secondary school. Looks at the junior
school, with special reference to relevant curriculum
documents. The subject begins by developing an
understanding of the place of the key learning
area on the curriculum of the school and of
the unique contribution made to the curriculum of
the school. Concentrates on the implementation of
junior secondary syllabus documents and effective
classroom planning and practice.
EMH402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: SOCIETY
& ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EMH401
Extends the analysis of the curriculum of the Human
Society and its Environment key learning area
into the secondary school, with special reference
to curriculum documents prepared for New South
Wales schools. Concerned with the implementation
of senior syllabus documents through effective
classroom planning and practice. Also examines
issues impinging on the teaching of the KLA within
the 7-12 framework.
EMH406 CURRICULUM STUDIES: SOCIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Primary) students only
Covers curriculum studies and method for students
wishing to prepare themselves for teaching the key
learning areas, Human Society and its Environment,
in the K-6 range in schools.
13
EMH407 CURRICULUM STUDIES: SOCIETY AND
ENVIRONMENT (8)
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
394 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Enrolment restrictions: Available to students in
the Graduate Diploma of Education (Primary)
This subject prepares students to teach in the
Key Learning Area of Human Society and Its
Environment in primary schools. The subject will
aim at giving students an understanding of different
syllabuses and their rationales, a history of changes
in this subject in NSW, and practical approaches for
the classroom.
EMH491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: SOCIETY
AND ENVIRONMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Introduces students to the pedagogy of secondary
Studies of Society and Environment (SOSE)
for Years 7 - 12. Ann appreciation of the
range of appropriate teaching/learning strategies is
developed and particular attention is devoted to
the skills of lesson planning, the implementation
of syllabus documents and appropriate forms of
assessment and evaluation.
EMH492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: SOCIETY
AND ENVIRONMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EMH491
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Expands upon the fundamentals of teaching SOSE
developed in EML491. It is concerned with the
development of programs to meet syllabus demands
in terms of the broader educational and school
context. It also explores the means by which
technology might be used to support teaching and
learning in the SOSE.
EML402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: DRAMA (8)
Prerequisite: EML401
Designed to further develop skills in the practice of
educational drama and to deepen an understanding
of the major theoretical content areas relevant
for Years 11-12. Areas include improvisation,
production, performance, Australian theatre and
cross-cultural drama studies.
EML404 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: ENGLISH (8)
Prerequisite: EML403
Explores current philosophies and methodologies in
teaching literature in secondary school. Focuses on
English syllabuses for Years 11 and 12. Explores
pedagogical, curriculum and assessment practices.
Topics include literary theories, fiction, poetry,
Charles Sturt University
drama, and relevant pedagogical practice for postcompulsory students in English.
EML405 LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS (8)
Prerequisite: Graduate Diploma of Education
students only
Examines current trends in literature for
adolescents; major genres and writers; reading
interests of adolescents and adult values; and
integration of literature with other aspects of
language and learning.
EML406 INTRODUCTION TO TESOL (8)
Fosters an understanding of the second language
learner and second language learning process.
Provides a framework for the evaluation of teaching
methods currently used with non-English speaking
background students.
EML409 CHILDRENÌS LITERATURE 1:
RESPONSE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only
Students will have the opportunity to read widely
in the field of children’s literature, to read about
children’s literature and to explore ways of bringing
children and books together.
EML411 LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE Teaching,
Graduate Diploma of TESOL, Bachelor of
Education (Primary) Upgrading by distance
education
This subject is designed to provide students with the
general nature of language: phonology, morphology,
syntax, semantics, pragmatics, language variation
and register theory. It will also cover applications of
general concepts to TESOL and LOTE teaching.
EML412 LANGUAGE & LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: EML411
First language acquisition; comparison/contrast
between first and second language acquisition;
language learning and individual differences; role
of formal instruction in second language learning;
socio-cultural variables; bilingualism and languages
in contact.
EML418 CURRICULUM STUDIES: ENGLISH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Primary) students only
Covers the current syllabus documents in English,
and appreciation of children’s literature and the role
of language in helping children reflect on their own
and others’ experiences. Develops skills in effective
planning, implementation and evaluation of English
in the K-6 classroom. The teaching of reading will
also be covered.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 395
EML419 COMMUNICATIVE CLASSROOMS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE or
Graduate Diploma of TESOL students only
This subject addresses the classroom applications
of language theory, in particular notions of
critical language awareness. Emphasis is on the
development of effective programs incorporating oral
and written communication in a variety of registers.
The evaluation and adaptation of existing resources
will be considered along with the development of
original teaching materials.
EML420 DISCOURSE ANALYSIS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in Languages
Other than English Teaching, Graduate Diploma
of TESOL, Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) and Bachelor of Education (Primary)
students only.
This subject draws on language in a functional view;
that is, it addresses text and context, the relationship
between language and the social purposes it
serves. It also examines the systems of English
grammar and considers traditional grammar in light
of language teaching trends. Understandings of text
and discourse are developed in relation to second
language teachers’ development and needs.
EML421 SOCIAL CONTEXTS FOR TESOL (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL or Graduate Diploma of TESOL students
only
Addresses the nature of contemporary Australian
society with particular reference to cultural and
linguistic diversity and the field of TESOL. Social
and political issues which impact upon English
language policy will be considered in addition to
the role of the TESOL practitioner in relation to
the networks and allocation of resources as they
affect the ESL learners. Students begin to consider
issues associated with English as an international
language.
EML422 RESEARCHING TESOL (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL students only
This subject addresses the value of research in
allowing practitioners to reflect upon and evaluate
practice. Emphasis throughout the subject will be
on ethnographic approaches to research including
development of a critical perspective to the research
and publications in the TESOL field.
EML423 ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES
1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL students only
Addresses the English language learning needs
of overseas TESOL students, in particular those
studying in-country. The subject aims to increase
English language proficiency in listening, speaking,
reading and writing; however, emphasis is on
developing academic language proficiencies
necessary for successful completion of concurrent
TESOL studies.
EML424 ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES
12(8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL students only
Prerequisite: EML423
Designed to meet the English language teaching
needs of overseas TESOL students, in particular
those studying in-country. While all areas of
communicative competence are addressed,
particular emphasis is placed on developing English
skills to meet the demands of the classroom.
Materials will be drawn from TESOL studies and
classroom contexts.
EML425 LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN &
ADOLESCENTS: DEPTH STUDY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE Teaching,
Graduate Diploma of TESOL and Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students only
Literature in the classroom is presented within a
cultural framework which also takes account of the
grammar requirements of the NSW K-6 English
Syllabus (March, 1998). A stimulating selection of
recent texts, from picture story books to popular
novels, is the basis for the subject which examines
the role of narrative in the reproduction or disruption
of cultural patterns, including behaviours, beliefs,
ideas and values. The subject transforms ideas
about the nature of reading.
EML426 TESOL IN PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in TESOL, Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students only
Prerequisite: EML427 Language Teaching
Addresses the teaching of English to speakers of
other languages, including the place of ESL in the
Australian context, and EFL in the overseas context,
design and implementation of ESL/EFL syllabuses,
and evaluation and assessment.
EML428 TEACHING LOTE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
TESOL, Graduate Certificate in LOTE, Bachelor
of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Education
(Secondary) and Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood) students only
Prerequisite: EML427 Language Teaching
Addresses the teaching of LOTE (Languages Other
Than English) in Australian schools, including the
place of LOTE in the curriculum, design and
implementation of LOTE syllabuses, and evaluation
and assessment in the LOTE area.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
396 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
EML491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: DRAMA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Introduces participants to teaching improvisation,
play-building and acting as an experiential and
collaborative process. It explores a range of process
drama techniques and conventions including
dramatic role and way of structuring drama for
learning. These skills and techniques are examined
in relation to the Years 7 - 12 syllabus documents
relevant to the student’s context. Classroom
programs including lesson planning and behaviour
management, assessment and evaluation in drama
are also examined.
EML492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: DRAMA (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: EML491
Designed to further develop skills and knowledge
in the practice of drama and to deepen an
understanding of the major theoretical content areas
relevant for Years 7 - 12 of the secondary curriculum.
Areas including improvisation, production,
performance and context, Australian theatre and
cross cultural drama studies. There is also an
emphasis on the ways in which technology might
enhance teaching and learning in drama.
EML493 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: ENG LISH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Presents an overview of current issues in teaching
English in secondary schools (7 - 12). Pedagogical
theories and practices in contemporary English
curriculum are presented with the context of
historical changes in philosophical orientations to
curriculum design. The subject has a socially
critical orientation but that orientation is taken
beyond its usual parameters to include the role of
English syllabus design and classroom pedagogies
in the making of cultural subjects. The subject
English is therefore presented as potentially socially
reproductive or socially transformative and students
are required to consider these issues in the
development of classroom programs and lessons.
The essential relationship between theory and
Charles Sturt University
practice, including the relationship between theories
of text and reading practices , is central to the
subject. The subject is applicable to all state
educational systems, although NSW documents are
used as exemplars.
EML494 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: ENGLISH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: EML493
Builds upon the overview of current issues in English
teaching in secondary schools (7 - 12) presented
in EML493. There is a particular emphasis on the
senior levels of schooling focussing on syllabus
and assessment changes at Stages 5 and 6
(Stage 5 - Year 10; Stage 6 - Years 11 and 12).
The subject prepares prospective teachers for the
ongoing dynamics of curriculum change, highlighting
the contestations and debates which problematise
the scope and nature of the discipline itself. The
effects of philosophical orientations on classroom
practices presented in the prerequisite subject are
further developed through a study of the translations
of literacy, linguistic and social theories into critical
classroom pedagogies. There is specific attention to
the needs of students from diverse backgrounds.
NSW syllabus documents are used for illustration
but the subject is applicable to all state educational
systems.
EML497 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: LOTE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor of
Education (Technology and Applied Studies),
Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood),
Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Graduate
Certificate in Languages Other Than English
Teaching students only
This subject introduces students to the pedagogy
of languages other than English. Contexts for
learning language from K-12 are addressed with
pathways emphasising the early (K-4) and middle
(5-12) years of schooling. An appreciation of the
range of appropriate teaching/learning strategies is
developed and particular attention is devoted to
the skills of lesson planning, the implementation
of syllabus documents and appropriate forms of
assessment and evaluation.
EML498 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: LOTE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 397
Education (Vocational Education), Bachelor of
Education (Technology and Applied Studies),
Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood),
Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Graduate
Certificate in Languages Other Than English
Teaching students only.
This subject expands upon the fundamentals
of teaching LOTE developed in EML497. It is
concerned with the development of programs to
meet syllabus demands in terms of the broader
educational and school context. It also explores
the means by which technology might be used to
support teaching and learning in the LOTE. The
importance of basic literacy, information literacy
and computer literacy in LOTE learning are also
explored.
EML501 ISSUES IN THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH
K-12 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Provides an understanding of major issues in
teaching English from Kindergarten to Year 12.
Gives a theoretical perspective used to evaluate
the effectiveness and appropriateness of English
curricula and teaching methodologies from K-12.
EML502 AN INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL
GRAMMAR (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Provides knowledge of functional elements of
English structure and the way cultural patterns and
semantic options are realised in those structures.
The grammar offers a precise method for analysing
both spoken and written discourse.
EML503 ENGLISH AS AN INTERNATIONAL
LANGUAGE: CULTURAL AND POLITICAL
ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Education
students only
Prerequisite: EML426 and EML427
Investigates the political nature of English as an
international language (EIL). A range of beliefs
about EIL are considered including discourses of
post-colonialism, development aid and international
business. In addition, questions about English
language teaching methodology are located within
particular world views concerning, among other
things, the nature of learning; the roles and
relationships of learners and teachers; and content
and literacy practices. The subject also explores
the principles of “critical practice” as an appropriate
pedagogical response.
EML504 LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
TESOL, Graduate Diploma of TESOL, Master
of Education (TESOL)
The foundations of this subject are the major
language and language development theories
informing TESOL practices. While the contributions
of language acquisition and social interactionist
theories and the implications for curriculum design
and classroom practices are considered, the subject
takes the view that English language learning
involves appropriating cultural practices through
processes of semiotic mediation. This socio-cultural
framework is presented within the perspectives of
critical and multi-literacies.
EML505 PROFESSIONAL WRITING IN TESOL
CONTEXTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Grad Cert in TESOL,
Grad Diploma of TESOL, Master of Education
(TESOL specialisation)
The subject explores structures and features of
a variety of textual practices in the TESOL field.
The organisation of texts from the academic article
to the professional newsletter are examined in
terms of their taxonomic arrangements. Students
construct an academic assignment on language
and/or language development and an article
for a professional publication, making explicit
the structural developments of their argument
and article, including taxonomic arrangement of
macro-themes and hyperthemes, cohesive links,
grammatical metaphor and the patterning of given
and new information.
EMM402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Prerequisite: EMM401
Explores the role of mathematics in the senior
school. It is a study of senior syllabuses, and
appropriate teaching methods for selected topics
from these syllabuses. The subject deals with
assessment for the Higher School Certificate.
EMM403 EARLY CHILDHOOD MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their fourth year by distance
education
Develops understandings and skills to teach
mathematics at the Preschool and K-2 levels of
schooling. Considers current research findings in the
development of good classroom practices. Options
are given in assignment tasks to allow for different
interest and work settings.
EMM408 CURRICULUM STUDIES:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Primary) students only
An introduction to the content of primary school
(K-6) mathematics curriculum and a range of
appropriate teaching strategies.
EMM491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
398 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Introduces the student to aspects of teaching
secondary mathematics. It assists students to reflect
on the nature of mathematics and its role in the
school curriculum. It also introduces the student
to principles of instruction, planning, teaching and
assessment in a contemporary context. Syllabus
Years 7 - 12 interpretation and implementation
relevant to the student’s setting are also explored.
EMM492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2:
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: EMM491
Further develops the student’s understanding of
aspects of teaching secondary mathematics. It
assists the student in planning medium and longterm learning experiences with an emphasis on the
incorporation of technological resources. Further,
the subject considers the needs of all learners and
emphasises the literacy aspects of mathematical
pedagogy. Contemporary curriculum issues are also
considered.
EMM501 MATHEMATICS EDUCATION:
RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Research and practice in mathematics education,
metacognition, constructivism, implications for K-12
curriculum, research techniques and evaluation.
EMM502 MATHEMATICS EDUCATION: ISSUES
& TRENDS (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Examines current societal conditions and
expectations affecting the development and
implementation of a mathematic curriculum in
the classroom. Focuses on contemporary issues
and trends; change in teaching styles, relevance
and application, problem solving approaches,
attitudes, gender, multicultural society. Implications
for classroom practices are considered through
review and critique of research reports.
EMR402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2:
PD/HEALTH/PE (8)
Corequisite: EMR401
The Personal Development and Health content
strands within the NSW PD Health PE Years
7-10 syllabus is used for examining educational
issues, teaching methodologies, program designs
and relevant educational resource material.
Charles Sturt University
EMR403 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3:
PD/HEALTH/PE (8)
Prerequisite: EMR401 and EMR402
Presents a series of issues, educational policies and
school administration requirements which facilitate
entry into educational employment. An emphasis is
placed on the Year 11-12 PD/HP/E syllabuses, their
content and assessment protocols.
EMR491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: PERSONAL
DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
In this subject, students become familiar with the
content of the health and physical development
syllabuses for Years 7 - 12, particularly the NSW
Board of Studies Personal Development, Health and
Physical Education (PDHPE) curriculum.
EMR492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: PERSONAL
DEVELOPMENT, HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: EMR491
Builds on competencies developed in EMR491.
Students analyse contextual factors which impact
on physical education, personal development and
health (PDHPE) curriculum. These are taken into
account in planning and teaching PDHPE programs.
Analysis of resources (including the World Wide
Web) for the health and physical education syllabus
is also an aspect of this subject.
EMS402 CURRICULUM STUDIES 2: SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: EMS401
Examines the current aims of the senior secondary
science and agriculture courses with emphasis
on physical sciences and biology syllabuses; the
relevance of curriculum resources associated with
the teaching of each syllabus; the development
of skills in the selection, planning, implementation
and evaluation of program and lesson sequences
appropriate for students at the senior secondary
level; and the relationship between the nature
and philosophy of science and the senior science
syllabuses.
EMS491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 399
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Explores science education as a medium for
the development of adolescent children in the
secondary school. It examines current Years 7 - 12
syllabus guides and outcomes, curriculum materials
and recent research in science education and
provides the context for a developmental framework
for science education. The focus of the subject
is on promoting skills in selecting, planning
and implementing teaching sequences within a
constructivist learning model.
EMS492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: EMS491
Examines the current aims of secondary science
and agriculture courses and analyses the relevance
of curriculum resources associated with the teaching
of each syllabus. It covers the development of
skills in the selection, planning, implementation
and evaluation of program and lesson sequences
appropriate for students at the secondary level with
a special focus on Stage 6 Learning Outcomes. The
relationship between the nature and philosophy of
science and the science syllabus is examined.
EMS493 CURRICULUM METHOD 3: SCIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: EMS492
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor Teaching
(Secondary), Graduate Certificate in Applied
Science (Science Education)
This subject examines the theories of curriculum
design in the senior secondary science curriculum,
constructivism, and the curriculum evaluation
strategies. These theoretical perspectives are
applied to the science major area of specialisation in
the secondary science curriculum.
EMS500 SECONDARY SCIENCE EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate in
Applied Science (Science Education), Master
of Education
This subject examines the theories of curriculum
design, constructivism, the nature of the senior secondary learner and curriculum evaluation strategies.
These theoretical perspectives are applied to the
relevant secondary science curriculum.
EMT404 CURRICULUM & TECHNOLOGY (8)
Designed to help teachers teach about technology
and to use technology in their teaching. Topics
include: society and technology, technology and
curriculum, computers and information technology
and educational technology.
EMT405 CURRICULUM STUDIES 3:
AGRICULTURE (8)
Prerequisite: Appropriate subject background in
Agriculture and some experience in teaching the
subject at secondary level
Deals with the general context on which the
contemporary curriculum decisions are made
in secondary schools together with recent
developments relating specifically to school
agriculture. The subject has been designed to make
the practising teacher aware of teaching strategies,
conceptual frameworks, organisational practices and
resources which will assist them in developing
appropriate courses in agriculture and cognate
fields.
EMT491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1:
AGRICULTURE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
This subject is a study of agriculture and science
as a medium for the development of children in
secondary schools. It examines a range of Years 7
to 12 syllabus guidelines, curriculum materials and
trends in agriculture and science education in the
context of a progressive developmental framework.
Principal concentration is on promoting skills
involved in selecting, planning and implementing
teaching sequences with a constructivist learning
model, the requirements of the relevant Year 7
- 12 syllabus documents and assessment and
evaluation.
EMT492 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: DESIGN
AND TECHNOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Explores the changes and purposes of technology
education within the context of design. The changes
are examined through the socio-political pressures
in education which have lead to the new approaches
to technology education. The purposes of Design
and Technology programs are dealt with through
analysis of Design and Technology syllabi Years 7
- 12 and the development of programs and units
that are consistent with this syllabi appropriate for
secondary schools.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
400 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
EMT493 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: COMPUTER
STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Introduces students to the issues with the pedagogy
of Computer Studies for Years 7 - 12. An
appreciation of the range of appropriate teaching/
learning strategies is developed and particular
attention is devoted to the skills of lesson planning.
the implementation of syllabus documents and
appropriate forms of assessment and evaluation.
ENG401 SOIL CONSERVATION SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
An advanced study of engineering and land
management techniques with emphasis on the
processes of land degradation, the methods of
land management, the design of soil conservation
works, total catchment management, run-off and
erosion modelling and modern survey techniques
and systems.
ENM400 ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS (8)
Examines the relation between people and their
living and non-living environment within the context
of a thorough understanding of ecological concepts.
ENM401 ENVIRONMENT & SOCIETY (8)
Examines the nature and consequences of the
interaction between people and their environment:
the processes which influence people’s perceptions
about and attitudes towards their environment; and
the philosophy of environmentalism and the place of
this philosophy in society.
ENM402 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ENM400 & ENM401
Explores techniques associated with the inventory
and assessment of the environment, including the
preparation of local environmental studies and
environmental impact statements.
ENM406 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY &
PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: ENM401 & ENM402
Develops a working knowledge of theory as it relates
to techniques and procedures in environmental
planning, taking students beyond the limited
perspectives of procedural “rule books”.
ENM420 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING (8)
Prerequisite: ENM402 or enrolment in
GCertContaminated Site Mgt
Corequisite: ENM500
This subject involves a study of the broad spectrum
of issues related to the conduct of environmental
auditing as applied to environmental management.
Charles Sturt University
The subject is introduced through a review of major
chemical catastrophes which have contributed to the
need for environmental auditing. This is followed
by an examination of relevant legislation and its
implications for contaminated site management.
ENM500 CONTAMINATED SITE MANAGEMENT
1 (8)
Corequisite: ENM420
This subject provides theoretical and practical
aspects for understanding the impacts of
contaminated land on: the environment; public
health and safety; and worker health and safety. It
leads to an understanding of methods for assessing
and managing contaminated sites.
ENM501 CONTAMINATED SITE MANAGEMENT
2 (8)
Prerequisite: ENM500
This subject follows on from ENM500 and provides
the theoretical and practical aspects for developing
decisions that appropriately address the factors
that relate to contaminated site decommissioning,
surveillance and management.
ENM502 HYDROLOGY & ENVIRONMENTAL
FLOW
S (8)
Prerequisite(s): BIO520 or ENM500
This subject investigates the interrelationships and
interactions between water and its environment in
the hydrological cycle (hydrology), and relates these
studies to the environmental flow requirements of
a range of freshwater systems for sustainable use
or restoration. The emphasis in the subject is on
meeting the needs of scientists working in the field
to better understand the complex range of issues
involved in the management and/or restoration of
freshwater systems.
EPT103 TEACHING & TRAINING PRACTICES
1 (8)
Designed to begin to develop the competencies
commonly used in vocational education and training
settings. It includes 100 hours field experience.
Exemption from the first module of this subject may
be granted to students who have completed TAFE or
Services instructional techniques courses.
EPT203 TEACHING & TRAINING PRACTICES
2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT103
Designed to develop the knowledge and skills
introduced in Teaching and Training Practices 1
and to introduce advanced techniques such as
allowance for individual difference and group work,
and the use of self-paces and competency based
learning materials. It includes 100 hours of field
experience.
EPT401 PRACTICE OF TEACHING 1 (8)
Introduces the language of educational discourse.
Assists the student to develop classroom skills,
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 401
knowledge and planning strategies, evaluation
and assessment procedures. Investigates social
relations in the secondary school classroom and
helps the student develop effective school and
classroom management practices. Assists in the
practical use of this knowledge and skills in the
classroom.
EPT402 PRACTICE OF TEACHING 2 (8)
Prerequisite: EPT401
Explores definitions of literacy and the political
nature of the literacy debate. Details a variety of
teaching strategies which take into account literacy
demands of particular subject areas, importance of
language as the mode of learning, and language
background of students are explored. Programming
and assessment strategies emphasising reading,
writing, and oral language development are detailed.
Reflection on teaching and analysis of personal
beliefs about language, learners, society and
schooling is included. Students build on previous
teaching practice experience.
EPT406 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
enrolled in the Bachelor of Vocational Education
& Training, the Bachelor of Education
(Secondary)
Explores definitions of literacy and the political
nature of the literacy debate. Details a variety of
teaching strategies which take into account literacy
demands of particular subject areas, importance of
language as the mode of learning, and language
background of students are explored. Programming
and assessment strategies emphasising reading,
writing, and oral language development are detailed.
Reflection on teaching and analysis of personal
beliefs about language, learners, society and
schooling is included. Students build on previous
teaching practice experience.
EPT491 LEARNING AND TEACHING PRACTICE
1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only
This subject has an academic component and
a practical component. The academic component
focuses on the nature of secondary students’
learning and its implications for teaching. It
integrates psychological and language-based
approaches to learning, and deals with related
matters such as motivation, attention, perception
and cognition. The practical component involves a
period of supervised classroom teaching practice
in which the student conceptualises the roles
and responsibilities of the classroom teacher and
develops effective teaching practices. It assists the
student in making the connection between the
theoretical and practical aspects of learning so
that they are not seen as separate but part of a
continuum.
EPT492 LEARNING AND TEACHING PRACTICE
2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
students only
Prerequisite: EPT491
This is an on-site (school-based) practicum in the
student’s chosen area of specialisation. It provides
opportunities for the student to demonstrate selfsufficiency and independencies as a beginning
teacher. The expectation is that the student will
progress from teaching two 40 minutes lessons per
day to a load equivalent to about 80% of a full-time
teacher’s load by the last week of this practicum
which is of a minimum of 4 weeks duration. Teaching
in ways which promote social justice for diverse
groups is an essential part of this subject. Students
will be placed with a teacher in a secondary school
and work with as wide a range of classes as
possible.
EPT502 ISSUES IN PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: three years of professional
experience
Encourages a greater understanding of professional
development and provides students with an
opportunity to use this knowledge to explore their
own professional development.
EPT503 PROFESSIONAL PORTFOLIOS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: entry to Master Degree
course Entry to Graduate Certificate in
Professional Development
This subject will develop an understanding of
the nature of professional learning and assist
students to assemble and analyse evidence of their
own professional development through a portfolio
approach.
EPT507 WORKPLACE TRAINING PRACTICE (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Master Degree students
only
Enables students to acquire, use and evaluate
practical skills in workplace training and
assessment. It includes a training practice
component of 60 hours and a practical workplace
assessment task
ERP403 SPECIAL TOPIC IN EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
who have successfully completed a minimum of
four subjects in the field of Education at Levels
3 or 4 Course Coordinator’s approval is required
This subject provides students with an opportunity to
study a topic of special interest or a topic which is
necessary to complete requirements for an award.
ERP501 MASTER OF EDUCATION MINOR
PROJECT (16)
Enrolment restriction: Master Degree students
only
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
402 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Requires the student to explore in some depth an
area of interest in education, to demonstrate an
understanding of the processes on education inquiry
and to submit the final product in an academically
acceptable fashion
ERT600 PREPARATION OF THESIS PROPOSAL
(8)
Students enrolled in the Master of Education
(Honours) course prepare a thesis proposal
indicating content and methodology proposed,
together with a preliminary review of literature and a
time schedule for completion. Students should refer
to the Faculty Guidelines for additional information.
ERT601 MASTER RESEARCH (EDUCATION)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: as specified by the Course
Coordinator Approval of Higher Degrees
Committee required
Primary objective is for the student to carry out
independent research which will contribute new
knowledge in a specific area of education.
ERT602 MASTER RESEARCH (EDUCATION)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: as specified by the Course
Coordinator Approval of Higher Degrees
Committee required
Primary objective is for the student to carry out
independent research which will contribute new
knowledge in a specific area of education.
ERT701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (EDUCATION)
PART-TIME (16)
ERT702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (EDUCATION)
FULL-TIME (32)
ERT704 PREPARING A RESEARCH PROPOSAL
(16)
Prerequisite: EEB706, EEE701, EEB703
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Education
students only
This subject provides a bridge between the student’s
professional work, the subjects they have studied
in EdD and the research project. Questions/issues
which arise from the student’s professional practice
provide the basis of the research component of the
EdD. From these questions/issues, students are
expected to develop an extended research proposal
which will be defended by presentation to staff of
the Faculty, to complete an HD3 form and ethics
approval (where appropriate) for presentation to the
University.
ERT711 DOCTORAL THESIS (128)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Education
students only
Candidates enrolled in the Doctor of Education
course are required to prepare a thesis proposal,
conduct approved research under supervision, and
Charles Sturt University
present the results of their research for examination
in an academically conventional form approved by
the Faculty and the University’s Higher Degrees
Committee.
ESA402 MANAGING SCHOOLS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ESA401
Examines aspects of the management of schools.
Applies the study of interpersonal relations and
group processes to issues and the practice of staff
development in schools. Investigates structures and
processes of communication in organisations and
applications to schools, and explores the part played
by school culture and school leadership towards
effective (quality) schooling.
ESA501 LEADERSHIP IN EDUCATION 1 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
This subject and ESA502 use the same textbook
and are designed to be studied in sequence. Each
deals with leadership in educational organisations.
Leadership in education differs from leadership in
industry. These differences relate to the moral nature
of education and the acquisition of values, essential
parts of education. The two subjects are based on
the view that educational leaders need to develop
a clear understanding of organisational theory and
practice, decision making and motivated behaviour,
organisational culture (and climate) and change and
conflict. An important objective is the improvement
of the quality of education and the improvement of
schools.
ESA502 LEADERSHIP IN EDUCATION 2 (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
A sequel to ESA501 Leadership in Education 1,
using the same textbook. Emphasises readings on a
critical evaluation of recent work on leadership (e.g.
as a moral art), on organisational culture and on
the concept of climate. The third unit covers aspects
of conflict and change in organisations as well as
decision making with a critique of a participative
decision making style. As with the prior subject, an
important objective for this is to enhance the quality
of education and to improve schools. This subject
has a compulsory residential school component.
ESA503 THE MANAGEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL
CHANGE (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Education students only
Planned change in education requires a vision
including what will be, predicted future, what ought
to be, preferred future, combined with aspects
of education not intended to change. Examines
processes of educational change, change agents
and recipients of change, and assessment of
outcomes of change. School culture and what is
changed in school organisations is dealt with, and
the usefulness of the concept of school climate
is analysed. Three assignments require critical
analysis of these components as they apply to
education. There is a set text for this subject.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 403
ESA504 EDUCATIONAL POLICY ANALYSIS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
students only
Introduces and develops different conceptual
approaches to the study of educational policies.
Australian federal and state policy documents will
provide the focus for analysis.
ESA507 MANAGING CURRICULUM CHANGE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master Degree students
only
Examines the processes of initiating, responding to
and managing curriculum changes in the light of
current educational theory. Attention is paid to roles
played by those involved in curriculum change and
to curriculum change and school improvement.
ESC401 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL
COMPUTING (8)
Introduces computers and related technology,
including an overview of the operation of
microcomputers. Students are expected to become
confident users of a word processor, as well as
working with application software like databases,
spreadsheets and graphics. The potential of
computers in educational settings is discussed, with
reference to applications packages and LOGO.
ESC402 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN
EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: ESC401
Introduces notions of curriculum planning and
classroom applications of word processors,
databases and spreadsheets within the curriculum
planning framework.
ESC409 COMPUTERS DIAGNOSIS &
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Computers in Education) students
only
Focuses on how computers may be used to create
learning environments, monitor learning, provide
feedback, tutorial assistance and enrichment. Provides for the selection of software to meet the particular needs of exceptional children. Outlines practical ways computer based learning may be managed
in the classroom. This subject has a compulsory
residential component.
ESC505 COMPUTERS & LEARNING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
students only
Provides an understanding of contemporary learning
theories and their implications for the introduction of
the microcomputer into the classroom. The application of these theories to the implementation and
evaluation of computer software in the classroom is
then examined.
ESC509 COMPUTERS DIAGNOSIS &
DEVELOPMENT
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
students only
Focuses on how computers may be used to create
learning environments, monitor learning, provide
feedback, tutorial assistance and enrichment. Provides for the selection of software to meet the particular needs of exceptional children. Outlines practical ways computer based learning may be managed
in the classroom.
ESC510 LEARNING & INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
in the Master of Education course
Provides students with an understanding of contemporary learning theories and the implications
of these for the creation of learning environments
using information technology in the classroom. The
application of these theories to the development,
implementation and evaluation of uses of information technology in curriculum is examined.
ESC511 INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES &
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
students only
This subject provides an understanding of the
differences in students’ information processing
capabilities, and then focuses on the ways teaching
and learning environments may be structured to
best meet the students’ individual educational
needs. Methods of diagnosing individual learner
needs and meeting those needs are studied and
related to appropriate information technology.
ESC512 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND THE
CURRICULUM (8)
Prerequisite: ESC510
This subject examines the relationships between the
mode of production, social formation, technology
and education in terms of the impact that these
relationships have on curriculum. The structure
and delivery of contemporary education is critically
examined and alternatives proposed that may better
prepare the broad range of students to take their
places in a society transformed by the changes
generated by the impact of information technology.
ESC513 EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE
EVALUATION & DESIGN (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students in the Master of Education course
and Graduate Certificate in Multimedia &
Online Learning
Prerequisite(s): ESC510 Learning and
Information Technology
This subject is concerned with issues associated
with the evaluation of educational software, and
the theoretical base to computer-based learning
and computer software development. Students are
required to apply these principles to develop a
small software based project involving multimedia
applications and authorware.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
404 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
ESG401 RECOGNISING THE GIFTED CHILD (8)
Introduces the area of gifted education and provides
information on the best methods of recognition of
the gifted and talented children presently available to
workers in the field.
ESG402 PROGRAMMING FOR GIFTED
CHILDREN (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to Bachelor
of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of
Education (Early Childhood) students
undertaking their Fourth Year by distance
education.
Explores various approaches and provisions currently available for gifted children. These are related
to historical and research data, and to philosophical
theories which frame the policies offered in Australia
and overseas. The student examines these policies
in a school environment.
ESG502 GIFTED EDUCATION MODELS (M) (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled by distance education in the Master of Education only
This subject considers alternative methods of provision for gifted students within the Australian and
international school context. Additionally, the subject
examines advantages and disadvantages of these
methods, from theoretical and practical points of
view.
ESG504 THE GIFTED CHILD IN THE MAINSTREAM CLASS (M) (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled by distance education in either the Master of Education or Graduate Certificate in Education
(Gifted Education) only
This subject is designed to enable mainstream class
teachers to cater more effectively for the needs of
gifted children. The subject examines the role teachers play when dealing with gifted children against
the background of recent research and theory, especially that associated with reflective, negotiated and
cooperative learning.
ESG505 THE CREATIVELY GIFTED CHILD (M) (8)
Develops an awareness of the nature of creativity
especially in the creative arts, its identification and
assessment; available community resources, and
how to stimulate the creatively gifted child in the
mainstream class.
ESG509 SOCIETY & IDENTIFICATION OF THE
GIFTED (8)
Enrolment restriction: available only to students
in the Master of Education course
Explores the identification of gifted and talented persons with particular reference to the school setting.
Giftedness is viewed differently in different cultures
and identification and assessment therefore vary in
different countries.
Charles Sturt University
ESL402 PRIMARY READING DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: Bachelor of Education Stage 2
students or an appropriate postgraduate course
in Teacher Education
Consolidates students’ understanding of current
views on the reading process and draws upon
teaching experiences. Particular attention is given to
the K-12 reading curriculum policy statement and
its implementation in the classroom. Various aspects
of programming for reading instruction are explored,
both at classroom and school level.
ESR401 TEACHING IN RURAL SECONDARY
SCHOOLS (8)
Examines issues facing the teacher in rural schools.
Preparation of staff for retention of teachers in
rural schools, multi-grade teaching, integration of
technology into curriculum delivery and school
and teacher responses to declining enrolments
will be examined. Management issues of rural
schools at administrative and organisational levels
are explored.
ESR501 ISSUES IN RURAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
students only
Allows students to enrich their understanding of the
cultures and mores in rural communities and to
examine contemporary challenges to and support
for the provision of education in rural areas of
Australia. Examines the preparation of staff for and
the retention of teachers in rural schools, multi-grade
teaching and the use of technology in curriculum
delivery.
ESR502 PEDAGOGY OF DISTANCE TEACHING
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Master Degree students
only
Introduces some pertinent issues for the planning,
selection, adoption and evaluation of distance
education teaching and learning technologies and
methodologies. The subject draws on the existing
best practice in the field, and challenges the student
to critically evaluate examples of distance teaching
materials. The subject is particularly focused on
teaching and learning in the audiographic context.
ESR503 ORGANISATION OF DISTANCE
TEACHING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master Degree students
only
Introduces students to issues of management and
organisation of distance teaching in a school or
distance education context Module 1 provides an
introduction to a model of organisation and an
overview of current directions in distance teaching.
Module 2 examines a range of management,
technological, human resource, welfare and
evaluative issues about distance teaching.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 405
ESS401 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONALITY
(8)
Introduces students to ideas about the nature and
requirements of children with special educational
needs. The needs of children with a wide range of
physical, sensory, and learning impairments as well
as special ability are considered, as are educational
strategies currently in use to support these students.
ESS402 ASSESSMENT IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education). Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
This subject develops and extends theoretical
principles in psychoeducational assessment and
the application of these principles in practice.
It develops skills in the selection and use of
assessment instruments, and the interpretation of
results for teaching purposes. Assessment is
defined in process terms where factors impacting
on the whole child operating within the whole
environment are considered systematically. Within
this frame, norm referenced, criterion referenced
and curriculum based testing procedures are
considered in detail.
ESS403 MANAGING BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
This subject examines both pro-active and reactive
approaches to behaviour management within
ecological, psychoeducational, cognitive and
behavioural theories. These approaches are
examined from the perspective of special educators
and applied in naturalistic environments.
ESS404 SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
& TEACHING STRATEGIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
Students will develop skills in a range of
programming and instructional approaches, focusing
on improving learning outcomes in individuals with
special needs. Strategies derived from behavioural,
cognitive and metacognitive literature are presented
and discussed.
ESS405 EARLY INTERVENTION FOR CHILDREN
0-5 WITH DEVELOPMENTAL DELAY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education students
only.
Explores recent developments in the organisation
of early educational intervention for infants and
children in early childhood programs. Child–centred
and family–centred interventions are considered
with maximum possible use of generic services
recommended.
ESS406 CONSULTATION AND COLLABORATION
IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students only
This subject develops the process of interpersonal
and organisational communication from theoretical
principles to effective practices in collaborative
consultation. Practical application of developing
skills is required in regular communication settings.
ESS407 UNDERSTANDING LITERACY
PROBLEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Certificate in Education
(Special Education), Graduate Diploma of
Special Education and Master of Education
(Special Education) students only.
This subject has been designed to develop
and increase student awareness and knowledge
of linguistic development and literacy problems
experienced by children. This subject has an
emphasis on ‘hands-on’ approach to dealing with
children who have literacy difficulties. Literacy
in this topic will include reading, writing and
oral components and students will be introduced
to linguistic theory and language development
in children. Assessment procedures will be
examined as well as various teaching strategies and
approaches to deal with difficulties children may
have with reading, writing and communication.
ESS408 DIAGNOSTIC TEACHING OF
MATHEMATICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students only.
Prerequisite: EMM412 Mathematics Curriculum
2, or EMM304 Developmental Mathematics
2 if enrolled in undergraduate courses.
Students will explore an area of interest in
education, to demonstrate an understanding of
processes of education inquiry and submit the
final product in an academically acceptable fashion.
Overviews the development of acquisition of
mathematical concepts. The diagnostic remediation
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
406 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
process is examined. Teaching strategies
appropriate to children with learning difficulties
are described. Individual diagnosis and analysis
of a particular child’s mathematical problems,
including teaching to this analysis, are developed
in case study form. Current research on teaching
mathematics to children with special needs is
examined.
ESS409 SPECIAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Education
(Primary), Bachelor of Education (Early
Childhood), Graduate Diploma of Special
Education and Master of Education (Special
Education) students
Prerequisite: successful completion of four
subjects in Special Education specialisation
This professional experience allows students to
demonstrate skills, knowledge and attitude
development in the special education subjects
covered in this specialisation. Supervision will
provide affirmation of strength as well as
opportunities for improvement in the students
teaching contexts. The professional experiences is
six weeks in duration for internal students, this will
be followed by an academic component.
ESS410 ADOLESCENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS
(8)
Enrolment restriction: admission to Graduate
Diploma of Education or Bachelor of Education
(Secondary)
Corequisite: EEL401
Examines policies, issues, and practices within the
field of special education, emphasising effects on
adolescents. Focuses on strategies and procedures
which may be used by secondary teachers to better
cope with the individual differences encountered.
There is a compulsory residential school in the
subject when undertaken by distance education
mode.
ESS412 CURRICULUM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
or Graduate Diploma of Special Education
students only
Allows students to develop skills for teaching
developmentally delayed children, to examine the
curriculum in this area. Prerequisite subjects provide
a framework for this material.
ESS413 DISORDERS OF LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
or Graduate Diploma of Special Education
students only
Specialised study relevant to needs of children with
communication disorders. Subject content reflects
recent research and publications concerned with
communication disorders and attempts to make
teaching implications of this research available to
the student.
Charles Sturt University
ESS414 REVIEW OF ISSUES IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
or Graduate Diploma of Special Education
students only
Assists students to synthesise information on
special education issues and service delivery
options and the development of personal
perspectives.
ESS416 PSYCHOLOGICAL DETERMINANTS OF
MOTIVATION AND BEHAVIOUR (8)
Prerequisites: PSY202 or equivalent knowledge
This subject considers, psycho-educational,
cognitive, social- cognitive and behavioural theories
of motivation and behaviour. These approaches are
examined from theoretical and applied perspectives
in naturalistic learning environments.
ESS417 DISORDERS OF CHILD AND
ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisites: PSY304 or equivalent knowledge
This subject covers major developmental and
psychological problems faced by children and
adolescents in the frame of aetiology, assessment
and treatment. A variety of theoretical, clinical
and educational approaches are described with
emphasis on social cognitive theory in conjunction
with cognitive and ecological intervention. Psychodynamic and behavioural approaches are also
examined. Ethical considerations in psychological
intervention with children and adolescents are
emphasised throughout.
ESS490 ADOLESCENCE AND EXCEPTIONALITY
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary),
Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of
Education (Vocational Education) or Bachelor
of Education (Technology and Applied Studies)
students only
Prerequisites:EEL491
Provides students with a broad understanding of the
nature and requirements of adolescents with special
educational needs. The needs of adolescents with
a wide array of physical, sensory and learning
impairments, as well as children with special
abilities including the gifted are discussed. Particular
attention is given to the implications for both families
and schools
ESS501 MODELS OF LEARNING IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Enrolment in Master
of Education (Special Education), Master of
Education (Educational Psychology) or
Graduate Diploma of Special Education
This subject allows students to explore models of
learning and to apply a variety of strategies to
teaching students with disabilities.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 407
ESS503 SYSTEMS & SERVICES IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
(Special Education) or Graduate Diploma of
Special Education students only
Examines student support service delivery models
in Australian and selected overseas school systems.
Historical perspectives and trends in future
development will be considered.
ESS504 WORKING WITH FAMILIES IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
(Special Education) or Master of Mental Health
students only
Provides information about contemporary Australian
families, and a conceptual framework for
understanding issues affecting families and assisting
practitioners to develop skills in supporting families
of children with special needs.
ESS505 APPRAISING RESEARCH IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Education
(Special Education) or Graduate Diploma of
Special Education students only
Allows students to undertake guided readings in an
area of their own research interests and to serve as
a basis for their own project.
ESS506 SPECIAL EDUCATION PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: ESS505
This subject is the culmination of the Master of
Education (Special Education). Students prepare
and present a piece of educational research on a
special education topic of their own choice.
ESS511 INCLUSIVE STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in a
relevant Masters Program
This subject provides an opportunity for students to
become acquainted with the issues concerning and
strategies enabling the inclusion of individuals with
disabilities in school, work and community settings.
ESS512 INDIVIDUALISING CURRICULUM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to the Master
of Education (Special Education) or Graduate
Diploma of Special Education
This subject allows students to examine the
curriculum for students with disabilities. The focus
is on the overall process of curriculum development
and the decisions of what and how to teach.
ESS513 COMMUNICATION DISORDERS (8)
Prerequisite: ESS504 Working with Families
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in
Master of Education (Special Education) course
This subject explores the complexity of language
and how young children acquire language based on
their cognitive, social and linguistic experiences. An
understanding of normal language development is
considered essential when designing individualised
programs for children with disordered language.
Students will have the opportunity to gain practical
skills in assessing language, developing and
stimulating language learning in their particular area
of interest.
ESS514 ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: Masters students only
This subject provides students with the opportunity
to integrate much of the work in the overall course
and to stimulate a synthesis of major issues: the
subject should assist students in developing their
own philosophies on the education of children with
special needs and thus form an appropriate starting
point for their studies in this course.
ETH401 ETHICS & SOCIAL WELFARE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Social
Science (Social Welfare) (Honours) students only
This subject explores the relationship between
ethical theory, ethical principles, and social welfare.
The conflict between personal and professional
values and the legal and organisational context
of practice will be considered. The ethics of
intervention and issues of autonomy, paternalism
and coercion will be studied. The subject will
conclude with a discussion of moral risk,
responsibility and accountability.
ETH402 VULNERABILITY & THE ETHICS OF
INTERVENTION (8)
Begins with a study of ethical theory and
concentrates on developing a sound understanding
of the ethical principles of autonomy and
beneficence and the problems of paternalism
and coercion. Considers the ethics of care and
concomitant legal duties to care and social policies
in relation to vulnerable adults. The subject
concludes with an examination of ethical and policy
issues relating to the allocation of health and welfare
resources to certain categories of vulnerable adult.
ETH403 BIOETHICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed SSC502
This subject aims to acquaint students with current
ethical and legal issues in relation to genetics
and genetic counselling. Using a number of ethical
principles, the subject examines the role of ethics
and law, playing particular attention to issues such
as genetic testing and screening, gene therapy, and
genetic manipulation. The subject also considers
the ethics of family planning and augmentation. The
subject concludes with an examination of some of
the wider economic and social justice issues in
relation to genetics in health care.
ETH404 ETHICAL ISSUES IN CORRECTIONAL
MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject will begin with a critical evaluation of a
variety of ethical perspectives regarding the nature
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
408 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
and role of correctional institutions. Students will
then consider a number of specific ethical issues
confronted by correctional managers.
ETL401 TEACHER LIBRARIANSHIP (8)
Provides students with an understanding of the role
of the teacher librarian within the school. Special
attention will be directed at the teacher librarian’s
collaborative role in facilitating inquiry learning.
ETL402 ISSUES IN FICTION (8)
This subject is about the fictive shape of
contemporary children’s literature and how it might
give meaning to the lives of ‘child’ readers in terms
of literary learning and aesthetic pleasure. There
is an emphasis on Australian works of fiction.
The discourse perspectives examined focus on the
boundaries of fictive shape in terms of popular
culture and series fiction and literary theory in terms
of postmodernism and how it relates to picture
books and the realist dystopias of young adult
fiction. The roles of the teacher librarian and the
children’s services librarian are explored in terms of
providing opportunities for children to connect with
fiction, within the context of literary learning which
includes curriculum and recreation. The subject
intends to position teacher librarians and children’s
services librarians at the boundaries of fictive shape
so that they can provide genuine choice for the
range of ‘child’ readers.
ETL410 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE (MASTL)
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in second
half of the course only Master of Applied
Science (Teacher Librarianship) students only
A two (2) week professional placement requiring
students to gain practical experience in a public
or special library, or other appropriate information
agency plus a four (4) day study visit where
students observe and discuss professional issues
with librarians in a range of libraries and information
agencies.
ETL411 ICT EXPERIENCE FOR TEACHER
LIBRARIANS (MASTL) (8)
Introduces students to the use and application
of information and communication technologies
(ICT) within the fields of information studies and
education. The impact of ICTs on the role of the
teacher librarian and the provision of information
services in schools will be considered, with
particular emphasis on the Internet. The concepts
of information literacy, knowledge management,
leadership and advocacy, and the dynamics of
schools as learning communities will also be
addressed within the context of teacher librarianship.
Major emphasis will be placed on the integration of
ICTs in the school curriculum to enhance student
learning outcomes. Provides students with “hands
on” information and communication technology
experience through online conferencing experiences
Charles Sturt University
where the above curriculum areas are explored
using asynchronous and synchronous online tools.
Students will be given the opportunity to explore the
pedagogical potential of ICTs with their lecturers,
guest presenters (both Australian and international),
and fellow students, while considering topical
information and education trends and issues within
the discipline of teacher librarianship.
ETL412 INFORMATION LITERACY (8)
This subject provides the framework for an
examination of information literacy issues. The
concerns of the subject centre on the nature of
information, the nature of the autonomous learner,
and the concept of information literacy. Why are
these issues important and what approaches have
been used to facilitate their attainment. The learner
will be given the opportunity to apply the foregoing to
a particular field of study.
ETL491 CURRICULUM METHOD 1: TEACHER
LIBRARIANSHIP (8)
This subject provides an awareness of the history
of school librarianship in Australia, and analyses the
modern school library and the role of the teacher
librarian in the school curriculum as a partner in
resource-based learning. Major emphasis is placed
on concepts of cooperative planning and information
literacy.
ETL492 CURRICULUM METHOD 2: TEACHER
LIBRARIANSHIP (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma of
Education (Secondary) or Bachelor of Human
Movement/Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary)
or Bachelor of Education (Secondary) or
Bachelor of Education (Vocational Education) or
Bachelor of Education (Technology and Applied
Studies) students only
Prerequisite: ETL491 or TLM421
The purpose of this subject is to further develop the
student’s professional qualifications in librarianship
to meet the specific demands placed upon teacher
librarians in secondary schools. Strategies for
maximising automations functionality, empowering
learners with the Internet and authentic assessment
and issues in collection management are all
addressed.
ETL501 INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT (8)
Introduces students to the global information
environment and focuses on how the teacher
librarian facilitates access to a range of information
sources and services for school library users.
Identifying and meeting the information needs of
members of the school community is emphasised.
The nature of reference work is explored, in
particular the design and implementation of search
strategies of manual and electronic sources. The
potential of existing information networks and
the creation of new networks within the global
information environment is considered.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 409
ETL503 COLLECTION MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject provides an introduction to the
principles and practices associated with collection
management in school libraries. It focuses on
the processes of selection, acquisition, maintenance
and collection evaluation and the development of
policies and procedures. A range of issues which
impinge on collection management are addressed
including the impact of electronic resources and
censorship.
ETL504 TEACHER LIBRARIAN AS LEADER (8)
Provides an introduction to issues in educational
administration that are particularly relevant to the
position of teacher librarian who in the large majority
of schools does not have any professional support.
Major areas of study will include: communication
and decision making processes, leadership and
team work, conflict resolution and change theory.
The emphasis throughout will be on people
managing skills.
ETL505 ORGANISING KNOWLEDGE (8)
This subject focuses on the organisation of
information in the school library environment. The
importance of providing and enhancing access
in supporting and encouraging effective use of
information, the impact of information technology
and the role of SCIS cataloguing services are
emphasised.
ETL510 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE (METL)
(4)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in second half
of the course only Master of Education (Teacher
Librarianship) students only
Prerequisite(s): 32 points
A two (2) week professional placement requiring
students to gain practical experience in a public
or special library, or other appropriate information
agency plus a four (4) day study visit where students
observe and discuss professional issues with librarians in a range of libraries and information agencies.
ETL511 ICT EXPERIENCE FOR TEACHER
LIBRARIANS (METL) (4)
Introduces students to the use and application
of information and communication technologies
(ICT) within the fields of information studies and
education. The impact of ICTs on the role of the
teacher librarian and the provision of information
services in schools will be considered, with
particular emphasis on the Internet. The concepts
of information literacy, knowledge management,
leadership and advocacy, and the dynamics of
schools as learning communities will also be
addressed within the context of teacher librarianship.
Major emphasis will be placed on the integration of
ICTs in the school curriculum to enhance student
learning outcomes. Provides students with “hands
on” information and communication technology
experience through online conferencing experiences
where the above curriculum areas are explored
using asynchronous and synchronous online tools.
Students will be given the opportunity to explore the
pedagogical potential of ICTs with their lecturers,
guest presenters (both Australian and international),
and fellow students, while considering topical
information and education trends and issues within
the discipline of teacher librarianship.
ETL521 THE TEACHER LIBRARIAN IN THE
LEARNING COMMUNITY (8)
Examines the nature of the school as a learning
organisation and the role that the teacher librarian
can play in that. The subject also addresses the
question of teacher librarian power and examines
ways that teacher librarians can build their influence
at the school level and beyond.
ETL522 INFORMATION SERVICE PROVISION (8)
Focuses on the provision of information services
to school library users. Sources of information
internal and external to the school are considered
including the possibilities offered by networks in
the satisfaction of user needs. The identification
and satisfaction of user information needs is
emphasised. The role of the teacher librarian in
the management of information services is also
considered.
ETL523 INFORMATION POLICY ISSUES (8)
Examines the economic, political, ethical and
technological issues concerning information policy
in the education, library and information science
contexts. It includes coverage of intellectual
property rights and copyright, freedom of and
access to information, professional information and
education association policies, and information
sources and services available to meet the
professional information needs of teacher librarians
and school-based decision makers, at local,
regional, national and international levels.
ETL525 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject will explore the phenomenon of the
knowledge movement, focussing on a strategic,
nonlinear and systemic view of knowledge
management - its rationale, concepts and
application to learning organisations. Emphasis is
placed on recognition of knowledge management
as a valuable strategic resource for 21st century
management which has the potential to heighten the
leadership role of information professionals.
ETL529 ONLINE COMMUNITIES (8)
The subject will provide students with an
introduction to communications and information
technologies used in the field of computer supported
cooperative work (CSCW). The subject introduces
students to social and technology issues as
participants in an online community. It also provides
a focus for discussion and application of CSCW
in students’ workplace environments. This could be
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
410 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
suitable for those working in the fields of information
technology, business, library science, education,
teacher librarianship, health care and police studies.
Students will explore various cognitive frameworks
used in CSCW software systems. Students will
be able to design and build workgroup specific
infrastructures to support successful workflow and
human interaction.
EZR501 ANALYSING CONTEMPORARY
PHYSICAL EDUCATION (8)
Develops appreciation of the current issues affecting
physical education as they are reported in the
literature and manifested in practice. Personal skills
in reviewing, critiquing and analytical writing, and
professional skills in a practical context will be
developed in order to improve physical education
teaching and policy making practices.
FIN504 INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE FINANCE
(8)
Examines international aspects of money and
capital including international cash flows, financial
markets, foreign exchange, investment, risk
management, trade finance, the role of
supranational economic organisations, the role of
international capital markets, the role of corporate
finance and treasury functions within profit-seeking
organisations engaged in international transactions,
including ethical considerations associated with
international investment and financing decisions.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in ECO501 OR ACC501.
FIN510 FINANCE FOR MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students cannot also
study FIN516
Focuses on the goals, scope and methodology
of the finance function and its role in corporate
management. Explores theoretical framework of
finance, enabling students to evaluate a firm’s
investment, financing and dividend policies. Skills
are developed in the identification and analysis of
financial problems, including the use of computerbased models. The institutional environment of
corporate finance is presented so students may
appreciate how major participants operate, and
what constitutes the most significant advantages
and disadvantages of various sources of finance in
Australia.
FIN516 CORPORATE FINANCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate courses in
the Faculty of Commerce
This subject contributes directly towards the
development of conceptual and operational
competence in the analytical and decision making
techniques of corporate finance.
FIN517 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (8)
Prerequisite: FIN516
This subject examines the more complex problem
Charles Sturt University
solving techniques applicable to an enterprise’s
capital budgeting functions. Students will extend
their previously acquired corporate finance skills
with particular emphasis on the cashflow aspects
and optimisation of returns to equity owners. The
subject also addresses the techniques needed to
estimate business risks of the firm.
FIN518 INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not for students
completing FIN504
The subject examines financial decision making
in the international environment. Topics covered
include foreign exchange, international finance markets, risk management in international finance and
foreign investment analysis in international business.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in FIN515 and FIN530.
FIN521 CORPORATE TREASURY MANAGEMENT
(8)
Examines the tools and techniques for the management of financial price risk, the rationale for
financial risk management, the dimensions of financial price risk (interest rate, currency rate and commodity risk), and the pricing and application of derivative financial instruments used in the management
of financial price risk. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN516 and
FIN530.
FIN523 LENDING & FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
(8)
Examines principles and techniques of lending in
financial institutions; techniques involved in the analysis and application of financial data together with
approaches for effective credit risk management.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in ACC526 or ACC501, and in
FIN516.
FIN524 APPLIED PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject examines the construction, management and protection of an investment fund in the
contemporary financial environment. Students will
apply their learning from previous finance subjects
to the process of managing an international portfolio
comprising both financial and real assets. Students
will also examine institutional aspects of the managed funds sector in Australia. Assumed knowledge
for this subject is equivalent to that covered in
FIN516 and FIN530.
FIN525 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject examines the financial management of
domestic financial institutions in the contemporary
financial environment. The subject focuses on the
measurement and management of risks in financial
institutions, including liquidity management, interest
rate risk management, capital management, and off
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 411
balance sheet risk management. The subject also
examines performance analysis and innovations in
products and pricing. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN516 AND
FIN530.
FIN530 MONEY & CAPITAL MARKETS (8)
This subject examines the nature and operation
of financial institutions and markets in Australia
and the economies of the financial system in
which they operate. A wide range of financial
institutions, markets and securities are examined
in detail, together with such concepts as financial
intermediation, financial flows, interest rate determination, and money supply formation. Emphasis
is placed on contemporary issues in our financial
system.
FIN531 INVESTMENTS ANALYSIS (8)
The principle focus of this subject is on the financing
and risk management aspects of corporate finance,
and security and portfolio analysis. Valuation techniques introduced in Corporate Finance are applied
to various investment types. Current theories in
finance are examined. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN516.
FIN532 FINANCIAL PLANNING (8)
Introduces the concepts involved in personal Financial Planning, placing particular attention on the various processes and principles which are involved. It
also provides an overview of the laws and regulations relating to the financial planning industry, the
forms of government assistance to individuals, the
choice of investments available and the role of insurance and superannuation. Assumed knowledge for
this subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN516.
Research
This subject aims to give business bankers a
broader understanding of how their client’s industry
fits into their industry chain and the overall
economy. The subject provides the skills, concepts
and methods for researching industry chains from
a business banker’s perspective. Skills include
understanding of key concepts such as, the
structure and types of industry chains, vertical
and horizontal integration, market power in industry
chains, the key effect of industrial chains on firm
performance, international and domestic industry
chains, Government regulation and penetrating
industry chains. The student’s competency in
using key data sources such as IBIS and the
Commonwealth Bank Market Reports will be
improved. Methods will be developed for some
cases to assess best practices in industry chains
and to benchmark performance.
FIN543 BANKING RESEARCH: MACHINERY
AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to employees
of the Commonwealth Bank enrolled in the
CBA Business Banking Research program
The subject applies the skills learned in previous
Business Banking Research subjects. It examines
the key characteristics, drivers and performance
indicators of the Machinery and Equipment
Manufacturing industry. It provides an analysis of
the future outlook and strategic issues facing this
industry. Also, competencies in using key data
sources, information research skills, assessment
and performance benchmarking skills are further
developed. Assumed knowledge for this subject
is equivalent to that covered in FIN540 Business
Banking Research and FIN542 Industry Chain
Research.
FIN540 BUSINESS BANKING RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to employees
of the Commonwealth Bank enrolled in the CBA
Business Banking Research program.
This subject provides the skills, concepts and
methods for industry research from a business
banker’s perspective. The subject is designed
to complement existing assessment methods for
business bankers. Skills include understanding of
key concepts such as, the structure of Australian
industry, ANZIC classifications, industry chains,
the key determinants of industrial development,
industrial organisation, Government regulation and
international influences on Australian industry. A
competency in using key data sources such as IBIS,
Commonwealth Bank Market Reports and Eighty20
Statistics will be developed to determine industry
performance and to make projections.
FIN544 BANKING RESEARCH: HEALTH
SECTOR (8)
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to employees
of the Commonwealth Bank enrolled in the
CBA Business Banking Research program
This subject applies the skills learned in previous
Business Banking Research subjects. It examines
the key characteristics, drivers and performance
indicators of the Health industry. It provides
an analysis of the future outlook and strategic
issues facing this industry. Also, competencies is
using key data sources, information research skills,
assessment and performance benchmarking skills
are further developed. Assumed knowledge for
this subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN540
Business Banking Research and FIN 542 Industry
Chain Research.
FIN542 INDUSTRY CHAIN RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to employees
of the Commonwealth Bank enrolled in the CBA
Business Banking Research program.
Prerequisite/s: FIN540 Business Banking
FIN610 CURRENT ISSUES IN CORPORATE
FINANCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only
A study of recent theoretical advances and their
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
412 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
application to a range of current issues in the field of
corporate finances.
FIN620 CURRENT ISSUES IN BANKING AND
FINANCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only
A study of recent theoretical advances and their
application to a range of current issues in the field of
banking and related financial institutions.
FIN630 CURRENT ISSUES IN FINANCIAL
MARKETS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate students only
A study of recent theoretical advances and their
application to a range of current related to the
operation of financial markets.
FOR401 FARM FORESTRY 1: NEEDS AND
BENEFITS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in the
Graduate Certificate in Farm Forestry course, or
if not in this course, must have the approval of
both Course Coordinators.
This subject aims to enhance the student’s
understanding of the relationships between forms
of forestry and the needs of the environment and
society. It introduces some historical perspectives,
both from Australia and overseas, in order
to demonstrate the role of forestry in the
development of societies and its changing role
to maintain ecosystem functions with increasing
industrialisation, in other words, to manage risk.
In particular, this subject will identify the crucial
role of government policies, management systems,
social objectives and industry play in determining
the development of the forest industry in Australia.
The subject will give the student a framework in
which they can develop different, sustainable and
multi-resource forestry practices both in Australia
and overseas.
FOR402 FARM FORESTRY 2: FOREST ECOLOGY
ON FARMLAND (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in the
Graduate Certificate in Farm Forestry course, or
if not in this course, must have the approval of
both Course Coordinators.
Prerequisite: FOR401
Forests not only play a fundamental role in global
climate but greatly affect local conditions, the quality
of the watershed, water systems and soil movement
and fertility. Any manager of forestry systems who
aims to maintain functional integrity and substantial
biodiversity needs to have a good understanding of
these functions. A better understanding of forests
on farmland is an essential prerequisite for farm
sustainability and maintenance or enhancement of
productivity.
Charles Sturt University
FOR403 FARM FORESTRY 3: SILVICULTURAL
PRINCIPLES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in the
Graduate Certificate in Farm Forestry course, or
if not in this course, must have the approval of
both Course Coordinators
Prerequisite: FOR401
Silvicultural management will influence an array of
outcomes in a forest, ranging from financial returns
through to the environmental outcomes. This unit
aims to provide an overview of silvicultural options
for both managed native forest and planted forests.
At the end of this unit, students will have an
understanding of the implications of silviculture
on the outcomes from a managed forest and be
able to develop silvicultural plans and analyse the
implications of silviculture against the objectives of
the forest management plan.
GEO450 THE NATURE OF KARST SYSTEMS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in
the Graduate Certificate in Karst Management
course, or if not in this course, must have
the approval of both Course Coordinators
This subject will introduce students to a holistic
understanding of karst systems. It will present
various perspectives and disciplinary approaches to
the study of karst systems while emphasising the
inter-relatedness of all these. It will conclude with
an outline of threatening processes that may impact
upon the integrity of karst systems.
GEO451 GROUNDWATER IN KARST 1 (8)
Corequisite: GEO450
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in
the Graduate Certificate in Karst Management
course, or if not in this course, must have
the approval of both Course Coordinators
This subject provides an introduction to groundwater
in karst systems. An introductory review of
groundwater concepts in general will lead into
a study of the specific character and processes
of karst groundwaters and their management
problems. The nomenclature and characteristics
of the different parts of a karst water system will
be defined followed by discussion of groundwater
flow mechanisms, water chemistry and quality, and
conclude with a summary of the different types
of karst groundwater systems found in Australia.
An advanced subject (Groundwater in Karst 2) will
examine these topics in greater depth and at a more
practical and management-oriented level [when the
Graduate Diploma of Karst Management is offered].
GEO452 CAVE AND KARST MANAGEMENT (8)
Corequisite: REC410
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in
the Graduate Certificate in Karst Management
course, or if not in this course, must have
the approval of both Course Coordinators
This subject will deal in depth with resource
management in caves and karst areas. In particular,
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 413
it will examine the issues in management of
reserves that are developed for tourism. Issues
including the protection and management of surface
and underground environments and sustainable
development principles will be reviewed. The
protection of the integrity of the resource from a
range of potentially threatening processes will be the
underlying principle.
GER101 INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY (8)
Challenges many of the taken-for-granted ideas,
images and perspectives about old age. Critiques
traditional views about the role and status of older
people and examines demographic changes relating
to the aging of the population. Overviews the
significant changes that have occurred in retirement
patterns, in health care provision for older adults,
in family structure and old age and in residential
patterns associated with the aged.
GER202 CARING & AGEING (8)
Prerequisite: GER102
Distinguishes between everyday helping and
supporting and the concept of care. Focuses on
caring for older adults with common pathologies,
including dementia and/or mental health problems,
and the legal rights of these older adults. Examines
how care of older adults has moved away from a
purely illness and geriatric medicine orientation to a
broader gerontological approach.
GER501 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
GERONTOLOGY (8)
Offers students a grounding in theoretical
frameworks with which to approach the analysis
of contemporary issues in ageing, and offers
an opportunity to conduct an in-depth systematic
analysis of particular issues. The subject is
conducted in two phases. In phase 1 students are
familiarised with political-economic, feminist, poststructuralist, and hermeneutic-narrative approaches
to knowledge. In phase 2, students choose to focus
either on an intensive reading of the gerontological
literature about work and leisure, health and well
being, family relationships, incomes and housing,
or another approved topic; or on an extensive
case study documenting an area of contemporary
policy and/or practice within gerontology, such as
rehabilitation, mental health, retirement programs,
income support and housing, or another approved
area of policy and practice.
GPM401 MANAGEMENT THEORY & POLICE
PRACTICE (8)
This subject examines various schools of
management thought and presents models through
which personal and organisational performance may
be evaluated. The work of the police manager
is explored in terms of inherent informational,
decisional and interpersonal roles. The skills
especially relevant to modern police managers
are analysed, including ethical decision making,
planning and human resource management skills.
There are three modules in this subject. Module
1, Introduction to Management and the Manager’s
Environment, explores the evolution of management
thought, organisational culture and responsibility,
ethics and decision making. Module 2, Planning
and Organising, considers strategic planning and
entrepreneurship, organising, and human resource
management and managing change. Module
3, Leading and Controlling, focuses on individual
and group behaviour, motivation, leadership and
communication, and controlling.
GPM402 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN POLICING
(8)
This subject discusses key issues in the theory and
practice of modern policing. It covers contemporary
concerns about policing, including political and legal
relationships between police agencies and other
government departments, the sociology of policing
and criminological theory. The subject consists of
three modules which are closely related but have
different emphases. The first Module, The Changing
Police Mandate, is concerned with the development
of modern policing and considers the extent to which
the goals of police agencies have changed and
continue to change. The second Module, Political
Demands and Police Responses, focuses on the
relationship between the police and the public.
The final Module, Responsibility, Accountability and
Ethics, emphasises political, legal and philosophical
issues and is concerned with the formal or
organisational relationships within police agencies,
between police agencies and other justice agencies,
and between police agencies and the broader
community or society.
GPM403 POLICING & ORGANISATIONAL
CHANGE (8)
Examines the nature of, and managerial response
to, internal and external pressures on organisations
to change. The focus is on the nature, pace and
context of change in policing and other public sector
organisations, especially over the past decade.
Change as an ongoing phenomenon is examined
with reference to the accountability of managers,
and the development of innovative, proactive
and strategic initiatives for the management of
change. The subject comprises three modules:
Organisational Structure and Change, which
concerns the formal organisation of police and
other public sector organisations, transition in
public sector management, and the sources of
organisational change; Managing Change, which
concerns policing and public sector reform, the
process of change and the impact of organisational
culture; Implementing Organisational Change
concerns how change is effected and the response
to such radical reviews as Commissions of Inquiry.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
414 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
GPM404 APPLIED COMMAND MANAGEMENT
(8)
This subject examines the critical aspects of
tactical, operational and strategic command in
policing contexts. Special emphasis is placed on
the principles of leadership and command, and the
role and responsibilities of police commanders in
a variety of strategic command situations including
incidents and emergencies, major investigations,
natural disasters and planning for major events.
The subject has three modules: Principles of
Leadership and Command, Critical Issues in
Command Management, and Comparative Studies
in Applied Command Management.
GPM405 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT:
APPROACHES AND PERSPECTIVES (8)
Strategic management develops an understanding
of processes an organisation can use to develop
strategies to maintain a strategic fit between its
stakeholders’ expectations and the organisation’s
operations. Planning processes have evolved over
time leading to the development of strategic
management. Strategic management began in the
1960s with the analysis of an organisation’s
Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats
(SWOT) and has itself developed into a process for
developing and implementing strategy which can be
used in a wide range of fields. The subject is
taught from the perspective of senior management
with a focus on police organisations. Students
are taught to be aware of the needs of
stakeholders in their organisation, including those
of clients, government and interest groups. Topics
include strategy formulation, strategic planning,
implementation and organisational change,
evaluation of results, the public sector context,
generating public value, public support and ethics.
Case studies from real situations are examined.
GPM406 POLICING AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS (8)
The purpose of this subject is to develop an
awareness of the Australian industrial relations
framework generally and police industrial relations
in particular. Throughout, the subject highlights the
significance of Labour Law in the IR framework and
invites students to place Labour Law into the context
in which it operates in their own organisations. There
are three modules in this subject. Module 1 focuses
on Australian industrial relations and the Australian
institutional framework, including the characteristics
and roles of the major parties. Module 2 discusses
IR policy issues in the various police jurisdictions,
including the more recent move to enterprise
bargaining. Attention is also drawn to arrangements
for engagement and appointment, performance
appraisal, discipline, dismissal and promotion. The
rationale for, and the incidence of, industrial
conflict are also discussed. Module 3 examines
contemporary issues in workplace discrimination.
Particular emphasis is placed on the potential
Charles Sturt University
for both direct and indirect discrimination in the
implementation of various employment procedures.
GPM407 GOVERNMENT & PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION (8)
The subject explores the Constitutional Law issues
in policy/government relations and theories of policy
development and implementation of relevance to
policing and related services. It examines recent
developments in accountability and administrative
law and prepares students for involvement in
the public policy process. The modules are
The Framework of Government, dealing with
the Westminster system and constitutionalism,
Approaches to Public Administration covering an
introduction to public administration and theories
of bureaucracy, and public management and public
policy, and Administrative Law and Accountability
which includes a consideration of ethical behaviour.
GPM408 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTABILITY IN THE
PUBLIC SECTOR (8)
The knowledge and skills to effectively and
efficiently manage financial resources are covered.
Contemporary budgeting and financial systems
within the student’s organisation and the public
sector in general are examined with the emphasis
being on accountability for program delivery
and activities. There are three modules. Module
1, Accountability and Financial Management,
covers financial accountability and public sector
management, the role of financial management, and
accounting and financial management. Module 2,
Resource and Operations Management, deals with
operations management and financial information
systems, resource allocation and utilisation, and
capital projects evaluation and budgeting. Module
3, Budgeting, Planning and Control, focuses on
contemporary budgetary processes, budgeting as
a policy instrument and management tool, and
program evaluation and accountability.
GPM409 APPLIED RESEARCH IN POLICING
AND RELATED PROFESSIONS (8)
This subject will provide the student with a
framework of knowledge, understanding and skills to
interpret research reports and findings, and to plan a
research project related to the student’s professional
activity. The subject will consider different research
paradigms and conventions, the applicability and
practice of a range of quantitative and qualitative
approaches, and the evaluation and interpretation
of existing research. As background to the
development of a research proposal (which
may form the project conducted in GPM505),
different examples of research in policing and
related professions are selected from peer-reviewed
journals, professional publications or other relevant
research reports in the public domain. Students
demonstrate their understanding of research
approaches through worked examples using
quantitative and qualitative analytic software.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 415
Students apply their knowledge by working through
the logic of inquiry by stating the research question,
understanding the logistical and other implications of
the research question (or questions) and planning
how such work should be undertaken.
GPM410 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT FOR POLICING AND RELATED
PROFESSIONS (8)
The subject provides the student with the
opportunity of developing a deeper understanding
of the concepts, practice and assumptions inherent
in strategic human resource management and is
suitable for those seeking a critical understanding
of human resource management at the strategic
level. The subject will be based on three modules,
each containing three topics. The first module
examines the historical development and philosophy
of personnel management and later human resource
management. The intention is to give students a
firm grounding in the origins, options and paradigms
of the subject. For many students, this will
present an opportunity to consolidate and confirm
previous study in the area and to examine
personal practice and experience. The second
module examines contemporary human resource
management practices using a number of case
studies. It also introduces the concept of strategic
choice and strategic intention. The opportunity is
presented for students to undertake comparative
work using interrelated concepts of industrial
relations, employee relations and human resource
management. The final module focuses more
specifically on human resource management in
policing, and related services. The opportunity is
presented for critical analysis of the fit between
organisational strategy and human resource
development policy. Throughout the subject, ideas of
equity, access and the ethical dimension of human
resource management are examined.
GPM501 LEADERSHIP FOR CHANGE (8)
This subject provides an overview of the evolution
of leadership thought and practice and applies
this to an examination of the current dynamics
of leadership in policing and related services. It
identifies emerging trends in leadership style and
examines the extent to which these trends are
influenced by social and political pressures. It further
considers pragmatic concerns of the relevance
of leadership theories in developing organisational
leaders. There are three modules. Module 1,
Theoretical Perspectives, considers a range of
models of leadership and examines their theoretical
context. Module 2, Leadership in Practice, explores
organisational leadership, by undertaking case study
analysis of contrasting organisations, analysing the
influence of context, and discussing the impact of
leadership on organisational effectiveness. Module
3, Leadership in Changing Times, focuses on the
relationship of leadership, management practice and
organisational change, and on emerging trends in
leadership.
GPM502 POLITICS, POWER AND PUBLIC
POLICY (8)
This subject explores the complex interrelationship
of politics, power and public policy. It provides
both theoretical and historical perspectives of public
policy to equip students with a framework for
critical analysis of the policy process covering policy
formation and implementation. The subject builds
on the content of GPM407, Government and Public
Administration, by placing particular emphasis on
the relationship between police and government in a
democratic society. Module 1 provides an historical
perspective on the concept of power before
proceeding on to the views of more contemporary
writers in the field. Module 2 examines the various
stages of the policy cycle and provides students with
an understanding of the complexities and political
nature of the public policy formation process in
Australia. Module 3 considers the relationship of
police and the political system in a democracy and
overviews the events which have signalled power
shifts that have occurred in recent times.
GPM503 FUTURE DIRECTIONS IN POLICING (8)
This subject encourages students to be innovative
and creative police managers and leaders. It
critically examines the ability to understand the
political, social, economic, environmental and
organisational context in which policing operates
and the trends and indicators impacting upon it.
It also examines the abilities required to direct
and evaluate strategies and policies which lead to
improved police organisations and more effective
and responsive interactions with the community.
The subject is immersed within principles of ethics,
integrity and accountability
GPM504 EVALUATING PARADIGMS IN PUBLIC
SECTOR MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject develops an understanding of the
importance of research theory, an appreciation
of the various approaches to research in the
social sciences and an understanding of the
format of published research reports and policy
material. It enables students to evaluate selected
published research material with particular reference
to emerging paradigms in public sector management
issues of significance to policing and related
services. The Modules are Theory, Research and
the Social Sciences, which covers the nature
of theory and research, and an overview of
research concepts and methodology; and Changing
Paradigms in Public Sector management which
examines case studies of changes in management
approaches in the private and public sectors.
13
GPM505 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
Prerequisites: GPM409 or experience accepted
as equivalent
This subject provides the opportunity to undertake
a circumscribed research project under supervision.
Students are encouraged to build on work already
being undertaken in their place of work and to
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
416 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
produce a small but significant applied project of
practical value. The re-working or re-wording of
a project which has already been completed for
another course of study is not acceptable, while
development of such work is encouraged. The
emphasis of this individual research project is on
the student’s critical reflection on the process of
research at each stage. The resulting dissertation
of 8,000 to 10,000 words is evaluated by two
independent markers.
GPM506 POLICY DEVELOPMENT - AN
INTERORGANISATIONAL ANALYSIS (8)
The subject examines the theories and
organisational practices relating to macro and
micro policy development in policing and related
public sector organisations. An exploration of the
approaches to policy development will include
linear hierarchical models, evolutionary and adaptive
models, and integrated models which will entail
case study analysis of a number of contrasting
organisations. Students will have the opportunity
of selecting case studies of relevance to them
individually.
GPM601 MASTER DEGREE THESIS (96)
This course offers the opportunity to undertake
supervised research on an approved topic within
one of the Graduate School’s research areas.
The research is presented as a thesis of 40,
000 words and is intended to be a distinct
contribution to professional knowledge. Applicants
without appropriate research experience will be
asked to complete a research methods subject
(GPM409 or GPM505). The thesis is examined by
both internal and external examiners.
GPM700 RESEARCH THESIS (128)
Prerequisite: GPM701, GPM704 and 2 other
Level 7 subjects
Candidates enrolled in the Doctor of Public Policy
are required, on the basis of their research proposal
submitted as part of GPM704, to conduct approved
research under supervision. The result of their
research is to be presented in an academically
conventional form approved by the Faculty, and
the Board of Graduate Studies. The dissertation
will be approximately 40, 000 words in length.
Upon completion, the candidate will have critically
investigated a theoretical or applied problem in
policing or a profession related to policing, relevant
law enforcement, public sector administration, public
policy or other approved areas. Approaches can
include a standard research investigation including
the collection of new date, or other approved
forms such as the development, implementation and
evaluation of an extensive and significant policy, or
the solution of a work place problem which has
wide significance in the industry. All research needs
to demonstrate the candidate’s capacity to perform
at the highest professional and academic levels
utilising the standards and skills developed during
the doctoral coursework. This dissertation should
Charles Sturt University
reflect the new knowledge which has been created
and developed through doctoral level study applied
to the workplace.
GPM701 METHODS OF INQ
U IRY (16)
Prerequisite: GPM409, GPM504 AND GPM505 or
research experience accepted as equivalent
This subject is intended to consolidate and enhance
the candidate’s previous experience of research and
inquiry through directed and independent reading on
approaches to research and inquiry in organisational
analysis and administration, policy development and
evaluation, and the examination and analysis of
individual and small group behaviour. Candidates
will also reflect on the process of how expertise
is developed in the workplace. Candidates study
the use and practice of qualitative and quantitative
inquiry methods, and their application to the relevant
professional contexts. Skill in the collection, analysis
and presentation of data relevant to analytic and
evaluative tasks typically carried out in large
public organisations is developed using appropriate
analytic software. Candidates will develop an
understanding of the planning and implementation
of projects in organisations and familiarity with
the use of research data to influence policy.
Candidates will examine the different ways in which
professional information is acquired and reported
in policing and related professions (e.g. journal
publications, professional or industry based journals,
book chapters, conference presentations, reports,
World Wide Web etc). An applied understanding
of the ethical conduct of research in sensitive law
enforcement areas underpins this subject.
GPM702 ANALYSIS OF CO
N TEMPORARY
ISSUES IN PUBL IC SECTOR MANAGEMENT
AND ORGANISATION BEHAVIOU R (16)
Prerequisite: GPM701 Methods of Inquiry
Candidates will develop an advanced, critical
understanding of contemporary issues in public
sector management and organisational behaviour
specifically as applied to policing and related
professions. Topics concerning the behaviour of
people within large organisations, for instance,
adaptation to macro and micro-level change and
innovation, management generally, decision-making,
leadership, power relationships, communication,
human motivation, conflict and conflict resolution,
organisational politics, and the management of
change are examples of the topics examined.
Cases, exemplars and issues are selected by the
candidate as relevant to challenges in their own
workplace, or are provided to the candidate. These
are examined using a range of inquiry approaches,
including a review of relevant research literature and
critical review of the research methods underpinning
the research reports, and by examination of current
policy and practice. Advanced understanding
is developed and demonstrated by familiarity
with the relevant processes, theories, models,
issues, problems, and techniques of analysis.
Candidates are encouraged to examine this subject
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 417
comparatively using international examples and
those drawn from other public service organisations.
If the candidate has not yet undertaken GPM704,
or has not yet commenced the dissertation, pilot
work for the possible thesis topic is encouraged as
part of the assessment of this subject. Peer-review
of candidates’ work, and an applied understanding
of ethical workplace practices, is inherent to the
subject.
GPM703 ANALYSIS OF CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES IN PUBLIC POLICY (16)
Prerequisite: GPM701 Methods of Inquiry
Candidates use a case study method to undertake
detailed analyses of the origins, development,
implementation and evaluation of a range of public
policies relevant to policing and related areas.
Candidates are expected to expand their reading
and examination of public policies beyond their
own organisation to look at other public service
organisations within Australia, and overseas. If the
candidate has not yet undertaken GPM704, or has
not yet commenced the dissertation, pilot work for
the possible thesis topic may be undertaken as part
of the assessment of this subject. Candidates will
also develop a working knowledge of such facts of
public sector organisations as benchmarking and
evidence-based activity. The development and use
of best practice in several professional domains
is also a focus, as is a clear understanding
of the distinction between policy and practice
within organisations. Peer review of candidates’
work is inherent in this subject, as is an applied
understanding of ethical public policy issues. The
role of the media and public relations in public policy
areas is examined within the contemporary context.
GPM704 ADVANCED RESEARCH
SPECIALISATION (16)
Prerequisite: GPM701 and completion of 2 Level
7 subjects
With the guidance of the Principal Supervisor, the
candidate conducts a critical analysis and synthesis
of the particular area to be pursued for the
research dissertation. The candidate will become
familiar with the major research issues in this
area, understand the strengths and weaknesses of
research and inquiry methods previously employed,
and assess the major contemporary theoretical
and other debates taking place within the area.
The relevance of this background for the planned
research contributes to the argument presented by
the candidate regarding the necessity for further
study in this topic, the particular inquiry approach
to be taken and the contribution it will make to
the development of knowledge in the profession.
The critical review of contemporary understanding
would be of sufficient quality to be submitted to,
and considered for publication in a peer-reviewed
journal relevant to the profession. The proposal
of research is approved by the Board of
Graduate Studies before the candidate starts the
dissertation work itself. Candidates will also develop
skills in presentation of information in different
professional and academic forums (e.g. peerreviewed conference presentations) and in different
formats. For completion of the subject, at least one
public presentation of the work is required.
GRP401 DESIGN MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: approval of Course Coordinator
This subject will provide the student with a
critical analysis of the function, human resource
management operations and organisational
structure of design and advertising agencies.
GRP402 GRAPHIC DESIGN RESEARCH
PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: approval of Course Coordinator
A research program involving an area of graphic
design, approved by the course co-ordinator. The
research will lead to the production of a new body of
design work supported by an historical perspective
of the field.
HHS501 PERSPECTIVES & POLICY ISSUES
IN MENTAL HEALTH (16)
Prerequisite: Master of Mental Health students
only
Focuses on an integrated critical analysis of national
and international perspectives and policy issues in
mental health. Provides opportunities for students
to enhance skills required to critique contemporary
practices in mental health, and as such it represents
a synthesis of the various themes and perspectives
in the study and analysis of mental health.
HHS502 PSYCHIATRY OF OLD AGE (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Mental Health students
only
Focuses on Geriatric Psychiatry and provides
a necessary background in the related areas
of gerontology, geriatric medicine and
neuropsychology. The subject has a clinical
orientation.
HHS503 ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Mental Health students
only
Examines the context of the adolescent as an
individual and as a person interacting with others
in various sub-systems, such as the family, peer
group and school, the community and society. Also
focuses upon the internal and external world of the
adolescent and the relationship between the two.
The content of the course has been structured to
reflect the inter-relationships between the individual
adolescent and the various sub-systems, including
assessment and intervention plans for adolescent
problems.
13
HLT401 CONTEXTS OF HEALTH PROMOTION (8)
This subject will assist students to explore the
fundamental philosophy and principles underpinning
health promotion. Students will examine factors
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
418 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
influencing health and health behaviour and identify
strategies and methods for the implementation
of health promotion activities. Health promotion
initiatives at the international, national and local
level will be examined and students will apply the
principles that underpin health promotion to their
practice.
HLT402 LEARNING IN HEALTH CONTEXTS (8)
Examines the principles of pedagogy, andragogy
and geragogy in the context of health education.
Explores learning theories, cross-cultural
communication, group dynamics and counselling
principles as imperatives for the health professions
to meet learning needs of clinicians and health care
consumers.
HLT403 CLINICAL TEACHING TECHNIQUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: This subject is open to
all those who have completed an undergraduate
degree in an allied health profession.
This subject will consider the many and varied
educational teaching methods utilised within various
health professions. Consideration will be made
of various teaching methods in both their
implementation and design. Students will be
encouraged to assess the success and validity of
various programs and approaches.
HLT404 CLINICAL EDUCATION PLANNING (8)
Prerequisite: HLT402 Learning in Health
Contexts
This subject examines the curriculum development
process in relation to pre-service health disciplines
and patient teaching. This subject recognises
the needs felt by clinicians for better ways of
describing, explaining and justifying what goes on
in educational programs. It will help them to
understand the relationship between praxis and
curriculum. Planning and facilitating both formal and
informal learning opportunities will also be covered.
HLT405 ISSUES IN CLINICAL EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisite: HLT402 Learning in Health
Contexts
This is the last in the Graduate Certificate series,
so that students will be better able to choose
one or more current issues to explore in more
depth. Issues could be related to: Research into
clinical education; patient and family education; new
paradigms for fieldwork; mandatory vs voluntary
continuing professional education; and clinical ethics
to name a few topics.
HLT501 READINGS IN PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE (8)
Examines a variety of readings in professional
practice related to health and social issues. The
readings are designed to introduce the student to
literature in the health professions and cover a wide
range of topics. The student will develop a reading
list appropriate to a particular area of interest related
Charles Sturt University
to community health issues with the assistance and
approval of the supervisor.
HLT502 POLICY, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION AND
HUMAN SERVICES (8)
Aims to offer students a critical analysis of public
policy and an examination of social construction
in the life cycle. Particular attention is paid to
the complexities of decision-making, professional
practice, and citizenship in the context of dominant
culture within society. A common theme throughout
this subject is that of the prevailing social context
and how it shapes the ideas, relationships, and
practices of people. In addition, critical evaluation
of rural and urban contexts of policy and practice
provides a major focus.
HLT503 TOPICS IN HEALTH: INDEPENDENT
STUDY (8)
Aims to promote a student-directed approach
to the exploration of a health topic, related to
particular populations. It recognises the diversity
of populations, which includes people who are
ageing, people with disabilities, and people requiring
occupational assistance. Students will gain insight
into the concepts of health, illness, and well-being as
well as factors that influence health. It will explore
theories and models of primary health care and
health promotion, and ethical considerations.
HLT504 MASTERS RESEARCH PROJECT (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Health Science
(all specialisations) students only
Enables students to undertake empirical or
theoretical research equivalent to two subjects.
HLT505 RESEARCH METHODS IN HEALTH
SCIENCE A (8)
Introduces students to the research process
and encourages an appreciation of why and
how research is generated. Topics include the
philosophical underpinning of research traditions,
quantitative and qualitative research methodologies,
development of a researchable question, and
critiquing research.
HLT506 RESEARCH METHODS IN HEALTH
SCIENCE B (8)
Prerequisites: HLT505
Builds on the knowledge gained in Research
Methods in Health Science A by providing students
with the opportunity to develop a research
proposal using a selected qualitative or quantitative
methodology. There are two assignments, the
first being a comprehensive literature review on a
selected research topic, and the second being a
research proposal which would form the basis of
research undertaken in HLT522 (Project) or NHA506
(Dissertation).
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 419
HLT507 CLINICAL SCIENCES PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: HLT505 Research Methods in
Health Science A
This subject is an independent research study
in health sciences involving the critical review
and evaluation of existing data and knowledge
and if/preapproved, the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data. Students will be
expected to relate their study to practical
applications within health science.
HLT508 CLINICAL SCIENCES PROJECT (16)
Prerequisites: HLT505 Research Methods in
Health Science A
This subject is an independent research study
in health sciences involving the critical review
and evaluation of existing data and knowledge
and if/preapproved, the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data. Students will be
expected to relate their study to practical
applications within health science.
HLT509 DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisites: HLT506
In this subject with the assistance of a supervisor,
students undertake independent research
implementing the proposal approved in HLT506.
HLT510 CLINICAL ISSUES IN HEALTH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to students
enrolled in the MAppSc (Medical Imaging) and
Master of Clinical Nursing or at the discretion
of the Course Coordinator
This subject aims to provide students with the
opportunity to study contemporary issues in
health within their field of practice and area of
specialisation, in order to more deeply understand
the influences which impact on health service
delivery, the context of practice and the scope of
health professionals’ practice.
HLT511 CLINICAL JUDGEMENT AND DECISION
MAKING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Restricted to students
enrolled in the MAppSc (Medical Imaging), and
M Clinical Nursing courses or at the discretion
of the Course Coordinator
This subject will explore the issue of judgement and
decision making within the context of professional
practice. The subject will discuss different
approaches to judgement and decision making from
an analytical perspective. Students will be exposed
to tools that they can use in their professional
practice to make and evaluate their judgement and
decision making.
HLT522 PROJECT (16)
Prerequisites: HLT505
Enrolment restriction: Master of Health Science
students only
This subject will enable students to undertake
empirical or theoretical research equivalent in length
and time to two subjects.
HLT601 MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE
(HONOURS) RESEARCH (PART-TIME) (16)
Enrolment Restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for MHSc(Honours).
HLT602 MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE
(HONOURS) RESEARCH FULL-TIME (32)
Enrolment Restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for MHSc(Honours).
HLT701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (HEALTH
SCIENCES) PART-TIME (16)
Enrolment restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
Research subject for a PhD in the Health Sciences.
HLT702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (HEALTH
SCIENCES) FULL-TIME (32)
Enrolment restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
Research subject for a PhD in the Health Sciences.
HRM501 LABOUR MARKET STUDIES (8)
Examines the Australian labour market. Investigates
the structure, activity and outcomes of the labour
market and places it in an historical and social
context. Critically examines a range of competing
theories used to explain the character of labour
markets. Provides a critical understanding of
the assumptions and theoretical underpinnings of
contemporary labour market policies and programs.
The subject is broadly economic in its approach but
draws heavily on sociology and political theory.
HRM502 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (8)
Examines the structures and processes of human
resource management in a variety of organisational
settings and perspectives. The subject expands
the traditional personnel management approach to
establish a more broadly based human resource
perspective which integrates industrial relations and
training structures and processes.
HRM504 WORK ORGANISATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
Examines different approaches to organising work
processes in industrial, commercial and public
sector organisations. Concerned with job design;
examines the impact of Taylorism, human relations
theory and systems approaches on the structure of
the workplace. Labour Process debate is used as
a focal point for examining issues. Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered
in MGT501.
HRM507 RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Introduces the principles of undertaking research
in Human Resource Management. Begins with an
investigation into the philosophy of research and
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
420 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
then examines how to plan and organise a research
project. Provides an opportunity to learn the basics
of two broad approaches to research: quantitative
and qualitative research methods. The final topic in
the subject looks at how to write up a research
project.
HRM512 VALUES & CONFLICT IN
ORGANISATIONS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Explores typical conflicts arising within organisations
and a number of typical ethical questions arising
for people in business, government, and voluntary
organisations.
HRM513 MASTER OF BUSINESS (HUMAN
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT) RESIDENTIAL
SCHOOL 1
HRM514 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Examines the nature and practice of human
resource management in the context of international
business operations. The internationalisation of business is addressed as a foundation for the review and
evaluation of human resource management practices that support the movement of businesses and
managers into cultures that are both similar to and
foreign from the home culture.
HRM516 INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
BEHAVIOUR (8)
Deals with dimensions of international organisational behaviour in cross-cultural business environments. Addresses a variety of management
practices from a behavioural perspective and is
concerned with the evaluation and critique of existing cross-cultural organisational, management and
leadership practices, with a view to the development
of more informed and effective practices. Assumed
knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in MGT501.
HRM520 MASTER OF BUSINESS (HUMAN
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT) RESIDENTIAL
SCHOOL 2
HRM522 APPLIED PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
Applied personnel management deals with
approaches to human resource planning and
management. The subject includes an evaluation
of recruitment techniques, career planning,
performance appraisal, rewards, discipline and
separation.
HRM523 ADVANCED STUDIES IN INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: HRM502 or HRM510
Charles Sturt University
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
Critically examines contemporary issues that are
having a considerable impact upon work and
industrial relations in Australia. Applies critical
attention to those issues which are divisive and
which are leading (or have the potential to lead) to
significant changes in industrial relations activity and
arrangements.
HRM525 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS &
PRACTICES (8)
Provides a theoretical foundation of core training
and development functions, and the knowledge and
skills needed for performance of adult learning
theories. Theories and practices in conducting
training needs analysis, designing training programs,
selecting and using training methods, utilising
training technologies and evaluating training
activities are examined.
HRM526 MANAGING THE TRAINING FUNCTION
(8)
Examines the historical development and trends
of training and development and the strategic
contribution of training and development and
effective management of this function. Issues
covered include the relationship of training and
development to other human resource functions,
strategic training and development and day-to-day
management of a training department.
HRM527 ISSUES IN TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: HRM502 or HRM524 or HRM510
Develops the major issues in the contemporary
practices of training and development outlined in
Human Resource Management. It focuses on areas
of HRM with a practical impact on the work of
training practitioners in commerce and industry.
Particular emphasis is on learning theory, training
needs assessment, and issues of skills formation
and transfer.
HRM528 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8))
Prerequisite: HRM502
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
Covers the nature and process of corporate and
strategic planning in the context of corporate culture
issues and concerns. Identifies how this can inform
the development, implementation and evaluation of
human resource management concerns including
improvements in organisational and manager
effectiveness.
HRM529 RESEARCH PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: HRM507
Students will carry out a supervised research project
in an area of human resource management in a
discipline offered by School of Commerce staff.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 421
Research will involve investigation of an original
problem linked to the student’s own organisation
in the areas of training and development, industrial
relations or general personnel.
HRM531 ORGANISATIONAL POLITICS &
CULTURE & CHANGE MANAGEMENT (8)
Develops managers knowledge and skills in the ethical use of political and symbolic processes in organisations. Emphasis is placed on the role of organisational politics in the change management process
and upon the ways symbols and organisational culture can be used to facilitate change. Assumed
knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in HRM509.
HRM532 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: HRM502
This subject introduces and overviews human
resource development from a global perspective
and examines the role of the resource development
practitioner. It considers the affect on the workplace
of globalisation and culture and the critical and strategic importance of human resource development in
the competitive environment confronting global business.
HRM533 INTERNATIONAL WORK
ORGANISATION (8)
Critically examines the organisation of work in different countries and the explanations for this diversity.
Concentrates on conflict and consensus in organisation as well as the way activity is designed, coordinated and rewarded. Particular emphasis is placed
on industrial relations and processes of skill formation in Australia, the United States, Japan, China,
and a selection of other Asian countries. Assumed
knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in HRM509.
HRM540 THEORIES OF CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
The subject proceeds from working definitions of
peace and conflict to examine some multidisciplinary
contributions to peace and conflict resolution theory.
It then reviews types and levels of conflict and
some specific causal elements in conflict genesis
and resolution.
HRM545 SKILLS OF CONFLICT RESOLUTION
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only
This subject covers the nature and application of
the “micro-skills” and processes of conflict resolution
needed for a person to implement conflict resolution
strategies successfully in practice and to institute
conflict prevention/resolution systems in an ethically
responsible manner.
HSC700 RESEARCH CRITIQUE AND
PUBLICATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Health Science
students only
In this subject the students will examine the different
ways in which information is reported within the
health profession (eg. journal publications, book
chapters, conference presentations, reports, World
Wide Web etc). Students will then develop skills in
presentation of information in different forums and
in different formats and subsequently, will develop
skills in analysing and interpreting literature relevant
to their professional situation. The subject will be
assessed on the basis of written reports on the ways
in which information is disseminated in their field,
as well as detailed written papers on analyses of
published information.
HSC701 REFLECTIVE PRACTICE IN HEALTH
SCIENCE (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Health Science
students only
Prerequisite: HSC700
This subject is the first stage of the research/
investigation component of the Doctor of Health
Science. Students examine and reflect on their
professional situation to identify a suitable question
or problem worthy of a detailed study. In conjunction
with their supervisor students are required to
prepare detailed reports or reviews on their
particular professional circumstance. The subject is
completed in one session.
HSC702 PROPOSAL FOR APPLIED
RESEARCH/INVESTIGATION (16)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Health Science
students only
Prerequisite: HSC701
In this subject the research/investigation component
of the Doctor of Health Science is proposed.
Students identify a suitable question or problem
worthy of a detailed study and develop an applied
research/investigation proposal and obtain all the
necessary approvals for the conduct of the study.
HSC703 RESEARCH PROJECT AND REPORT
(64)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Health Science
students only
Prerequisite: HSC702
This subject is the second stage of the research/
investigation component of the Doctor of Health
Science. Students conduct their investigation of
the research question or problem as defined in
HSC701 and produce written reports or publications
based on their findings in accordance with the
approved statement of expectations from HSC702.
The investigation is conducted under the guidance
of a formally appointed principal supervisor.
HSC704 DOCTOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE
PORTFOLIO AND EXEGESIS (32)
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
422 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Health Science
students only
Prerequisite: HSC703
This subject is the final stage of the research/
investigation component of the Doctor of Health
Science. Students culminate their investigation/
research of the professional environment by
preparing a dissertation or portfolio with an exegesis
showing how their investigation has led to (or
will lead to) changes in work practices and /or
advancement of knowledge. The dissertation or
portfolio will be prepared under the guidance of the
principal supervisor.
HSM201 HEALTH MEASUREMENT & ANALYSIS
(8)
Prerequisite: ITC180
This subject introduces the measures used in
health services management, epidemiology and
biostatistics, and develops the skills necessary for
the description and analysis of quantitative health
science and epidemiological data.
HSM370 INDUSTRIAL & PROFESSIONAL
ISSUES IN HEALTH SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: NHA180
This subject explains the historical and political
background to the recent changes that have
occurred in the Australian industrial relations
system, and the significant impact that they have
had on the management of health services today.
HSM401 PERSPECTIVES ON HEALTH CARE
SYSTEMS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to
postgraduate students in health related courses
such as the Graduate Diploma/Master of
Health Services Management, Master of Health
Science and Master of Applied Science (Medical
laboratory Technology)
This subject provides an introduction to the health
care system as a foundation for the subsequent
development of cognitive frameworks. It exposes
the skeleton of service delivery, its history, rationale,
and deficiencies as a basis for managerial
development.
HSM402 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
(HEALTH SERVICES) (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students in
health and aged services related courses only
Examines human resource management in health
and aged services organisations. Covers human
resource management functions including human
resource planning, equal employment opportunity,
recruitment, selection, orientation, performance
appraisal, human resource development and
occupational health and safety.
HSM403 PROFILING AGED CARE SERVICES (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
in aged services related courses only
Charles Sturt University
Examines the principal demographics social and
epidemiological characteristics of ageing for the
purposes of understanding product development in
aged services. Students will gain an understanding
of the principles of customer focus and service
development as they can be applied to aged
services in Australia. The relationship of aged
services with their communities will be explored,
incorporating the principles of public relations and
fund-raising.
HSM404 MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH SERVICES
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Available only to
postgraduate students in health or aged
care service related courses such as the
Graduate Diploma in Health Services
Management, Master of Health Services
Management and Master of Applied Science
(Medical Laboratory Technology)
Examines the nature of management functions,
roles and the evolution of management thought.
Emphasises the behavioural, political and symbolic
dimensions of management in health services
by attention to aspects such as decision-making,
communications, conflict, power and politics,
motivation and job satisfaction, group dynamics,
organisational culture, leadership and organisational
change.
HSM405 REGULATING HEALTH & AGED CARE
SERVICES (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students in
health and aged services related courses only
Describes the regulatory frameworks which impact
on the provision of aged care services. Issues
relating to licensure for the aged care industry
will be discussed. Students will be introduced to
the ways in which the manager of an aged care
organisation might use legal services. Students will
identify a variety of approaches to organisational
decision-making which could be used to take
account of a variety of stakeholder values to address
issues in aged services management.
HSM406 RESOURCING HEALTH & AGED CARE
SERVICES (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students in
health and aged services related courses only
An introduction for students from a non-financial
background to alternative funding models for
aged services. Sources of potential funding will
be explored including government funding, nongovernment sources and user-pays. Students will
learn to develop and interpret budget reports
in order to understand their implications for
staffing and administering an aged care service.
Students will demonstrate skills in developing project
applications and risk management programs.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 423
HSM408 CURRENT ISSUES IN HEALTH
ADMINISTRATION (8)
Prerequisite: postgraduate students in health
related courses only
Students develop mastery of analytical skills and
conceptual frameworks by evaluating contemporary
issues facing practising health managers. Identifies
a range of topics, and guidance is provided in terms
of dealing with various aspects encapsulated by
them, but there is no suggestion that the topics
identified are the most important in any absolute
sense.
HSM409 EPIDEMIOLOGY & PUBLIC HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: postgraduate students in health
related courses only
Introduces descriptive and analytical epidemiology
and its application to public health. Discusses
methods of epidemiological research, including
cross sectional, cohort, case control and
intervention studies. These concepts are used to
plan and evaluate Australian public health programs.
HSM410 MANAGEMENT OF AGED CARE
SERVICES (8)
Aims to acquaint managers of health and aged
care services with the issues involved in aged care
services provision. Students will consider the history
of aged care service development in Australia. A
framework for analysing aged care services policies
will be introduced and students will study the
implementation of policy directives in their own
organisation.
HSM414 HEALTH PROMOTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
in health and health related courses such as
the Graduate Diploma/Master of Health Services
Management, Master of Nursing and the Master
of Applied Science only
Students compare and contrast a variety of
theories and practices associated with health
promotion. Physical, psychological, socio-cultural,
political and environmental heath determinants
of health status are explored. The principles
of planning, implementing and evaluating health
promotion programs are introduced.
HSM504 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN
HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: NHA502
Establishes an historical and theoretical base
for the assessment, planning, implementation and
evaluation of community based projects. Skills in
group dynamics, networking, liaison and lobbying
are addressed as effective strategies for managing
and facilitating change. The subject has relevance
for health professionals working within institutional
and community based facilities.
HSM510 HEALTH PLANNING (8)
Students gain an understanding of and skills
in planning for health care and aged services.
Planning is addressed from micro (organisational)
and macro (government policy) perspectives, and
covers requirements for planning capital works and
service provision.
HSM512 EVALUATING HEALTH SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: NHA510
Analyses conceptual framework underpinning the
evaluation of health services. Students must develop
and justify evaluation methods and tools pertinent to
the measurement of effectiveness of specific health
services.
HSM513 HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT
RESIDENTIAL SCHOOL (0)
Corequisite: either HSM161 or HSM401 or
HSM404 or HSM403
Enrolment restrictions: students in
undergraduate and postgraduate courses in
Health Services management and Aged Care
management by distance education only
Designed to develop skills required for effective
distance education learning in Health Services
management and Aged Services management.
Practical exercises, interviews and visits exploring
both the content and delivery of courses and
subjects will be undertaken.
HSM522 PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: HLT505 & HLT506
Students in this subject undertake a project which
investigates an issue in either Health Services
Management or Aged Services Management. This
project is undertaken with supervision by the
academic staff of the School of Public Health. The
results of the project are documented in a formal
project report between 10,000 and 20,000 words
which is submitted for internal examination.
INF402 PROFESSIONAL STUDY VISIT (0)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Library
& Information Management) students only
Intended to provide an opportunity for students
to obtain information on a range of information
agencies by visiting a number of such centres, by
observing the scope of procedures and practices
in which these centres engage and by discussing
relevant issues with qualified and experienced staff.
New intake students do not normally undertake a
study visit in their first session of enrolment.
INF403 PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE (0)
Prerequisite: 16 subject points, Master of
Applied Science (Library & Information
Management) students only
Three weeks’ (unless otherwise determined by the
Subject/Course Coordinator) practical experience in
a given library or other information agency, to gain
an overview of a library or selected information
agency, to aid the student to relate the theory of
librarianship to practical situations, and to assist in
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
424 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
assessing suitability for the profession and eventual
job placement.
INF410 INFORMATION SEEKING (8)
This subject introduces the area of information
seeking and information needs. The concepts
of what is information, how information is
communicated, barriers to the communication of
information is discussed. Some commonly used
information sources are introduced, including the
internet.
INF411 ORGANISING INFORMATION (8)
This subject introduces students to the ways in
which we provide access to documents, whether
they are in print, audiovisual or electronic format.
In particular, it examines the creation of records
(surrogates) to identify and describe documents and
the use of classification schemes, artificial indexing
languages etc, to provide users of information
resources with a subject approach to information
retrieval. Students are given the opportunity to learn
basic principles of organisation and retrieval, which
will serve them in a variety of information-related
environments. They are expected to demonstrate a
practical understanding of cataloguing, classification
and indexing through use of bibliographic tools such
as AACR2 and DDC.
INF412 INFORMATION SOURCES & SERVICES
(8)
This subject introduces students to information work
in libraries and to the underlying philosophy of
reference service. It examines the major information
sources and services used and developed by
librarians to answer information requests. The
concept of search strategies is introduced for both
electronic and manual searching. The role and
dynamics of reference interviews and their role in
the larger reference process is studied. A variety of
search strategies is examined and evaluated.
INF413 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN
LIBRARIES (8)
Aims to provide students with an overview of the
use of information technology in all aspects of
library work. It outlines the applications of computer
and communication technologies in libraries and
examines the systems and technologies supporting
the applications. The intention is to prepare
students to function in a computerised environment
and to enable them to keep abreast of current
developments in this field.
INF414 COLLECTION MANAGEMENT (8)
Shows how and why collections of information
resources should be built up and maintained to allow
information services and libraries to achieve the
objectives of the institution. Attention is devoted to
issues of policy formulation, selection of materials,
deselection, use and user studies, resource sharing
and networking, acquisitions and related processes.
Charles Sturt University
INF415 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
IN LIBRARIES (8)
Basic management competencies and skills are
addressed as a foundation for their application to
library-related activities. Emphasis is on effective
human relations to the supervisory level.
INF417 RESEARCH EVALUATION (8)
Provides students with an understanding of the
role of research as applied to libraries and related
information services. Accordingly, it looks at: types
of research; survey and sampling techniques;
evaluation of research literature; and, interpretation
of research results. The assumption is that
information professionals may be called upon
not only to conduct research into their own
organisations but also to apply research results at
some stage; therefore, they must be able to evaluate
such research objectively in order to separate
the feasible from the ephemeral. Consequently,
emphasis is on both how to conduct a research
inquiry and on the components which one must
understand in order to evaluate effectively.
INF420 TOPICS IN LIBRARY MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: INF415
Introduces students to the theory and some practical
skills required of library supervisors and managers
in planning, organising, maintaining and developing
the library’s human resources. Introduces the
financial and marketing role of the modern library
manager.
INF421 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: INF413
Computer databases are an essential technology
component in the delivery of an information service.
Two database technologies: relational databases
and text retrieval systems; are examined and
contrasted in the subject. Database design, creation
and manipulation are topics covered with a
“hands-on” practical component.
INF422 PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION (8)
Discusses aspects of publishing and the “book
trade” pertinent to the provision of resources in
various formats. While emphasis is on the Australian
scene, treatment of topics is general enough to
have application in most countries. It covers the
role of authors and other creators, the physical
production of resources, the publishing industry
and its structure, and the supply industry. It takes
account of the impact of technological innovations
(electronic publishing, CD-ROM, etc.) in this field.
INF425 DESCRIBING AND ANALYSING
INFORMATION RESOURCES (8)
This subject introduces students to the principles
and practices of describing and analysing
information resources in library and related
information contexts. It uses metadata standards
to illustrate the basic principles which underlie
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 425
effective information organisation practice. Examples
are drawn from a range of information environments,
including but not limited to libraries, and from a
variety of information carriers. The organisation of
electronic resources is particularly noted.
INF428 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (8)
Prerequisite: INF415 or equivalent
This subject provides an introduction to the need for
and means of evaluation of library and information
services, and builds on the core subject INF415
HRM in Libraries. It focuses attention on a usercentred approach to the development and provision
of library and information services.
INF429 INFORMATION SOCIETY ISSUES (8)
Students will study the issues facing library and
information services in the information age, the
changes and developments in communication,
technology and social and political issues
(information policy, information rich/information
poor), and the legal and ethical issues regarding
information (eg censorship, freedom of information).
INF430 AUDIOVISUAL ARCHIVING (8)
Audiovisual media have given rise to entirely
new forms of expression through recording,
communicating and entertaining. While sharing
intellectual, physical and contextual characteristics
with traditional media, they have distinctive physical
formats and storage needs and can only be
comprehended via appropriate technology. Their
management must take into account traditional
principles and methods of managing information
resources, and new principles, methods and
paradigms arising from the nature of the audiovisual
media themselves. This subject provides an
overview of the discipline, including its history,
philosophy and ethics, the development of and
models for audiovisual archives, and international
organisations responsible for audiovisual heritage.
INF431 PRESERVATION OF AUDIOVISUAL
MATERIALS (8)
The subject focuses on preservation and
conservation requirements for audiovisual materials.
Methods for identifying different moving image
and sound materials are noted, as are measures
for determining deterioration characteristics, both
active and passive. A wide range of treatment
options including repair, cleaning and copying are
considered. Storage and handling practices such
as risk and vault management are also discussed.
Ethics, professional practice, handling, occupational
health and safety considerations and standards are
to be integrated into all aspects of the subject.
INF432 ADVANCED AUDIOVISUAL ARCHIVING
(8)
This subject builds upon INF430. Because of
their very nature, audiovisual materials have
specialised management requirements in terms
of collection development, intellectual control,
access and preservation. This subject considers a
range of contexts, comparing systems that have
been developed specifically for these media with
those adapted from library, archival or museum
approaches. It also examines how policies, criteria
and mechanisms have been devised to ensure
appropriate coverage of evidential and research
material in line with organisational objectives.
Practical sessions focus on the complexities of
providing access to audiovisual materials, from
individual research requests through to product
development and marketing.
INF501 READINGS IN INFORMATION STUDIES
(8)
Prerequisite: 16 points (Level 400/500 subjects)
Provides students with the opportunity to study in
depth a topic in the field of information studies which
is of particular interest to them. Students select a
specific area which requires both broad understanding and in depth analysis, and use this to prepare a
detailed literature review.
INF511 ADVANCED INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
(8)
Builds on INF411 and provides students with a more
in depth study of information retrieval, including
techniques, developments and problems. This is an
area in which considerable change is taking place
and the subject will adapt to take developments
into account. It’s overall aim, however, is to alert
students to the changes and to research in the
area, encourage them to evaluate and be critical of
existing systems and provide them with the base
knowledge with which to develop systems.
INF512 TRENDS IN LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN
AND YOUNG ADULTS (8)
This subject traces the development of children’s
literature (including illustration) with special
emphasis on the English speaking world, paying
particular attention to the technological, cultural
and social influences that have shaped that
development. The context is set by a short history of
Children’s Literature, from its beginning until present
day, using important examples of the literature as
illustration. Examination is made of the impact
on the literature of social issues, educational and
literary trends, the developments of library services
for children, literary awards, advances in publishing,
the impact of the media and latterly the Internet.
Students will explore a variety of issues related to
the subject matter.
INF550 DISSERTATION (40)
Prerequisite: INF501 & INF502, Master of Applied
Science (Information Studies) students only
Students enrolled in the Master of Applied Science
(Information Studies) undertake a supervised
research project in a selected field of information
studies. Students will critically investigate a
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
426 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
theoretical or applied problem related to the course
work undertaken. Subject taken over two sessions.
INF555 DISSERTATION IN INFORMATION
STUDIES (32)
Prerequisite: INF501, Master Applied Science
(Information Studies) students only
Provides students enrolled in the Master of
Applied Science (Information Studies) to undertake
a supervised research project in a selected
field of information studies. Students will critically
investigate a theoretical or applied problem which
is related to the course work that students have
undertaken. Subject taken over two sessions.
INF560 DISSERTATION IN INFORMATION
STUDIES (48)
Prerequisite: INF500, Master Applied Science
(Information Studies) students only
Provides students enrolled in the Master of
Applied Science (Information Studies) to undertake
a supervised research project in a selected
field of information studies. Students will critically
investigate a theoretical or applied problem which
is related to the course work that students have
undertaken. Subject taken over three sessions
INF565 DISSERTATION IN INFORMATION
STUDIES (48)
Prerequisite: INF500, Master Applied Science
(Information Studies) students only
Provides students enrolled in the Master of
Applied Science (Information Studies) to undertake
a supervised research project in a selected
field of information studies. Students will critically
investigate a theoretical or applied problem which
is related to the course work that students have
undertaken. Subject taken over two sessions.
INR501 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
ENVIRONMENT (8)
Places the function and processes of industrial
relations into social, political, economic and
organisational context. Discusses the rapidly
changing contemporary context, and gives an
historical analysis, providing insight into the impact
of economic conditions and theories, and to the
social, political and structural transformation of
the Australian economy and society. Reviews the
development of management and organisational
behavioural theories which are of critical importance
in the current reform of Australian workplaces.
INR502 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS SYSTEMS
& ISSUES (8)
Provides theory and practical knowledge of Australian industrial relations. This subject will provide a
disciplinary training in industrial relations by identifying the participants in the system, the processes of
interaction and contemporary issues.
Charles Sturt University
INR503 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS PRACTICE (8)
Emphasises the practical approaches to industrial
relations, such as, negotiation, advocacy, grievance
procedures, enterprise bargaining and media
releases. This subject puts the student and their
organisation into the overall Australian context.
The subject deals with processes, practices and
procedures of contemporary industrial relations.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in INR502.
INR504 INDUSTRIAL LAW (8)
Industrial law is a relatively recent phenomenon in
our legal system. This century has seen an explosion of laws that govern the relationship of employers and employees. The subject examines collective
and individual relationships and how these are dealt
with in the Australian industrial relations system.
INR505 COMPARATIVE INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
1 (8)
Contributes to the current debate about the reform
of the Australian system and processes of industrial
relations. Specifically this subject examines the
system of industrial relations regulations which have
evolved in a range of European countries including
Britain, Sweden and Germany. Concern with the
processes and mechanisms of industrial relations
in these countries by practitioners and legislators
in Australia is contributing to the industrial relations
reform agenda. Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in INR502.
INR508 DISSERTATION PLAN & BIBLIOGRAPHY
(8)
The student will research and produce an extensive
annotated bibliography covering the area of their
proposed research dissertation. In addition they
will produce a plan of their proposed dissertation.
The plan will inter alia cover proposed methodologies and proposed structure of the dissertation.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in HRM507 Research Methods.
INR509 DISSERTATION (IR) (16)
Students will carry out a supervised research project in an area of industrial relations. The student
will write up the findings as a dissertation of up
to 15,000 words. Research will involve investigation
of an original problem preferably related to the students’ own organisation. Assumed knowledge for
this subject is equivalent to that covered in INR508
and HRM507.
INR510 COMPARATIVE LABOUR RELATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: HRM502
Examines the industrial relations arrangements
in a selection of countries within a framework of
the economic, historical, social, cultural and political
contexts of each country being studied. A comparative approach is adopted in order to focus on identifying and explaining the similarities and differences
between these countries.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 427
INR516 COMPARATIVE INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
2 (8)
This subject focuses on the industrial relations
system which has evolved in a range of Asia/Pacific
countries including USA, Japan and New Zealand.
This subject examines the industrial relations experiences of countries considered particularly relevant
to Australian economic and political relations.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in INR505.
IRR400 FUNDAMENTALS OF IRRIGATION (8)
This introductory subject locates irrigation within
a global and Australian agricultural context and
establishes the basic relations between soil, water,
plants and evaporation.
IRR401 MANAGEMENT OR IRRIGATION
SYSTEMS (8)
Using a range of irrigation systems, this subject
examines management practices and principles of
scheduling with an emphasis on critically evaluating
the most appropriate technology and products to suit
particular irrigation settings.
IRR402 CRITICAL FACTORS IN IRRIGATION (8)
Prerequisites: IRR400 and IRR401
This subject identifies a number of critical issues
arising from irrigation in a semi-arid environment:
drainage through the soil profile, the accumulation
of salt and the effects on river and land systems.
Against the background of water quality and
environmental consequences, property planning,
measuring and controlling water flow and people
management skills are studied.
IRR403 IRRIGATION PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisites: IRR400 and IRR401
Industry practice and experience are the focus of
this subject: it involves case studies and a group
study tour of irrigation installations, the presentation
of reports and the application of problem solving
skills.
IRS501 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: ISSUES
AND APPROACHES (8)
Examines central issues in international relations
and develops students’ skills in analysing these
issues. The subject introduces the principal
transitions and theories of international relations
and identifies their underlying assumptions. The
main structures and processes of the post Cold
War world order are examined, and a number
of contemporary global problems are studies in
detail. The fundamental question of the extent
to which national sovereignty has been eroded by
globalisation is given particular attention.
ISY601 MASTER RESEARCH (INFORMATION
SYSTEMS) PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the information
systems discipline.
ISY602 MASTER RESEARCH (INFORMATION
SYSTEMS) FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the information
systems discipline.
ISY701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (INFORMATION
SYSTEMS) PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the information
systems discipline.
ISY702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (INFORMATION
SYSTEMS) FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the information
systems discipline.
ITC125 THE INFORMATION SUPERHIGHWAY (8)
Provides a general introduction to the internet and
the international computer information network. The
emphasis is on making students competent users
of the internet. This is an online subject. Students
studying this subject will require access to the
internet.
ITC130 ON-LINE PUBLISHING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC125
How are documents published online? What
happens when you fill in an online form? This
subject introduces the editorial and publishing
process, introduces the programming languages
used, and examines how these processes can
be automated. This is an online subject. Students
studying this subject will require access to the
internet.
ITC215 MODELLING AND DECISION SUPPORT
(8)
Prerequisite: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC180
or ITC181 or ITC182
Provides a practical introduction to the theory
and practice of decision support systems for
use in management, research or design decision
making. Major topics include modelling, prediction,
optimisation, problem solving, visualisation, and
the design of user interfaces to facilitate the
presentation of critical information. This is an on-line
subject. Students studying this subject will require
access to the Internet.
ITC216 ONLINE MULTIMEDIA (8)
Prerequisite: ITC125 or ITC525 or Nil for
students enrolled in BCompSc(GamesTech)
This subject introduces the student to the
rapidly expanding field of multimedia and its
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
428 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
ability to improve the quality of presentation
and communication of information in electronic
publications.
specification using object-oriented (OO)
methodologies and computer-assisted software
engineering (CASE) tools.
ITC233 NETWORK ENGINEERING 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC342
Corequisites: ITC242 or ITC431
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the first
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC404 INFORMATION SYSTEMS
IMPLEMENTATION (8)
Prerequisite: ITC423 & ITC493
Applies the knowledge of computing technology to
systems requirements specified in the structured
specification. Process and control of systems
development and implementation is studied
in-depth. Skills developed are brought together in a
project which forms assignments of this subject.
ITC332 SITE OPERATIONS FOR WEBMASTERS
(8)
Corequisite: ITC130
This subject introduces students to the rapidly
expanding profession of network publishing and web
site management. Students install, configure and
operate a fully functional http server, and establish a
Web site on it. On this, they implement all aspects
of the subject including: site design; information
content; security; automation; site management,
maintenance and monitoring; and site promotion
and cost recovery. A heavy emphasis is placed upon
hands-on operation of the server and site. This is
an online subject. Students studying this subject will
require access to the internet.
ITC354 NETWORK ENGINEERING 2 (8)
Prerequisites: ITC233 or equivalent
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the second
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC355 NETWORK ENGINEERING 3 (8)
Corequisite: ITC354
This subject is designed to provide students with
classroom and laboratory experience in current
and emerging networking technology. The subject
provides students with the skills and practice
needed to design, build and maintain small to
medium-sized networks. This subject is the third
in a series of three subjects that are closely
associated with the on-line Cisco Networking
Academy program.
ITC402 OBJECT MODELLING TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisites: GEN101 or ITC161 or ITC181 or
ITC182 or equivalent
Covers the theory and practice of system
Charles Sturt University
ITC411 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY (8)
Corequisite: ITC490
This subject provides an introductory understanding
of computer hardware and software, and of the units
which comprise a computer system. It gives an
understanding of the functions of computer systems
and the interaction between hardware, software and
the computer user. It develops a knowledge of
how data is prepared for computer processing and
how it is represented and processed at a basic
machine level. It places particular emphasis on the
processes involved in data communications.
ITC412 INFORMATION ANALYSIS & DESIGN (8)
Prerequisite: ITC411
Equips students with techniques for specification of
systems’ requirements. While structured analysis in
a data processing/management information system
setting is the basic methodology, consideration is
given to alternate analysis approaches to different
problem classes.
ITC421 FOUNDATIONS OF PROGRAMMING (8)
Introduces the programming process and begins the
development of problem solving skills as they relate
to computing. One of the foundation subjects for
further studies in computing.
ITC422 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING
TECHNIQUES (8)
Prerequisite: ITC421
Builds on the introductory programming concepts
developed in the prerequisite by introducing a
variety of commonly used data structures and
the techniques used to maintain and manipulate
them. Emphasis on techniques associated with the
manipulation of files is reflected in the problems
which students are expected to be able to solve.
ITC423 DATABASE SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC412 and ITC422
This subject provides a solid grounding in relational
database theory and application, and its place within
the implementation of computer based applications.
There will be an emphasis on conceptual modelling
to design the database, that is implemented and
queried using Structured Query Language (SQL.)
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 429
ITC429 FUNDAMENTALS OF PROGRAMMING
USING JAVA (8)
Introduces problem-solving, and computer program
design using the Java language. It presents
programming, concepts within an Object-Oriented
context by using the rich set of object-based
resources which are available in Java. Students are
introduced to Java applets at an early stage and
learn the essential elements of program control,
functionality and user interaction within this highly
motivational environment. The subject also covers
elementary application programming, and completes
its study with collections and user-defined objects
which form a base for later studies of classical data
structures.
issues as they emerge particularly in the context of
the new communications and computer technology.
ITC431 COMPUTER NETWORKS (8)
Provides a detailed understanding of the following
topics related to data communications: concepts
and facilities of business data communications;
local area networks; wide area networks and the
internet; an overview of the different methods
for organising and controlling networks; network
system software requirements; management of
the networks; and development of interconnection
standards. Management issues of selection, security
and industry trends are covered in depth.
ITC483 INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR HEALTH
SERVICES MANAGEMENT (8)
Provides an understanding of the importance
of information and computer based information
systems within organisations. Studies terminology
and concepts of computer information systems.
Examines the development and implementation of
computer information systems, relating this to health
care organisations and emphasises the roles of
people, particularly management in this process.
ITC460 DISSERTATION (COMPUTING) (8)
The dissertation will consist of a substantial piece
of research/investigative work undertaken under the
supervision of a qualified staff member. The student
is expected to arrange their own supervisor and
should discuss the selection of suitable topics in
conjunction with the Course Coordinator.
ITC470 C++ OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC129 or equivalent
This subject introduces students to the concepts
of Object Oriented Programming in C++. Students
are expected to have prior knowledge of elementary
data types and flow control constructs gained
through prior exposure to the Smalltalk language.
Upon completion of this subject, students will be
able to code, develop and debug solutions to simple
problems which require the creation, modification
and extension of C++ Classes.
ITC471 OPERATING SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC470
This subject endeavours to impart to students
knowledge of computer operating systems. It aims
to equip the student with an understanding of
the functions of a modern operating system and
to explain its major components. In addition, the
students are instructed in a systems programming
language.
ITC475 ETHICS & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
(8)
The aim of this subject is to raise and examine moral
ITC482 COMPUTER MANAGEMENT & SECURITY
(8)
Covers the concepts and some of the skills involved
in professional management of an information
centre, including staffing and organisation of the
centre, daily operations, planning for the capacity
of the centre, its physical layout, and its security
and control. The ethics and legal aspects involved
in working with information technology are also
discussed. This is an online subject. Students
studying this subject will require access to the
internet.
ITC493 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROJECT
MANAGEMENT (8)
The subject is a study of a practitioners approach
to software project management and quality
assurance. It provided up to date information on
how good project management and effective use of
project management software can help students to
manage information technology projects.
ITC494 COMPUTING TOPICS 2 (8)
Prerequisite: ITC411 and ITC421
Provides topics relevant to the design and use
of computer applications, and of selection and
management of supporting resources. Designed to
be of a modular nature, to allow the periodic change
of topics to reflect the current needs and emphases
in the application of computers.
ITC501 STRATEGIC INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC482 or at least two 500 level
subjects
Examines how information systems can be used
to achieve a company’s strategic objectives. After
studying Business Strategic Planning, techniques
are introduced which allow new technologies and
applications to be examined for effectiveness within
a business environment.
13
ITC502 TOPICS IN DATABASE SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: ITC423
Examines the theory of relational database systems;
advanced issues in data modelling; practical aspects
of database administration; and current research
issues in database systems.
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
430 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
ITC503 COMPARATIVE INFORMATION
MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC545 and ITC412
There is a variety of modelling techniques that
can be applied to specify the nature of complex
information systems. This subject examines and
compares these techniques and the aspects of
systems that they capture. The possibilities for
hybrid modelling and the use of conceptual graphs
are explored.
ITC504 INTERFACE USEABILITY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC204.
Prerequisite: ITC421 or ITC429 or equivalent
This subject provides an in-depth study, at an
advanced level, of Interface Design and Evaluation.
The emphasis is on evaluation and especially
useability testing.
ITC509 INSIDE WINDOWS SERVER (8)
Prerequisite: ITC431 or equivalent
The aim of this subject is to provide students
with the skills and knowledge necessary to perform
advanced administration tasks such as designing
a dynamic domain system (DNS), acquainting
with Kerberos and active directory technologies
and managing file system securities and shared
resources in a Microsoft network operating system
environment. The implementation platform will be
Microsoft Windows 2000 network. The subject
covers creating, managing and using user and group
objects in directory services. It describes key
decision points for naming, delegation of authority,
and domain designs.
ITC525 COMMERCE ON THE INFORMATION
SUPERHIGHWAY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
only – may not enrol if have passed ITC125
This subject introduces the Information
Superhighway with a focus on commercial
applications. Students learn to create Web pages
using the hypertext markup language. They study
the organisation, management and searching of
Internet information systems and how to apply a
number of Internet protocols. Students are given an
understanding of virtual libraries and security issues
related to transactions.
ITC527 Concurrent Programming (8)
Prerequisite: ITC438 or as approved by the
Subject Coordinator
This subject aims to provide a solid grounding in the
concepts and methods of concurrent programming
in a modern object-oriented approach using Java.
The subject covers the concurrent facilities provided
by Java and the program design methods that
are needed to create successful multi-threaded
applications for areas such as multi-media, the
internet and servers.
Charles Sturt University
ITC530 IT SPECIALISATION PROJECT 1 (32)
Prerequisite: four relevant Level 5 subjects
Provides for a student to select, develop and
complete over a single session an advanced level
project in information technology.
ITC531 IT SPECIALISATION PROJECT 2 (32)
Prerequisite: four relevant Level 5 subjects
Provides for a student to select, develop and
complete over two sessions an advanced level
project in information technology.
ITC532 IT SPECIALISATION PROJECT 3 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC530, ITC531 or ITC533
This subject provides for a student to select, develop
and complete over a single session an advancedlevel project in Information Technology.
ITC533 IT SPECIALISATION PROJECT 4 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC530, ITC531 or ITC532
This subject provides for a student to select, develop
and complete over two sessions an advanced-level
project in Information Technology.
ITC540 DATA COMMUNICATIONS: DESIGN &
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC411 or equivalent or successful
completion of an appropriate proficiency test
Enrolment restrictions: Must have prior
information technology experience with data
communications or networking OR be able
to demonstrate adequate ability to do the
subject by successful completion of an
appropriate proficiency test.
This subject will employ case circle study approach
to examine and discuss a combination of technical
and management issues in contemporary
telecommunications. Data communications design
and management examines new data
communication technologies, protocols and issues
in an holistic, simulated corporate environment for
making decisions, via case circle investigation. It is
suitable for combinations of students in information
technology, business administration and electronic
commerce.
ITC542 INTERNETWORKING WITH TCP/IP (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC342
Prerequisite: ITC431
This subject focuses on the concept of
internetworking in general and TCP/IP internet
communication protocols in particular. It aims
to cover both the architecture of network
interconnections and principles underlying protocols
that make interconnected networks function as
a single, unified communication system. Some
familiarity with data communications is assumed.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 431
ITC545 OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS
MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: ITC402
Covers the theory and practice of system
specification using object oriented methodologies
and computer assisted software engineering
(CASE) tools.
ITC546 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (8)
An introduction to object oriented programming,
design and implementation of applications using
the Smalltalk language. The subject will include
advanced topics such as GUI construction and the
use of class frameworks. Prospective students must
have programming experience gained from (at a
minimum) a professional qualification in IT.
ITC549 WEB SITE OPERATIONS AND
PUBLISHING (8)
Prerequisites: (ITC411 or ITC425) and (ITC429 or
equivalent)
Enrolment Restrictions: Not available to
students who have completed ITC130 or ITC332
This subject introduces students to the rapidly
expanding profession of web site management and
publishing. The aim is to enable students to gain
a working knowledge of the technology used to
run Web servers and to automate basic processes,
especially document delivery. Students set up a
working Web server, and implement the essential
features of an online publishing system. The
main topics covered include server installation,
automation, document processing, site operations,
basic management issues, including marketing,
basics of e-commerce, and legal matters.
ITC550 ADVANCED SGML (8)
Prerequisite: ITC549
Responds to the growing need within industry,
commerce and government for structured
information management and large scale handling of
text and multi-media data. SGML is recognised as
the leading player in non-proprietary standards for
large language dominated archives and is without
competition in rigour of specification.
ITC551 MANAGING INTERNET MARKETING
INFORMATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Covers the use of the internet as a source of
marketing data from both primary (eg web surveys,
focus groups and consumer browsing patterns) and
secondary sources (pre-existing data available on
the internet). Ways in which this data can be
manipulated in order to add value - as a product in
its own right, as an aid to product development, as
an aid to development of new markets, and as a
basis for decision support across the organisation will be considered.
ITC553 APPLIED NEURAL NETWORKS (8)
Develops skills in the use of neural networks. After
a brief biological background, it covers the main
classes of artificial network and the methods of
training them. Over half the subject is devoted to
applications using standard software packages, in
the manner of statistics courses. Neural networks
are now a mature computational procedure with
many applications in industry, commerce and
information systems.
ITC554 EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTATION (8)
Develops skills in the use of evolutionary
computation. Biological data is still a rich source of
ideas for artificial algorithms and thus a survey of
the major transitions in evolution begins the subject.
Different classes of evolutionary computation are
described in addition to the mainstream genetic
algorithms. The subject will characterise the
problems best approached by these techniques and
contain a substantial number of real examples.
Practical work will use existing programming
tool boxes and scripting rather than low level
programming.
ITC555 NETWORL ENGINEERING (8)
Prerequisite(s): ITC542 Internetworking with
TCP/IP
This subject is designed to extend students’
knowledge and practical experience with the design,
configuration, and maintenance of switches, local
area networks (LAN), virtual local area networks
(VLAN), wide area networks (WAN), Integrated
Services Data Network (ISDN), point to point
protocol (PPP) and frame relay. It enables students
to develop skills in network troubleshooting. This
subject is closely associated with the on-line Cisco
Networking Academy program.
ITC557 WEB BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
PG (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed ITC357
Prerequisites: (ITC411 or ITC525) and ITC429
and ITC402 and ITC423
Web based information systems, such as online
databases, Intranet systems and electronic
commerce systems, are conceptually different
from traditional web sites, which are based on
static documents. This subject examines in
some detail the process of developing a web
based information system, including information
modelling, user-interface design, database design
and programming. The use of commercial tools
for developing database driven web sites is
emphasised.
ITC559 READINGS IN
HYPERMEDIA/MULTIMEDIA (16)
Enrolment restrictions: MIT students only
This subject provides an in-depth study, at an
advanced level, of the issues involved in the
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
432 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
design and delivery of hypermedia or multimedia
applications.
ITC561 EXPERT SYSTEMS & THE INFORMATION
PROFESSIONAL (8)
Prerequisite: ITC569
An examination of some of the central issues in
artificial intelligence and expert systems.
ITC562 THEORY OF COMPUTATION (8)
Provides the basis for advanced work in theoretical
computer science. It will provide a link between
abstract machine studies, mathematics and
language recognition tasks. Includes the study of
Artificial Neural Networks.
ITC569 MODELLING AND DECISION SUPPORT
(8)
This subject provides a practical introduction to the
theory and practice of decision support systems for
use in management, research or design decision
making. Major topics include modelling, prediction,
optimisation, problem solving, visualisation and
the design of user interfaces to facilitate the
presentation of critical information. This is an online
subject. Students studying this subject will require
access to the internet.
ITC570 SPECIAL TOPIC IN INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY 1 (8)
Provides for an in-depth study at an advanced level
of a topic in information technology selected by a
student.
ITC571 SPECIAL TOPIC IN INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY 2 (8)
Provides for an in-depth study at an advanced level
of a topic in information technology selected by a
student.
ITC574 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY FOR
MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: ITC411 or equivalent proficiency
test
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
This subject focuses on the role and value of
information, information systems and information
technology in modern organisations. It provides
students with the opportunity to develop their
knowledge relating to the planning, implementation
and management of systems and technologies and
to develop a critical awareness of the need for
knowledge workers to be widely informed about
technology-related issues in their employment.
ITC583 INTELLIGENT AGENTS ON THE
INTERNET (8)
Prerequisite: ITC429
Introduces students to the concepts of artificial
intelligence and machine learning in the context of
problem solving on the Internet. Knowledge and
reasoning, learning, and communication by agents
Charles Sturt University
are based on well-known artificial intelligence
techniques. As well, appropriate architectures
and infrastructures are presented; and design
and implementation issues are covered. It
is recommended that students have some
understanding of artificial intelligence techniques.
ITC585 MACHINE VISION SYSTEMS (8)
Provides the background knowledge on image
enhancement and manipulation as a stage in
machine vision systems. Practical examples of
machine vision systems are introduced.
ITC594 E-SYSTEMS INFRASTRUCTURE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
This subject provides opportunities for students
to be made aware of issues and procedures in
online business application development. Students
are introduced to contemporary topics designed
to gradually build understanding of tools and
issues that are currently relevant to the working
environment that they may be engaged in.
Continuing project work provides an opportunity to
put their new knowledge into action.
JRN401 PRINT JOURNALISM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only who are enrolled in Graduate
Certificate in Communication (Print Journalism)
The subject develops student’ abilities as a writer,
reporter and researcher. Students are required to
complete extensive field assignments and attend a
workshop at a metropolitan newspaper or magazine.
JRN402 JOURNALISM ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only who are enrolled in Graduate
Certificate in Communication (Print Journalism)
An overview of the structure of the print media
industry in Australia and overseas. Topics in law
and ethics for journalism, with special emphasis on
print production. Students are required to analyse
current issues in journalism practice, and to present
a seminar paper on a major emerging issue.
JRN403 ADVANCED PRINT JOURNALISM &
PRODUCTION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only who are enrolled in Graduate
Certificate in Communication (Print Journalism)
Students study the principles and practice of
advanced news-writing and reporting. Students are
required to complete extensive field assignments
and to produce a major series of news features.
JRN404 JOURNALISM RESEARCH (8)
Prerequisite: JRN402
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only who are enrolled in Graduate
Certificate in Communication (Print Journalism)
Students further develop expertise in a variety of
research skills appropriate to journalism practice.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 433
Students are required to complete several research
tasks in addition to completing a major research
assignment.
JRN410 ADVANCED ISSUES IN AUSTRALIAN
JOURNALISM (8)
Prerequisite: LAW420 Advanced Journalism
Law and Ethics
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Graduate Diploma of News Journalism
This subject will cover the main issues facing the
profession in Australia today, including concentration
of media ownership, convergence of media,
emergence of new media, editorial independence
and commercial imperatives, and the increasing use
of sophisticated media management techniques by
public figures and corporations.
JRN411 JOURNALISM PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: LAW420 Advanced Journalism
Law and Ethics
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Graduate Diploma of News Journalism
Students will complete a major portfolio of print
journalism which will also include various online
production elements. Students will be expected
to thoroughly investigate a field of interest and
produce a series of print stories which reflect a
deep knowledge of the area. They will produce a
collection of related stories to publishable standard.
JRN420 ADVANCED JOURNALISM LAW AND
ETHICS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Admission to the
Graduate Diploma of News Journalism
Introduces students to Australian law and the
legal system as they affect the professional
journalist. Content centres on issues which directly
affect professional practice, defamation, freedom
of information and privilege. The subject also
looks at ethical dilemmas faced by journalists
including conflicts of interest, censorship and issues
surrounding social responsibility.
JRN500 JOURNALISM PROJECT (32)
Prerequisite: JRN517 Seminar & Internship
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism)
Students are required to research an area
of interest, undertake a literature review, apply
appropriate methodology and deliver an
accompanying piece of research. This presentation
is then developed into a major piece of professional
standard journalism. This output is regarded as
equivalent to a dissertation and can be delivered in
any media - print, television, radio or multi-media.
JRN504 JOURNALISM LAW AND ETHICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication-Journalism) students only
Introduces students to Australian law and the
legal system as they affect the professional
journalist. Content includes defamation, law reform,
privilege, contempt of court, freedom of information,
regulation of the press, radio, television and
the advertising industry, sales promotions and
competitions. Content also includes discussion of
the statutory bodies that affect the professional
communicator, the media and the justice system,
investigative journalism, and how to report a court
case. The subject examines specific cases of ethical
dilemmas as they affect journalists with reference to
their specific codes of ethics. Ethical implications
of censorship, conflicts of interest, stereotyping,
economic pressures and social responsibility are
examined.
JRN507 JOURNALISM PROJECT (32)
Prerequisite: JRN517 Seminar & Internship
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only
Students are required to research an area of
interest, undertake a literature review and apply
appropriate methodology and deliver a minor piece
of research. This presentation is then developed into
a major piece of professional standard journalism.
This output is regarded as equivalent to a
dissertation and can be delivered in any media,
print, television, radio or multi-media.
JRN508 JOURNALISM PRINCIPLES AND
PRACTICE (16)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only.
Not available to students who have completed
JRN512 Broadcast Journalism and JRN513
Print Journalism
Students develop newswriting and reporting skills
for print and broadcast media. Reporting tasks
include: the courts, police and emergency services,
state and federal parliaments, local government, as
well as introductory specialist reporting of business,
health and the environment. Students complete
increasingly complex researching, interviewing,
reporting, and writing tasks. Students gain
experience in radio and television news production
and presentation techniques, and are introduced to
a range of sub editing skills for the print media
including desktop publishing.
JRN509 DIGITAL JOURNALISM AND COMPUTER
ASSISTED REPORTING (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only.
Not available to students who have completed
JRN503 Journalism and Society
Explores the interactivity of journalists, media
organisations and various audiences emerging with
the growth of digital journalism. Students complete
writing and reporting tasks involving the planning,
gathering, selecting and presentation of news on
the World Wide Web and other computer mediated
information services.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
434 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
JRN514 ADVANCED BROADCAST JOURNALISM
(8)
Prerequisite: JRN508 Journalism Principles and
Practice
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only
Develops advanced newswriting, reporting and
presentation skills for both radio and television
news and current affairs. Students are assigned
various rounds and given increasingly complex
reporting and writing tasks, as well as production
and presentation responsibilities.
JRN515 ADVANCED PRINT JOURNALISM (8)
Prerequisite: JRN508 Journalism Principles and
Practice
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only
This subject is a practice-based program which
aims to lift students’ print media skills to an
effective professional level. Students are assigned
a round, and work in line with industry standards.
Students gain skills in news judgement, investigative
reporting, feature writing, complex reporting tasks in
a variety of contexts, and sub-editing.
JRN516 JOURNALISM THEORY AND RESEARCH
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only.
Not available to students who have completed
JRN505 Journalism and Current Affairs
This subject examines major social, cultural
and political perspectives on the selection,
production, presentation and distribution of news
and information within the society. Students are
introduced to a range of research methods and
gain an understanding of news audiences and news
polling. They are also introduced to the practice of
current affairs writing.
one of a range of information gathering tools. The
focus is on developing these sources as a proactive
as well as a reactive contribution to investigations.
JST311 EVIDENCE AND INVESTIGATION
Deals with the processes of transformation of
information into the stipulative reality known as
evidence. Using case studies drawn from past
Australian Royal Commission and High Court
decisions, the subject examines in detail the
ethical and legal complexities of the gathering and
presentation of evidence. The central theme of the
subject is the avoidance of the pitfalls which await
the undiscerning investigator.
JST312 TACTICAL MANAGEMENT OF CRIMINAL
INVESTIGATIONS (8)
Examines the management of information in
investigations and the management of people
involved therein. Information management includes
such vital areas as crime scene and systematic
evidence gathering. People management examines
the relationships and responsibilities of investigators
to victims, witnesses, suspects, peers, the judicial
system, the media and themselves. The subject
highlights the complexity of the ethical investigative
process from criminal act to court.
JRN517 SEMINAR AND INTERNSHIP (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of JRN508, JRN509
and JRN516
Enrolment restriction: Master of Arts
(Communication - Journalism) students only
This subject is an amalgam of industry experience
and academic research. Students undertake a
four-week Internship and on their return they
research and present a major seminar paper on
a contemporary issue. The seminar series will
involve the students in debate about current media
concerns and contemporary practices.
JST313 INVESTIGATIVE INTERVIEWING (8)
Enrolment restriction: available to Bachelor
of Policing or to students with relevant
occupational experience only
Prerequisite: appropriate interviewing
experience Practical experience with the use
of Electronically Recorded Interviews with
suspected persons (ERSIP) or similar method
(Police)
The focus of the Investigative Interview is on
obtaining accurate information as opposed to the
obtaining of confessions which was the primary role
of the traditional Accusatory Interview. It recognises
that people are the prime source of information
available to investigators but acknowledges the
difficulties that can be encountered in accurately
eliciting this information. It is seen as a more ethical
model of interviewing. This subject explores such
ethical and legal matters as a suspect’s fundamental
right to silence and those judicial decisions which
impact upon police interviewing practice. It examines
the role of the interview within the adversarial
system of criminal justice in Australia and explores
the model of “Investigative Interviewing” currently
being used by police in the United Kingdom.
JST310 INFORMATION AND INVESTIGATION (8)
Applies and extends the skills of investigation
analysis and interpretation into the broader areas
of information gathering and intelligence. Information
sources such as informants, intelligence and
surveillance are discussed and developed to
highlight their contribution to investigations
management and practice. Profiling is examined as
JST314 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE FOR POLICE DETECTIVES (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension of
policing, law enforcement and investigation for police
detectives. Students are introduced to a range of
ethical theories and perspectives. This theory is
then deployed in the interpretation and analysis
of a number of central ethical issues confronted
Charles Sturt University
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 435
by police detectives. These include: various forms
of corruption; evidence, truth and fabrication; the
rights of suspects (privacy, non self-incrimination);
and deception and entrapment.
JST315 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE FOR GENERAL DUTIES POLICE (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension
of policing, law enforcement and investigation
for general duties police officers. Students are
introduced to a range of ethical theories and
perspectives. This theory is then deployed in the
interpretation and analysis of a number of central
ethical issues confronted by general duties police.
These include: various forms of corruption; coercive
force; discretion and original authority; the rights
of suspects (privacy, non self-incrimination); and
deception and entrapment.
JST316 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE FOR INVESTIGATORS (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension of
investigation for private and public sector (nonpolice) corporate investigators. Students are
introduced to a range of ethical theories and
perspectives. This theory is then deployed in
the interpretation and analysis of a number of
central ethical issues confronted by private and
public sector corporate investigators. These include:
responsibility and accountability in corporations;
corruption and fraud; conflicts between corporate
and public interests; rights of employees; restorative
and retributive justice in the corporate setting;
whistleblowing and whistleblowers.
JST317 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE FOR POLICE PROSECUTORS (8)
This subject deals with the ethical dimension of the
role of police prosecutor. Students are introduced
to a range of ethical theories and perspectives.
This theory is then deployed in the interpretation
and analysis of a number of central ethical
issues confronted by police prosecutors. These
include: the rights of victims; factors relevant to
the decision to charge; corruption; evidence, truth
and fabrication; the rights of suspects (privacy, non
self-incrimination); honesty and deception in the
courtroom; punishment and its rationale.
JST400 DYNAMICS OF POWER &
VULNERABILITY (8)
Students will study theories of victimisation, power
and deviance. A particular focus will be on family
relationships, incest and domestic violence, as
well as cultural variance within families, and the
victimisation of particular groups, e.g. the disabled.
Students will study how investigations impact on
the people involved: the victims, the offenders and
others.
JST401 INVE STIGATION AND INTELLIGENCE:
CHILD ABU SE (8)
Prerequisite: PSY113 Child and Adolescent
Psychology
Corequisite: JST202 Evidence and Procedure
In this subject students will study the types of
offences committed, the methods of collecting
intelligence and evidence required for court in
child abuse matters. They will consider relevant
communications skills, and the forensic interviewing
of children, as well as methods of recording
evidence, the reliability of children as witnesses and
the psychological aspects of court appearances.
The emphasis will revolve around ethical conduct
and the imperative of the child’s interests.
Investigation tactics for international child abuse
crimes will be considered.
JST402 SUPERVI SED WORK PLACEMENT
Prerequisite: JST401 and LAW402
In this placement based subject students will
develop practice skills and theoretical understanding
to link theory and practice in agencies working
with children, adolescents and/or their families. This
subject will culminate in a two day residential.
JST403 PROTOCOL & ETHICS (8)
This subject aims to provide students with a
comprehensive understanding of the roles and
responsibilities of all agencies involved in the care
and protection of children in relation to child
protection issues. Topics included are protocols
for inter-agency work, ethical dilemmas faced by
various agencies and skills for conflict resolution.
Students will also consider the impact of
investigations on clients, the need for victim care
and court preparation and develop decision making
skills aimed at optimum outcomes. A strong
emphasis will be placed on ethical considerations
and decision making processes.
JST408 COMPUTERS & CRIME
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Investigations, Graduate Diploma of Investigations, Bachelor of Policing and Bachelor
of Policing (Investigations) students only
Law enforcement is entering a new arena as society
embraces the emerging technological era. Huge
amounts of society’s assets are being developed,
stored, transmitted, and manipulated using computers and their associated data networks. Law
enforcement agencies will need to adapt to these
changes as it is here that major crimes are
being committed. Computers and crime involve looking at two very different aspects of technology concern. “Computer crime” involves the computer itself
becoming an essential element in the crime, such
as in opportunities to embezzle assets or funds. The
other aspect focuses on ‘crime involving computers”,
where computers provide a management tool for the
criminal to use, just as it is by any businessman.
Particular emphasis will be placed on the complexities involved in the investigation of computer crimes
and the legislation that governs this.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
436 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
JST409 INVESTIGATIVE PROCESSES
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Graduate
Certificate in Investigations students
This subject enables students to review the
investigative process and to develop their
understanding and skills of investigation. The
subject is expected to enable students to cover
requirements for CLEB accreditation. Topics covered
include: investigative frameworks and powers;
investigation methodologies and support;
operational practices; reports and evidence;
investigation outcomes and recovery procedures.
JST410 INVESTIGATIONS MANAGEMENT 1
This subject deals with procedures and techniques
involved with managing investigative activities,
particularly having regard to the relevant legal and
organisational framework including organisational
mission statements and objectives. It will introduce
legal responsibilities of managers, relationships with
key stakeholders, case management models, cost
effectiveness and resource allocation.
JST411 INVESTIGATIONS MANAGEMENT 2
This subject focuses on dealing with the people
involved in investigations, their supervision and
leadership, and the human resource management
issues likely to be encountered by their managers.
Topics covered will include investigation teams,
stress, performance evaluation, motivation,
complaints procedures and accountability. This
subject involves attendance at a 2 day practicum at
Manly in Spring Session.
JST412 FRAUD PREVENTION
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to Graduate
Diploma in Investigations Management or
Graduate Diploma in Serious Crime Investigation
& Graduate Diploma - Fraud
This subject will outline the alternative solutions
for victims of fraud. The options are: a reactive
response (investigations) and the proactive
responses (fraud prevention and deterrence
programs). Fraud prevention/deterrence programs
involve the implementation of the necessary controls
and procedures which will act as an impediment
and deterrent to any potential fraud offender . Within
this framework will be the implementation of ethics
based training programs, a whistleblowers facility
and controls such as the segregation of duties and
accountabilities. Regardless of the success of fraud
prevention/deterrence programs there must also be
an investigative/reactive response to fraud.
JST413 RISK MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject addresses risk management both in
a broader context and from the organisational
perspective and takes into consideration the proactive and reactive measures which prevent or
minimise risk in the public sector and private
sector. It draws heavily upon the Australian
and New Zealand Standard, AS/NZS 4360:1999,
Charles Sturt University
when examining the risk management process and
applying it to business functions. The student will
examine how risk plays a crucial role in business
decision making as well as identifying the numerous
ways in which risk manifests itself over time and
across activities. In particular, students will discuss
the methodologies used in harm minimisation and
the strategies that practitioners can use to negate or
minimise the risks they encounter in the course of
their work. By drawing on their own work experience
students will examine risk and its management
in the context of modern business including the
implementation and on going management of
policies, practices, systems and processes.
JST414 INVESTIGATION MANAGEMENT
PROJECT
Prerequisite: should be undertaken in the
last semester of the respective programs
Enrolment restriction: limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma in Investigation
Management or the Graduate Diploma of
Serious Crime Investigation & Graduate
Diploma - Fraud and those students in
the Graduate Certificate of Fire Investigation
who have a demonstrated investigation
management background
This subject will enable students who are involved in
investigations management to apply the knowledge
that they have gained whilst undertaking their
postgraduate investigations courses.
JST415 FIRE INVESTIGATION 1
Enrolment restrictions: study of this subject
is restricted to those students who can
establish a vocational need for it See admission
requirements for the Graduate Certificate in
Fire Investigation for more information
This subject introduces students to the following
topics: fire chemistry, fire suppression, fire scene
preservation, sources of evidence at the fire scene,
health and safety issues, and causes of fire.
Students will gain an understanding of how to apply
the investigative process to fire scenes and the
need to establish the cause of a fire in order to
substantiate or negate allegations of arson.
JST416 FIRE INVESTIGATION 2
Prerequisite: JST415
Enrolment restrictions: study of this subject
is restricted to those students who can
establish a vocational need for it See admission
requirements for the Graduate Certificate in
Fire Investigation for more information
This subject deals with post-scene aspects of fire
investigation. Students will gain an understanding
of the Coroner’s role in fire investigation, criminal
and civil jurisdictions and fire investigation, arson
for profit including insurance and accounting
perspectives of fire investigation, and sources of
circumstantial evidence which will build on the
physical evidence gathered at the fire scene.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 437
Students will need to have a basic understanding
of the legal process, evidence and statement
preparation.
JST417 PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF ARSON
Enrolment restriction: limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate of Fire
Investigation or the Graduate Diploma in
Serious Crime Investigation
This subject will deal with the motivations for
arson from a psychological perspective. The type of
reinforcements that the fire setter can obtain from
the arson will also be considered, as these can be
important in identifying the type of person who is
lighting the fire(s). This can lead to the formulation
of strategies for investigation, e.g. what to look
for in criminal records or the type of property
or people that could be at risk in a series of
offences. Possible legal defences and/or mitigating
circumstances based on psychological variables will
be considered.
JST418 INFORMATION & EVIDENCE
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed JST310 and JST311
The subject seeks to introduce the student to the
different types of evidence available from human
sources. It will cover the fallibility of such evidence
and the rules which have developed that control
it’s submission into evidence. Students will look at
motivations for informing both by criminal informers
and whistleblowers and address the issues of
confidentiality which arise from these sources. Key
components of the evidence act will be considered
in relation to the admissibility and relevance of
such evidence and procedure, false confessions and
admission of confessional evidence and the ethics
involved in the collation of information and evidence.
JST419 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION IN CONTEXT
This subject examines the role and relationship of
criminal investigation to the broader field of policing.
It considers the role of the investigator within
the concept of community based policing and
crime prevention. Issues to be considered will
include an examination of what the core business
of the criminal investigator actually is and how the
effectiveness of criminal investigation and the positive and negative impact of this on the profession of
policing. The subject is intended to broaden investigators perspectives on their function within the policing organisation and the community.
JST420 VICTIMS & INVESTIGATORS
This subject is designed for investigators to apply
the principles of victimology to the people they
encounter in the course of investigations into crimes
against the person. After a preliminary review of
existing theoretical foundations, it takes an applied
perspective to a number of areas including ethical
practices involved in conducting investigations into
serious crimes and their victims. It focuses on the
consequences for the individual as a victim in terms
of their contact with all aspects of the criminal
justice system including investigators, the courts,
victims support services and the media. The plight
of indirect victims who may be friends or relatives
of the direct victims of crime will also be examined.
Whilst the subject is specifically designed for
investigators to better meet the needs of victims of
crime against the person, the principles examined
are just as applicable to the victims of crime
generally.
JST421 THE CHILD AS A WITNESS
In this subject students will examine critical
issues in relation to interviewing children. Protocols
for recording interviews, issues of contamination,
accountability, memory, recall, cognitive
development and speech development in young
children. Different approaches to interviewing will be
addressed and the development of specialised skills
in interviewing.
JST426 CRIME ANALYSIS AND INVESTIGATION
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma in
Investigations Management, Diploma of Fraud
or Graduate Diploma of Intelligence.
This subject will examine not only the patterns
and types of criminal behaviour but will suggest
proposals and strategies for providing a tactical
response to such patterns. By examining the
concept of crime analysis, strategies can be
developed which build and improve upon current
investigations practices. Topics such as profiling,
crime behaviour analysis and intelligence based
resource deployment will be explored. The
latest research form areas such as ‘environmental
criminology’ and its practical application will also be
discussed.
JST427 INTELLIGENCE – BASED
INVESTIGATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of
Investigation Management, Graduate Diploma of
Fraud and Graduate Diploma of Serious Crime
Investigation, Graduate Diploma of Intelligence.
This subject deals with the best practice of the
employment of intelligence personnel and systems
to support major investigations. Additionally, senior
investigators will be equipped with a suite of basic
qualitative analytical techniques to foster creative
thought processes during the design and execution
of major investigations. Topics will focus on
the application of essential intelligence theory
to investigative decision – making processes
including: situation awareness, target development,
and models for the application of intelligence at the
tactical and operational levels.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
438 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
JST428 UNDERSTANDING ORGANISED CRIME
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of
Investigations Management or Graduate Diploma
of Intelligence
This subject will provide a global overview of
organised crime and the problems involved in
defining what organised crime is. The focus will
be the political-economic forces which generate,
maintain and change, patterns of organised crime.
Historical and current issues in the development of
organised crime will be examined. The contribution
of culture to formation of organised criminal
behaviour will be discussed and groups such as the
Mafia, the Russian Mafya, Triads and Yakuza will
provide case studies.
JST429 INVESTIGATING ORGANISED CRIME (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of
Investigations, Graduate Diploma of Intelligence.
This subject will follow from the Understanding
Organised Crime subject and will examine
methodologies used in the public and private sector
agencies to combat the effect of organised crime.
Practical issues involving the legislation in relation to
evidence gathering and the use of non traditional,
pro-active methodologies will be debated in order
to provide a strategic approach to preventing and
investigating organised crime.
JST430 INTRODUCTION TO CORRECTIONS IN
ASIA AND THE PACIFIC (8)
This subject examines the policy and practice
of custodial and non-custodial corrections in the
Asia/Pacific region against the background of
international obligations and the history and socioeconomic status of the nations in the region. A
comparative focus is adopted with the central issues
being covered sequentially rather than on a country
by country basis.
JST431 PSYCHO-SOCIAL ASPECTS OF
CORRECTIONAL MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject aims to develop professional knowledge
and skills in Correctional Management drawing
specifically upon the literature of psychology
and sociology. The psychological and sociological
impact of correctional management on inmates,
staff, managers and the wider community will be
examined.
JST432 PRACTICUM - CORRECTIONAL
ADMINISTRATION (8)
Prerequisites: JST430 & JST433
This subject is a field education subject based
on guided experiential learning. Students complete
15 days of field education. Placements are
individually designed using adult learning principles
in consultation and collaboration with the student,
field teacher and CSU staff. Students will have the
Charles Sturt University
opportunity to develop practice skills and theoretical
understanding and integrate previous study, prior
learning and experience and current correctional
practice.
JST433 PRINCIPLES OF CORRECTIONAL
MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject aims to apply the principles of
modern management theory to the middle and
higher operations and functions of custodial and
non-custodial correctional organisations. Relevant
aspects of human resource management, public
policy and management of political processes will
be examined. Issues and problems specific to
correctional administrators will also be explored.
JST440 CRIMINOLOGICAL PRACTICE (8)
This subject introduces students to the range of
criminological thought and examines its translation
(potential and realised) into practice.
JST441 PSYCHOLOGY OF CRIME (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed 26204 Psychology and
Criminal Justice I or PSY211 Psychology
of Crime
Examines psychological explanations of criminal
behaviour, and the implications of these
explanations for the criminal justice system. In
addition to general theories of crime, specific
problems such as drug abuse, human aggression,
sexual dysfunction, and psychological disorder
are examined from a psychological perspective.
Attempts to alter criminal behaviour through
deterrence and rehabilitation are also covered.
JST442 CRIMINOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: JST440 Criminological Practice
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed JST205 Criminology
Introduces major approaches to crime and criminal
justice. Examines the major philosophical,
methodological and political issues that cross the
boundaries of those disciplines that contribute to the
field of criminology, and relates theories of crime to
crime policies.
JST443 PSYCHOLOGY AND THE LEGAL
SYSTEM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed PSY313 Psychology and
the Legal System
Focuses on the role of psychologists in relation
to the practice of the law; decision making and
behaviour of police, courtroom participants, and
correctional personnel. Covers police interrogation,
police discretion, eye witness testimony, jury
decision making, sentencing, and the negative
psychological effects of imprisonment.
JST444 DEVIANCE AND CONTROL (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 439
who have completed 25230 Sociology of
Deviance or SOC3074 Deviance and Control
or SOC210 Deviance and Social Control or
JST223 Deviance and Social Control
Analyses social processes which cause crime and
deviance, those through which law and ideas
about crime are constructed, criminals and deviant
persons processed and the ways in which people
come to hear about and understand crime and
deviance. The role of the mass media in the
production of ideas about crime and deviance
and the social production of crime statistics are
considered. A number of sociological theories are
used as tools for these analyses.
JST446 INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND
COMPLIANCE (8)
The complexities in complying with regulatory
and legislative control, or legal compliance, is a
continuing challenge to most organisations. Effective
legal compliance for an organisation will often
require a consideration of legislation in areas as
diverse as trade practices, occupational health
& safety, environment, taxation, securities and
sexual harassment. The courts have also applied
a stringent test on the availability of the so called
“due diligence” defence to company directors and
managers involved in breaches of the law. This
subject will introduce the student to the concept of
law and sources of law in society and provide the
student with the knowledge and skills necessary
to read and interpret both legislation and decisions
of the courts. Topics include: the rule of law;
statute law including Delegated Legislation; common
law; Courts: hierarchy and structure; interpreting
legislation; doctrine of precedent; legal compliance
and due diligence.
JST447 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLIANCE (8)
This subject will introduce the diversity and
complexity of compliance by providing an overview
of each of the components of compliance
management. The participant will work through
the model of compliance provided by the Australian
Standard, Compliance programs standard AS
3806-1998. Both from the regulators and
organisations perspective this subject will identify
roles and responsibility as well as highlight many
of the tools, systems and structures that need
to be considered when establishing a compliance
program. By introducing many of the broader issues
of compliance, such as due diligence and director
liability the student will gain an understanding
of the drivers and fundamentals of compliance
management.
JST448 INTELLIGENCE THEORY AND PRACTICE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
This subject provides a foundation of theory and
practice essential to orient students to the field of
intelligence. This subject provides an intellectual
framework for contextualising the student’s existing
vocational experience, and equipping the student to
assimilate new knowledge. This subject presents
intelligence holistically, as a capability, rather than as
a collection of processes. This subject outlines a
pathway for further study in the Graduate Certificate/
Graduate Diploma program.
JST449 INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH AND
ANALYSIS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
Prerequisite: JST448
This subject seeks to awaken an interest in
research and analysis, and their application in the
practice of intelligence. This subject provides the
essential knowledge and skills for an intelligence
practitioner to initiate a research project, as well as
to understand and critique the research findings of
others. This subject also provides an intellectual
framework for the selection of appropriate analytical
techniques to equip a research design. This
subject offers a practical introduction to a number of
simple but powerful analytical techniques suitable for
application in the intelligence field.
JST450 INTELLIGENCE IN THE CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SYSTEM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
Prerequisite: JST448
The criminal justice system is the range of
processes and resources that enable the state
to exercise lawful control over Australian society.
This subject examines the role and application of
intelligence throughout the criminal justice system
in Australia. Intelligence plays a role in each of
the three arms of the criminal justice system – the
investigative, adjudicative and penal/correctional.
Within these three arms, intelligence operates
at a number of different levels concurrently.
More broadly, intelligence also shapes external
perceptions about the criminal justice system,
thereby influencing the wider policy agenda.
JST451 COLLECTION PLANNING AND
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
Prerequisite: JST448
Collection planning is a key process within
intelligence practice. This subject examines the
growing sophistication of collection planning, with
an emphasis on management aspects. The
proliferation of data and information sources,
especially commercial on-line sources, introduce
challenges such as cost-benefit considerations,
multi-level security, and information systems
architecture. At a fundamental level, there is a
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
440 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
convergence of the intelligence profession and the
information profession that is impacting on the future
cooperation of collection planning and management.
JST452 INTELLIGENCE MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the
Graduate Certificate in Criminal Intelligence
The rapidly professionalising nature of intelligence is
creating a demand for management competencies
among intelligence practitioners. Also, the emerging
paradigm of intelligence-led operations is placing
greater responsibility on intelligence practitioners to
demonstrably contribute to outcomes rather than
outputs alone. The requirement for intelligence
management competencies extends beyond the
traditional preoccupation with process issues to
embrace key intangibles such as the client
relationship, organisational learning, exploitation
of intellectual capital, mentoring and teamwork,
innovation, and marketing.
JST453 CRIME IN THE MODERN AGE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Criminal Intelligence
On a contracting world stage, crime is a major
player in globalisation and is becoming as much a
feature of the emergent globalised culture as are
other forms of consumerism. Also the social and
technological changes in the last few decades have
made crime increasingly sophisticated and led to
new forms of criminality, placing further pressure on
the criminal justice system. This subject examines
the implications for intelligence practitioners arising
from crime in the modern age.
JST454 FIRE INVESTIGATION PRACTICUM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Graduate Certificate in
Fire Investigation, or at the discretion of
the Course Coordinator
Prerequisite: JST415 Fire Investigation 1
This subject ensures that graduates of the
Graduate Certificate in Fire Investigation possess
the practical skills and knowledge required to
investigate suspicious fires. It comprises either
a supervised work placement of at least four
days with an approved fire investigation unit or
a four day residential school. In either case
the assessment items are a workbook completed
during the supervised work placement or residential
school and a major assignment based on a fire
investigation. Students who have not successfully
completed an approved police fire investigation
course or its equivalent must complete this subject
before graduation. Students who can demonstrate
a vocational need to the Course Coordinator may
substitute JST455 Wildfire Investigation for this
subject.
Charles Sturt University
JST455 WILDFIRE INVESTIGATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Certificate
in Fire Investigation; students who can
demonstrate a vocational need to the Course
Coordinator may substitute this subject for
JST454 Fire Investigation Practicum
Prerequisite: JST454 Fire Investigation
Practicum (or equivalent)
This subject provides students with a basic
understanding of wildfires and how to investigate
their causes. It also canvasses issues of forest
sustainability, the role of fire in Australia’s ecology,
and the importance of regularly reducing the fuel
load to prevent wildfires destroying forests and
related areas.
JST458 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND
CHANGE MANAGEMENT (8)
Effective compliance requires attitudinal change
by the people in the organisation. This subject
covers the theoretical aspects of how individuals
behave in organisations, how groups behave
within organisations and how organisations as
entities behave. Particular attention is given to
how organisations deal with technological change.
Building upon these theoretical underpinnings, the
subject links the process of organisational change
in value orientation to objective change. Practical
interventions that can be used to achieve change
towards a compliance culture are given special
attention. Designing interventions, managing the
change, establishing performance indicators and
institutionalising the change are considered.
JST459 APPLIED COMPLIANCE (8)
This subject will focus predominantly on the
operational aspects of a compliance program.
Dealing with the practical design and
implementation of compliance programs within
the workplace. Applied Compliance builds upon
the student’s understanding by facilitating the
application of compliance design and
implementation within the workplace. Drawing data
from their work environment students will design
a regulatory compliance program whilst facing the
challenges of data analysis, change management,
ethics, process analysis and redesign. Students
will study operational compliance elements such as
the identification of compliance issues, operating
systems, tools of compliance, implementation,
maintaining records, identification and rectification of
failures and reporting.
JST460 COMPLIANCE MAINTENANCE (8)
Once established, the compliance regime of an
organisation needs to be maintained. Drawing
from the framework of the Australian Standard AS
3806-1998, this subject examines the requirements
of a properly maintained compliance program. The
student will consider the education, audit and
review, communication and liaison requirements
that underpin the continuing effectiveness of an
established compliance program. By working
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 441
through case studies, participants will gain an
understanding of methods of evaluation and
measuring performance through established
indicators. As part of the continuous improvement
cycle of compliance, issues such as benchmarking
and establishing best practice will be examined.
in particular it will concentrate on the theory
and practice of ‘Active listening’, and how this
can be utilised in a high risk incident. The
difference between negotiations and mediation will
be discussed as will the practical and psychological
issues of face to face negotiations.
JST461 COMPLIANCE RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Compliance
Prerequisites: To be undertaken in the last
session of the Graduate Diploma of Compliance
The Compliance Project enables students who are
involved in compliance management to apply the
collective knowledge they have gained throughout
their postgraduate compliance studies. The project
is designed to draw together the threads of
compliance and provide an opportunity for the
student to demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge
of compliance systems within their workplace.
Designed to draw together the theoretical and
practical understanding obtained through
prerequisite subjects the compliance project
provides considerable breadth to accommodate
the level of compliance development within the
student’s workplace. Project descriptions include
the development, implementation and review of
a compliance program within the student’s
organisation, a critical review and identification
of improvement opportunities for an existing
compliance program or a critical examination of a
contemporary issue in compliance.
JST464 LAW IN RELATION TO HIGH RISK
INCIDENTS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to student
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
As the actions of police negotiators are scrutinised
in both criminal and civil jurisdictions it is imperative
that police negotiators understand the criminal and
civil legislation which they are obliged to operate
within. Whilst some legislation is ‘local’ in its
direction many aspects are generic. This subject will
concentrate on ensuring that students are aware of
their obligations in respect of the use of telephone
intercepts, listening devices and other technology
deployed in high risk incidents. It will also cover
the execution of warrants, the implementation of
common law rights and providing evidence to the
Criminal or Coroners Courts.
JST462 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (8)
The subject examines various models of corporate
governance, how organisational standards are
established and maintained, self-regulation, the role
of legal frameworks and corporate criminal liability.
The external factors impacting upon corporate
governance are explored, including the impact of
class actions, consumer activism, environmental
responsibilities, the role of the media, global
pressure against corruption and effect of
technological change. Central to effective corporate
governance is the ethical climate of the organisation.
The issues of institutional culture, autonomy,
accountability, individual and organisational
responsibilities, for driving and institutionalising
ethical change. The rights of individuals and
employees to privacy and confidentiality are
considered along with whistleblowing and
obligations upon organisations to disclose
information relevant to their corporate governance
responsibilities.
JST463 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR POLICE
NEGOTIATORS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to student
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
This subject will focus on the very heart of
successful police negotiation – ‘communication’ –
JST465 STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT FOR
POLICE NEGOTIATORS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to student
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
In any high risk incident involving Police Negotiators
it is imperative that officers are aware of the
strategies available to them and the possible
implications of deploying such strategies. This
subject will study the use of third party intervention
strategies and the specific intelligence gathering
practices, which can be of major benefit in a
negotiation situation. The use of the media
and other strategies to bring about successful
conclusions will also be discussed.
JST466 NEGOTIATION PRACTICUM 1
Enrolment restriction: Police negotiators who
have successfully completed advance diploma
level training
All students entering the Graduate Certificate of
Police Negotiation will have attained a Diploma
level (or Equivalent) which means that they have
successfully completed a basic negotiators course
and are qualified to practice as a Police Negotiator
(with restrictions) within their own jurisdiction.
The skill of Police Negotiation is a practical
one underpinned by academic knowledge and
understanding. This subject (provided by in-service
training) will provide the negotiator with enhanced
communication skills, practical experience at using
third person intervention, negotiating at dangerous
heights and the practice of tactical planning and
operation.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
442 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
JST467 POLICE NEGOTIATION MANAGEMENT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
Prerequisite: successful completion of the
Graduate Certificate in Police Negotiation
The professional management of a police
negotiation team can literally mean the difference
between life and death. In a critical incident,
responses and stresses are heightened and a team
manager needs to be constantly vigilant if they are
to bring a situation to a successful conclusion. This
subject will study the team building aspects involved
in Police Negotiation, the management of stress
within an operation, the duty of care towards staff
members of the team and all other parties and in
particular their role in relation to the briefing and
debriefing of an incident where staff have been
deployed.
JST468 PSYCHOLOGY OF POLICE
NEGOTIATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
It is important that the negotiator is aware of
the possible condition of any persons involved in
a high risk incident. Much of the work of the
negotiator involves dealing with people suffering
from psychological or psychiatric conditions – many
incidents involve suicide intervention or people
suffering suicidal tendencies. Obviously a basic
understanding of such conditions is essential for
the negotiator. The subject will also study well
documented responses arising from high risk
incidents for example, ‘Stockholm Syndrome’, and
the importance of stress debriefing of all parties
concerned in such an incident
JST469 NEGOTIATION PRACTICUM 2
Enrolment restriction: Police Negotiators who
have successfully completed advance diploma
level training
This graduate diploma level residential represents
an advanced practicum for experienced negotiators
to enhance their practical skills at a more complex
and in depth level. By now all students will have had
considerable experience in dealing with incidents
of a more complex and infrequent nature. It will
specifically cover Counter Terrorism, Negotiation in
Kidnapping and extortion, management issues and
the complex role of interpreters.
JST470 CULTURAL CONSIDERATIONS IN
NEGOTATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the
Graduate Certificate in Police Negotiation
Within any multi-cultured society, law enforcement
Charles Sturt University
and in particular, negotiation teams need to develop
sensitivity to the culture and environment in which
they operate. Each negotiator needs to be able
to recognise the primary influences of major
cultures and have knowledge of the impact of
strategies which may help to bring an incident to
a successful conclusion. This subject will study
the behavioural and religious aspects of cultural
diversity in particular, the likely impact of negotiation
intervention in a high risk situation.
JST471 KIDNAPPING & EXTORTION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the
Graduate Certificate in Police Negotiation
In recent years the role of the Police Negotiator
has been recognised as crucial in the successful
resolution of kidnap and extortion situations. Spates
of food contamination and serial kidnappings
have lead law enforcement agencies to develop
advanced strategies to handle such situations.
These strategies include a key role for the
Police Negotiator. This subject will study the
psychological, managerial and strategic aspects of
Police Negotiation in these particularly problematic
situations.
JST472 COUNTER TERRORISM (8)
Enrolment restriction: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Certificate in/Diploma
of Police Negotiation
This subject will cover a wide range of topics
considered essential to the Police Negotiator
involved in counter terrorism operations. Whilst
hopefully this particular threat to national security
is not great, the threat never-the-less exists. The
subjects will support National Training by studying
Constitutional Law, psychology of terrorist groups,
threat assessment, counter terrorism strategies and
interaction with the military.
JST473 ASSET TRACING (8)
This subject will examine the various methods of
tracing and recovering assets. It will examine the
legislation in relation to bankruptcy and the various
options available to investigators whose aim is to
trace and recover assets. This subject will cover
aspects of asset tracing at Common Law, in Equity
and through the superior courts, the contempt
provisions and the seizure of property. It will also
discuss the arrest of Debtors and Bankrupts.
JST475 REFUGEES, GOVERNANCE AND THE
REGION (16)
This subject provides an overview of refugee
governance at international, regional and national
levels. The historical evolution of refugee
governance and protection and the development
of the domain of international humanitarian
governance during the 2oth Century forms the basis
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 443
of study. Emphasis is on the evolving nature of
refugee governance, with regional and international
comparisons. The subject provides students with
a legal and policy based analytical framework
for their work with refugees, asylum seekers and
internally displaced peoples. Specifically students
would become competent in the procedures and
debates surrounding refugee status determination in
Australia.
JST476 REFUGEES: INTERVENTIONS AND
ADVOCACY (8)
Prerequisite: CLT474 or approval by subject
coordinator
This subject will familiarise students with the
diverse experiences of those who have endured
forced migration in order to enhance the students’
competence in working with refugees, asylum
seekers and internally displaced people. This
subject emphasises cross cultural understanding
and skills including the practical implications
of working with interpreters, community leaders,
diverse associations, government and international
bodies and non-government organisations.
Interventions at a community, group and individual
level will be discussed. Overall a rights based
approach will be taken to cross cultural advocacy
and interventions with refugees, asylum seekers and
internally displaced peoples.
JST477 COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS (8)
This subject aims to develop professional knowledge
and skills in Correctional Management. It is
aimed at those working with offenders being
managed in the community. It involves consideration
of the nature, appropriateness, efficiency and
effectiveness of community based corrections
including understanding its role in society and
its theoretical paradigms. The focus will be upon
the nature of the community, the expectations
of community corrections, methods of community
social care and evaluating community corrections.
JST478 CRIME MAPPING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students who have
access to an IBM-compatible PC fitted with a
CD-ROM drive, operating Windows 95 or better
This subject addresses the current move within
law enforcement to utilise spatial information about
crime, and how crime mapping can be used in the
intelligence environment. The technical issues of
map creation will be examined alongside the variety
of intelligence products that can be generated. This
subject seeks to develop in students a greater
understanding of the contribution of crime mapping
to the police intelligence effort on three levels:
tactical, operational and strategic. Application areas
in crime prevention and detection, current limitations
and future trends will also be discussed.
JST479 EVIDENCE AND PROCEDURE IN CHILD
PROTECTION INVESTIGATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: LAW401
Enrolment restrictions: Only for students in
the Graduate Diploma of Child Protection
Investigation
The subject aims to provide critical analysis of
the investigation and evidence gathering process
involved in child abuse investigations. It will examine
tools an investigator can utilise to gather evidence
in a thorough and ethical process. In particular,
the subject will examine crime scene investigation,
medical evidence, issues related to interviewing
victims, witnesses and persons of interest and the
evidentiary requirement of the Evidence Act 1995.
JST480 INVESTIGATIVE INTERVIEWING (CHILD
ABUSE) (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Only for students in
the Graduate Diploma of Child Protection
Investigation
This subject focuses on interviewing children as
victims, witnesses and suspects. It recognises that
people are the prime source of information available
to investigators but acknowledges the difficulties
that can be encountered in accurately eliciting
this information. It examines interviewing as an
investigative tool which is used to obtain accurate
information in a manner which also supports and
protects the child. The subject will also examine
the interviewing of adults although not to the same
degree as children. From a theoretical perspective,
it will consider such ethical and legal matters as
a suspect’s fundamental right to silence and those
judicial decisions which impact upon interviewing
practice.
JST504 POLICING SOCIETY (8)
Prerequisite: JST504, JST501 or JST520
Examines the definition of the police role in industrial
society, characteristics of policing as an occupation,
the policing of social divisions and social order and
current issues in policing.
JST508 RESEARCHING CRIME & DEVIANCE (8)
Prerequisite: consult Subject Coordinator
Examines the epistemological basis of criminology
and legal process, presuppositions and claims to
expertise of various agents within the criminal
justice system. The application of scientific method
to the study of the criminal justice system
will be considered. Dependent on their potential
dissertation topic, students will examine research
designs used in criminology and related disciplines
to study the criminal justice system. The
development of a detailed research proposal
constitutes a major part of assessment.
JST509 PRISON, INSTITUTIONS AND
EXPERIENCE (8)
Prerequisite: consult Subject Coordinator
The development of the state’s use of punishment
and correction and the place of the prison in this
process is examined; prisons and the incarceration
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
444 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
process are analysed to understand some of the
effects of institutional life on inmates and staff, and
the way inmates and staff construct a “life” for
themselves within the institution. Studies of women,
indigenous peoples and minority groups will be
used to analyse current policy shifts with regards
to imprisonment. Concepts of social control and
social inequality are used to critique the use of
incarceration and its alternatives.
JST510 THE LAW OF CRIME (8)
Focuses on the substantive criminal law in New
South Wales and other states. Concepts such as
criminal liability are explored, in addition to an
analysis of the legal criteria for conviction and the
application of criminal defences. The law, within this
subject, is positioned within the systems of social
control which operate in society.
JST515 CORRECTIONAL POLICY AND
PRACTICE IN ASIA AND THE PACIFIC (8)
This subject examines policy and practice in Asia
and the Pacific with a focus on critical policy
issues and case studies on corrections from national
governments or regional areas of Asia and the
Pacific.
JST516 CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION
READING SUBJECT (8)
This subject involves in-depth reading in an
area of correctional administration. Individual
reading subject proposals are negotiated with the
appropriate supervisor.
JST520 THEORIES OF CRIME AND DEVIANCE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed 42000 or JST501 Theories
of Crime and Deviance Admission to the
Master of Social Science (Criminology)
Examines the major schools of thought derived
from, or impinging upon, the sociology of crime,
deviance and social control. Attention is directed
toward the schools of thought which have emerged
in the last 20 years in Britain, U.S., Canada, and
Australia. Special focus on critical criminology, left
realism, feminism, and post modernism. The subject
contains a section on the study of crime fiction,
especially detective fiction from Australia, North
America and Britain.
JST521 THEORIES OF CRIME AND DIFFERENCE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Not available to students
who have completed 4201 or JST502 Theories
of Crime and Difference
Examines major schools of thought derived from,
or impinging upon, the psychology of offending and
its victim. Emphasises the psychological viewpoint
of the aetiology of behaviour, and the ameliorative
measures (such as treatment/punishment) which
may be available to reduce the incidence or effects
criminal offending.
Charles Sturt University
JST522 SELECTED ISSUES IN
CRIMINOLOGICAL PRACTICE: READING
SUBJECT (16)
Prerequisite: JST508
The student engages in in-depth reading in one of
a variety of criminology topics under the supervision
of a member of the academic staff. The range of
topics available is limited by the research interests
of staff. Some examples of possible topics are:
domestic violence, crime fiction, police and media,
psychological explanations of criminal behaviour,
fear of crime, prisons and punishment.
JST523 DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment Restrictions: Not available to
students enrolled in or who have completed
JST513 Dissertation, JST522 Selected Issues
in Criminological Practice Reading Subject
or JST514 Selected Issues in Criminological
Practice Reading Subject
Prerequisites: JST508 with at least a credit grade
in the research proposal
Student is required to execute a research proposal,
and present the results of the research in the form
of a dissertation.
JST524 REFUGEES, ISLAM AND CULTURAL
DIFFERENCES (8)
This subject introduces students to the basic
theology of Islam and to the social and cultural
practices of daily life in Muslim countries. It focuses
on the ways in which Western understandings
of Islam have been shaped by a range of
academic and popular discourses now described as
Orientalism. Using this material students will apply it
to the study of how perceptions of cultural difference
operate in shaping Australian understandings of the
motives and desires of refugees from the Islamic
lands.
JST525 COMPARATIVE ASYLUM POLICY (8)
Prerequisites: JST475 Refugees, Governance
and the Region
While the majority of asylum policies are rooted
in the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status
of Refugees and its 1967 Optional Protocol
there remains a considerable divergence between
countries on asylum policies as well as between
regions. This subject will undertake a series of
case studies comparing immigration policy in both
the West and the Global South. Students will
gain a critical appreciation of both established and
emerging refugee determination systems and the
key debates that have come to constitute domestic
and regional immigration policy.
JST526 REFUGEE TESTIMONY AND NARRATION
(8)
This subject examines the context, value and
purpose of refugee experience as it is written,
spoken and recorded. It critically examines the
processes of producing narratives of experience
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 445
that are essential for obtaining refugee status but
which must also be understood as a process of
interpretation by others. This subject looks at
how, when and why refugee testimony is produced
and what narrative forms it takes. The subject
engages with the various institutions, individuals and
communities which deploy refugee experience and
these include amongst others, the autobiographical,
the therapeutic, the governmental and the family.
This subject examines the status of experience and
the production of refugee subjectivity and engages
critically with post colonial critiques of narration, the
‘right’ to narrate and postmodern conceptions of
power as productive.
JST527 REFUGEE SETTLEMENT (8)
Refugee Settlement will equip students with a
critical understanding of the policies and practices of
Settlement in Australia and other refugee receiving
nations. Specifically it will provide students with a
broad appreciation of the work of refugee settlement
officers in Australia and the major challenges for
such work. Drawing on key sociological accounts of
migrant experience, research on public discourses
surrounding refugees and refugee stories, this subject will equip students with a number of frameworks
for understanding settlement practices and experiences.
JST530 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND DISSERTATION PROPOSAL (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in
Master of Arts (Investigations Management)
(Fraud Investigation) (Compliance) (Criminal
Intelligence) (Police Negotiation) (Child Protection Investigation) or Master of Police Practice
This subject will introduce students to advanced
research methodology in the area of policing and
law enforcement. It will provide students with the
opportunity to prepare their dissertation proposal in
a structured and tightly supervised manner ensuring
that all students maximise their potential to successfully complete the Masters program. This subject
will require students to develop the research hypothesis in consultation with their supervisor and the
“Master of Arts Course Committee”. Students will be
required to select and develop appropriate research
method(s) focused on the aims and validity of the
proposed dissertation. They will also be required to
conduct a literature review and seek all “approvals”
required before conducting the proposed research.
JST531 DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisite: Must have successfully completed
JST530 dissertation proposal.
This dissertation will require students to examine
a specific aspect of police practice or law enforcement. The dissertation must result from original and
independent research conducted by the student for
this course and have prior approval of the Master of
Arts (Investigations and Intelligence) Course Committee and the University Higher Degree’s Committee. The research should examine aspects of
applied investigative practice with reflection on “best
practice” and the development of policy.
LAW401 LEGAL ISSUES & CHILDREN (8)
This subject aims to provide a critical analysis of a
range of laws concerned with the care, protection
and welfare of children and adolescents. Topics
include legal rights, protection and status of children,
aspects of parental responsibility under the Family
Law Act 1975 (Cth), including residence, contact
and specific issues orders, family violence, children
in need of care and protection. Specific modules
will cover either current law and policy in Australia
and overseas relating to child protection including
child sex tourism laws, or a brief examination of
laws relating to adoptions and fostering as well as
income support for children and adolescents living
away from home.
LAW411 MENTAL HEALTH LAW & POLICY (8)
Prerequisite: ETH402
This subject begins with the concept of competence,
and reviews the principles of autonomy and
beneficence, paternalistic intervention and the
mentally ill. Legal concepts of insanity and
dangerousness, committal to care and treatment,
provide the backdrop for a critical examination of
issues in mental health law, policy and practice in
Australia and overseas.
LAW420 ADVANCED JOURNALISM LAW AND
ETHICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Admission to the
Graduate Diploma of News Journalism
Introduces students to Australian law and the
legal system as they affect the professional
journalist. Content centres on issues which directly
affect professional practice, defamation, freedom
of information and privilege. The subject also
looks at ethical dilemmas faced by journalists
including conflicts of interest, censorship and issues
surrounding social responsibility.
LAW490 GUARDIANSHIP & THE VULNERABLE
ADULT (8)
Prerequisite: ETH402
This subject continues ethical and legal themes
developed in Adult Protection: Law, Policy and
Services. In particular, it examines the issues
of diminished capacity, impaired decision making
and the role of guardianship. Legal and ethical
issues relating to medical treatment are considered.
The financial management of estates of vulnerable
adults is a major component of the subject which
has a strong comparative focus and, as well as
studying Australian law, students will examine the
different systems of guardianship operating in the
Canadian Provinces and Territories.
LAW502 LAW OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
(8)
This subject highlights some of the legal problems
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
446 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
faced when conducting international business.
Besides litigation, alternative dispute resolution
mechanisms are used to a large extent in settling
international disputes. Also focuses on some
important issues of international taxation and looks
at a number of conventions to which Australia is
party.
LAW515 LAW OF EMPLOYMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
A study of Australian Labour Law including the
contract of employment, apprenticeship and training,
industrial injuries, industrial health and safety, equal
opportunity law.
LAW503 AUSTRALIAN ADMINISTRATIVE LAW
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
The relationship between legal persons (including
corporations) and government agencies and
instrumentalities is examined; the controls on
administrative action, remedies available to
aggrieved persons, grounds for judicial review of
decisions (including the concepts of ultra vires
and natural justice), “new administrative law”
remedies, the role of the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal, Ombudsmen, and Freedom of Information
legislation.
LAW516 DISPUTE RESOLUTION: METHODS
& RESULTS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
This subject examines the continuum of dispute
resolution methods that are available and the
differing results. Comparisons of major legal
systems are undertaken and the alternatives to
court processes are scrutinised as well as the use of
tribunals and Ombudsmen (both private and public);
conflict resolution in different settings.
LAW511 COMMERCIAL LAW 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
The subject introduces students to the Australian
Constitution and the Australian legal system
and provides topics on the legal framework of
business regulation and substantive law relevant
to accounting. Topics also encompass contract
law, agency, partnership, torts, trusts, negotiable
instruments, credit transactions and business ethics
and the law.
LAW512 COMMERCIAL LAW 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
This subject provides the student with a
comprehensive view of various common law
principles and legislative enactments affecting
business activity in the modern world. Topic areas
covered include the law relating to companies,
the legislative controls on business activity under
the Securities Industry legislation and the Trade
Practices Act, and the law relating to financial failure
of business activity. Assumed knowledge in this
subject is equivalent to that covered in LAW511.
LAW514 AUSTRALIAN TAXATION (16)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Income tax is currently the key component of
the Australian Taxation System. The kernel of this
subject is thus an intensive analysis of Australian
income tax; the fundamentals of tax which apply to
individuals, companies and other entities; the special
provisions which apply to those other entities; and
selection of an appropriate entity through which
to conduct a commercial undertaking. Other taxes
are studied in proportion to their importance to
commerce.
Charles Sturt University
LAW517 MEDIATION: PROCESSES & USES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Examines the mediation process: the steps of
mediation, different models of mediation; the role of
the mediator; skills and strategies employed; values
needed; methods of communication and negotiation;
generating options and meeting needs; application
to different areas of dispute. Assumed knowledge
in this subject is equivalent to that covered in
HRM545.
LAW520 INTERNET MARKETING AND THE
LAW (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
This subject covers the legal issues that impact
on the use of the Internet for Marketing and
Electronic Commerce in general. In particular,
legal issues in protecting and using intellectual
property (including copyright, trade marks etc.) and
in carrying on e-commerce (including trade practice
law, contractual jurisdiction rules, advertising, tax
etc.) are concentrated on. Particular emphasis is
given to applying the law to practical commercial
matters.
LAW521 DIGITAL COMMUNITIES: LAW AND
POLICY
Managers need to be informed about the law
of contracts, copyright, privacy, security, payment
systems, taxation, domain names, defamation and
dispute resolution. The notion of digital communities
is critically examined as being a possible solution for
dealing with legal problems across the Internet.
LAW522 BANKING & FINANCE LAW (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Establishes the statutory infrastructure of banking
and financial organisations, the statutory provision
of legal tender as a basis for financial transactions,
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 447
and examines the law relating to major banking
and financial transactions including international and
electronic banking.
LAW525 CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL
LEGAL ISSUES (8)
Enrolment Restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Analyses contemporary international legal issues
brought about by the globalisation of the world
economy. Topics covered in this subject include
legal issues in international trade, finance and
taxation, dispute resolution mechanisms,
implementing principles of human rights and
protecting the environment.
LAW528 INTERNATIONAL TAXATION AND
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
An in-depth study of a number of the aspects
of international taxation which are relevant to
Australian residents who derive income from or
who invest outside Australia and non-residents who
derive income from or who invest in Australia.
Particular topics include Australian tax jurisdiction,
attribution of foreign source income, the foreign
tax credit system, double taxation agreements,
international profit shifting and withholding taxes
with application of those topics to electronic
commerce.
LAW530 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW AND
MANAGEMENT (8)
The major component of this subject is the
law relating to three areas of environmental
management: the conservation, development and
restoration of the environment. Legal infrastructure
in these three areas of environmental management
is covered in two ways. Firstly, underpinnings
common to the three areas, namely the framework
of the legal system, property interests and the
constraints of administrative law are explained.
Secondly, the common law actions and legislation
pertaining to environmental powers, rights,
privileges, immunities, duties, disabilities and
liabilities are studied in respect of conservation,
development and restoration respectively. Overlaps
of these three divisions in environmental law are
also considered. Assumed knowledge in this
subject is equivalent to that covered in ENM402.
LAW540 AUSTRALIAN LAW AND LEGAL
SYSTEM (8)
Examines the major features of the Australian Legal
System including the Australian Constitution and
the law making role of Parliament. The subject
has an in-depth focus on the history, development
and impact of the common law of Australia. This
includes the role of precedent and judicial decision
making, together with legal reasoning and research.
Aboriginal legal and other issues are compered.
Substantive areas are discussed such as intellectual
property, criminal law and tort law which includes
negligence and defamation.
LAW595 LEGAL ISSUES IN HEALTH CARE (8)
Enrolment restriction: PG1 Health students only
Introduction to the Australian legal system, including
sources of law, division of powers, courts,
negligence, and the duty of care, the standard of
care required, negligent advice, false imprisonment,
assault, the notion of consent, the impact of criminal
law on the health care profession, organ and tissue
transplants, hospital records, mental illness and the
law.
LES501 ISSUES IN LEISURE AND HEALTH (8)
Examines the philosophy and theory of leisure in
an historical context, and applies these principles
to contemporary society and related health issues.
A critical investigation is applied to the various
meanings of leisure and these are discussed in
relation to societal values and social responsibilities.
Students combine leisure knowledge with social
constructs of health, especially in regard to
contemporary western views. Finally, a link is made
between leisure and health constructs and specific
health issues related to older adults, disabilities,
minority groups, and other specific populations.
LSC505 INFORMATION PERSONNEL
MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject presents the essential elements
of personnel management within libraries and
information agencies. It introduces students to
the theory and the practical skills required of
supervisors and staff managers in planning,
organising, directing and controlling the
organisation’s human resources.
LSC506 SOURCES OF POWER & FUNDING IN
INFORMATION AGENCIES (8)
This subject considers the sources of power
and funding in libraries. Appropriate financial
management structures and systems, along with
decision support for management decision-making,
are studied. Political, leadership, marketing and
entrepreneurial skills are addressed in the context of
managing a library or information agency.
LSC508 INFORMATION SERVICES TO BUSINESS
& INDUSTRY (8)
This subject will briefly discuss the value of
information and ways of measuring value. The
focus will then be placed on business information
sources and services; an introduction to information
provision and transfer will be provided. Specific
information tools used will be introduced in addition
to electronic services available.
MGT501 MANAGEMENT THEORY & PRACTICE
(8)
Enrolment Restriction: Postgraduate students
only
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
448 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
This subject examines the theory and practice of
management. A number of theoretical approaches
are discussed and how each theory relates to the
practice of management is considered. As a
result of adopting such an approach, it will
be appreciated that there can be a variety of
understandings surrounding organisational activities
and events. These will rarely be a single ‘right
way’ in responding to any organisational situation.
Rather, any response will be dependent upon the
specific theoretical approach used in understanding
the situation.
“The Fifth Discipline” pioneered by Peter Senge
of Massachusetts Institute of Technology receives
particular attention.
MGT503 THE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT (8)
The subject introduces students to a descriptive
and at times theoretical analysis necessary for
understanding: Australia’s place in the global
economy; the international economic forces afoot in
the global economy and the implications for a small,
open economy; and how these economic forces
will impinge upon the community and business
enterprises generally.
MGT509 AMERICAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
only
This subject will focus on the role of American
business, its law, and its culture, in shaping
the conduct of international business. The nature,
historical development and assumptions of this
business culture will be briefly traced from
1750-1990 in broad outline. Present distinctive
features of the US business ethos, law, and practice
will be outlined (e.g. role of the government, law
of contract, property, corporate and business law).
The present relation of the US economy to those of
Europe and the Asia-Pacific Region, and especially
to its neighbours via North American Free Trade
Agreement will be traced. The interface between the
US, the UN and the Bretton-Woods arrangements
will be critically scrutinised.
MGT504 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
STRATEGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
only
This subject is designed to equip students with a
keen appreciation of the strategic thinking process
which companies need to master in order to be
successful in capturing opportunities as well as
meeting challenges in the international business
environment. The practicality of and issues arising
from using strategic alliances and acquisitions in the
global marketplace will be analysed.
MGT510 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (8)
Defines processes of corporate strategic planning,
how functional areas such as marketing, finance,
operations and human resource management can
be integrated to attain organisational aims and
objectives, and how strategies and policies are successfully implemented, controlled and evaluated.
Addresses practical and theoretical issues relating
to strategic management at various organisational
levels. Assumed knowledge in this subject is equivalent to that covered in MGT570 or MGT501, and in
MKT530 or MKT501, and in FIN510 or ACC501.
MGT505 FOUNDATIONS OF QUALITY
MANAGEMENT(8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Concepts and techniques which are used to
measure outcomes and to ensure the compliance
of outcomes to specifications. Extension of these
techniques and concepts to make it possible
to discriminate between aberrations caused by
the system and aberrations caused by other
factors. Development of managerial skills required
to empower the work-face operator to identify
emerging aberrations, and to take corrective action
before a fault is built in. Creation of group dynamics
and of a managerial climate which will make the
above possible.
MGT511 EUROPEAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
only
This subject examines the philosophical, economic
and social context in which business is undertaken
in leading European countries and the four leading
management styles in Europe. Throughout the
subject, emphasis will be placed on understanding
the styles of management in Europe, and
the diversity and underlying unity which both
differentiates and bonds the various business
cultures.
MGT506 THE MANAGEMENT OF INTEGRATION
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Only for students in Grad
Cert in Quality Management
This subject is designed to apply Total Quality
Management (TQM) techniques to managerial
functions. Its focus is the integration of TQM
in the area of organisation with other activities.
Charles Sturt University
MGT512 ASIAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (8)
The major aim of this subject is to introduce
students to the Asian business region and view its
role in the world economy. The subject will attempt
to define the region and to describe and analyse
its political, cultural and commercial characteristics
compared with other major commercial zones
of North America and Europe. The subject will
profile some of the leading players in the
region in terms of geographical, historical, cultural,
political and economic criteria emphasising those
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 449
various features and interactions deemed to be of
commercial significance.
MGT516 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
The subject examines the globalisation of business
and studies the problems commonly encountered in
the operations of business across national borders.
Functional management in MNCs will be explored
so students may develop further in the functional
areas of their choice.
MGT517 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Only for students in BBus
(Hons), Master of Commerce (with specialisations) or PhD students needing to complete a
research methods subject as preliminary study
This subject will develop not only specific skills
required for conducting alternative approaches to
qualitative data collection and analysis, but also
develop multivariate data analysis skills, such as
in the areas of multiple regression, multiple discriminant analysis, canonical correlation, structural equation modelling and cluster analysis. The student will
develop competence in the use if SPSS for these
various analytical approaches. Assumed knowledge in this subject is equivalent to that covered in
HRM507 or ACC540 or in a basic research methodology subject at undergraduate level.
MGT520 INNOVATION & NEW VENTURE
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisite: (FIN510 or ACC501) and HRM502
Discusses the nature and role of the entrepreneur
and entrepreneurial functions in organisations,
establishment of new ventures, within both small
and large organisations. Development of techniques
for locating and testing new venture opportunities,
for carrying out feasibility studies, and for the preparation of business plans. Additionally, students will
learn how to structure organisations so as to stimulate and maintain creative thinking, innovative effort,
and effective research and development activities.
This will be achieved through reading assignments,
case studies, and a project requiring the in-depth
analysis of a real-world new venture. Assumed
knowledge in this subject is equivalent to that covered in FIN510 or ACC501, and in HRM502.
MGT525 EXPORT PROCEDURES &
DOCUMENTATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Only for students in MBA
(Global Trade Management) or Grad Cert in
Global Trade Management
This subject examines the steps, procedures
and documentation associated with the physical
distribution of exportable goods across national
boundaries. It also examines the financial
arrangements for effecting the payment of exports,
the use of credit in overseas transactions and the
role of various facilitating agencies associated with
export/import trade.
MGT527 GLOBAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
(8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA (Global Trade
Management) and GradCert (Global Trade
Management)
This subject is designed to develop students’
theoretical understanding and practical skills so
that they communicate effectively with business
people of different cultures. Theories such as
the Coordinated Management of Meaning are
examined; interpersonal, written and organisational
communication skills are practised. Students identify
the cultural factors underlying each person’s group
membership, and learn to apply these group
concepts to information flow and relationship
development. They are persuaded to regard cultural
difference positively, accepting it as a challenge
to establish communication congruence for mutual
benefit.
MGT528 MANAGEMENT & THE GLOBAL
ECONOMY (8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA (Global Trade
Management) and GradCert (Global Trade
Management)
This subject provides an introduction to the theory
and practice of modern management and to the
workings of the market economy at both the
micro and macro levels. In particular, it develops
management and organisational concepts and
theories along themes which apply to globally
oriented firms and the economic theory of the
firm with respect to price determination. Trade and
protectionist theory is introduced along with the
theories and government policies associated with
national income, exchange rate and the balance of
payments equilibrium.
MGT530 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
An understanding of the business practices of
Australia’s major trading partners, and the range
of issues and problems managers of international
business operations face on a day-to-day basis.
Topics include how to choose the appropriate form
and location of international operations; how to deal
with the economic, sociocultural and political forces
that affect organisational performance; and how to
manage the ethical. legal and social responsibility
issues that arise in the international context.
Achieved through guided reading, completion of
case studies, and critical analysis of an international
business plan Assumed knowledge in this subject
is equivalent to that covered in MGT501.
MGT531 BUSINESS ETHICS (8)
Ethical issues arising in business and professional
life are addressed from the standpoint of western
moral philosophy and in particular the Aristotelian
virtue-ethics tradition. Topics covered include
the ethical limitations of the corporation under
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
450 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
capitalism, appropriate conduct in the workplace,
consumer protection; the crisis in the natural
environment, ethical considerations facing
multinational corporations eg bribery and nepotism,
and dilemmas facing professionals with respect to
confidentiality of client information.
MGT532 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PRACTICE
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of 32 credit
points at Masters (500) level or equivalent
This subject is designed to provide students
with the opportunity to develop cross-cultural and
international business leadership skills beyond
the normal classroom and academic environment.
The component is divided into three stages and
involves students in developing leadership and team
building skills as well as cross-cultural management,
communication and negotiation skills and awareness that will assist current and future involvement
in international business settings.
MGT540 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE (8)
Develops an understanding of the change process,
the inevitability of change, and its impact on individuals, groups and organisations. Emphasises the role
managers need to play in the process. A comprehensive range of change strategies is presented,
and applied to the design of a self-development program, interventions directed at the development of
individuals, working teams and larger organisational
subjects. Students also study a real-world change
situation and participate in team-building workshops.
Assumed knowledge in this subject is equivalent to
that covered in MGT501.
MGT541 THE NETWORKED ORGANISATION (8)
The challenges presented to management by the
Internet is the focus of this subject. Topics
include collaborative individualism, the shift from
commodities – goods – services to experiences,
business webs and digital capital, mutual
dependence and freedom, and the relationship
between information systems, business processes
and digital strategies. Infomediaries are also
discussed. Emphasis is placed upon management
approaches in harnessing the opportunities
presented by network technologies. Case studies
are examined and traditional management concepts
are discussed with reference to digital networks.
Students can successfully complete this subject
without any prior knowledge of management.
MGT542 INTERNET ETHICS (8)
This subject will raise and examine moral issues
as they emerge in the context of the Internet,
particularly with respect to e-commerce. These
issues will be examined from the standpoint of
western moral philosophy, however, given the global
nature of the Internet and e-commerce, other
perspectives will also be taken into account.
MGT545 GEO-POLITICAL BUSINESS
Charles Sturt University
ENVIRONMENT (8)
This subject offers a non-technical treatment of
the contemporary geo-political business issues. It
begins with a cursory overview of the global
economy and the three major players within it.
The role of regional trade blocs like the European
Union (EU), North American Free Trade Agreement
(NAFTA) and Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation
(APEC) area assessed followed by an analysis of
the recent trends in Asian, European and American
markets in the context of globalisation. Lastly it
looks at some of the contemporary issues confronting the global economy.
MGT550 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
This subject is an introduction to operations management, with an emphasis on manufacturing processes. Students become familiar with applications
of operations management by studying a number
of plant tours and then undertaking their own plant
tour. Students are also introduced to quantitative
techniques applicable to operations management,
including the use of a computer package. Assumed
knowledge in this subject is equivalent to that covered in MGT501.
MGT553 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Develops the competencies required to plan and
implement projects. Particular attention is given to
the operational context of Project Management, its
relationship to general management and to the coordination requirements between the two. Assumed
knowledge in this subject is equivalent to that covered in MGT501 and MKT501.
MGT554 SUPPLY CHAIN DEVELOPMENT (8)
Prerequisites: AGB513, ACC594 and AGB514
This subject is an integrating subject, building on
knowledge developed in previous subjects. From
the stage of initiation, supply chains move into
consolidation, growth and maturity. Relationship
management theory comes to life through linked
business systems, information flows and joint
decision-making. Once this state of efficiency and
effectiveness has been realised, innovation within
the supply chain becomes important, both from process and product perspectives. In this subject students will build an understanding of how to design
supply chain strategy, and apply the theories and
frameworks covered in the previous subjects as they
analyse three supply chain scenarios.
MGT555 SUPPLY CHAIN OPERATIONS (8)
This subject deals with the management of the physical, financial and legal aspects of supply chains.
Issues of particular importance include: managing
logistics to minimise system-wide costs, managing
legal and financial issues (such as contract law,
international trade, business structures, Trade prac-
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 451
tices, currency exchange, and export documentation); and managing risk (from uncertainty in price,
currency and distribution). Methods of resolving disputes are also identified. Assumed knowledge in
this subject is equivalent to that covered in AGB513.
considers the applicability of the various techniques,
and the perspectives adopted by the proponents
of different models. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT530,
FIN510, HRM502 and MGT550.
MGT560 RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Management
and Marketing students only
This subject is designed to develop the ability to students to undertake a significant piece of ‘businessrelated’ research. A project topic is developed by
each student in consultation with the subject coordinator, and a project supervisor is then appointed
to guide and assist with refinement and completion
of the research project. The research and analysis
necessary for the successful completion of the various progress reports, particularly the final research
report, allows students to address important practical and theoretical issues. Assumed knowledge
for this subject is equivalent to that covered in
MKT560.
MGT590 INDIVIDUAL AND TEAM DEVELOPMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: MGT501
This subject will impart an appreciation and
understanding of a number of different approaches
to individual and team development. In addition,
it will equip students with techniques and skills
for evaluation of individual and team development
approaches. The subject will enable the student
to identify appropriate approaches to individual and
team development.
MGT565 ACTION RESEARCH PROJECT (16)
Enrolment restrictions: MBA(OpsMgt) students
only
This subject will allow the student to carry out
a supervised action research project in their
workplace. The selection of the project will be jointly
carried out by the academic supervisor, the student
and the employer.
MGT567 BUSINESS DECISIONS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
A rational approach to management decision
making. Introduces the theory and application
of analytical techniques for business decisions.
Examines the fundamental analytical tools upon
which financial and managerial decisions are made
in the corporate environment. Develops specific
competencies pertinent to decision theory and
risk analysis and their application to project
evaluation and management. Includes ethics and
decision making, communicating decisions, report
writing, statistical decision analysis, forecasting
and computer modelling, inventory models,
investment analysis, quality management and linear
programming decisions.
MGT580 FORECASTING & RISK ASSESSMENT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
This subject examines applicability and limits of forecasting and risk assessment techniques commonly
used as decision aids. A multi-disciplinary perspective, ranging from the use of statistical computer
based analysis to behavioural science methods, will
be adopted. Whenever possible, study examples will
be based on the real-world problems encountered
in the work environment of students. The subject
MGT591 LEADERSHIP AND ORGANISATION
EFFECTIVENESS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
This subject introduces students to the leading
theorists and models of leadership/management
in an organisational context. It identifies types of
leadership and management skills that are essential
for organisation effectiveness and explores the
relationship between these and culture, change,
motivation, responsibility, maturity and the sense of
direction of an organisation.
MGT601 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
PART-TIME (16)
MGT602 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
FULL-TIME (32)
MGT701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH PART-TIME (16)
MGT702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH FULL-TIME
(32)
MHT601 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
THESIS (PART-TIME) (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students who have
enrolled in the Master of Commerce (Specialisation) Honours course
Candidates enrolled in the Master of Commerce
(Specialisation) Honours course are required to prepare a thesis proposal, conduct approved research
under supervision, and present the results of their
research for examination in an academically conventional form approved by the Faculty and the University’s Board of Graduate Studies.
MHT602 MASTERS HONOURS RESEARCH
THESIS (FULL-TIME) (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students who have
enrolled in the Master of Commerce (Specialisation) Honours course
Candidates enrolled in the Master of Commerce
(Specialisation) Honours course are required to pre-
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
452 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
pare a thesis proposal, conduct approved research
under supervision, and present the results of their
research for examination in an academically conventional form approved by the Faculty and the University’s Board of Graduate Studies.
MIS511 SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF BREAST IMAGING
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Medical Imaging) students only
Deals with the basic scientific and technological
basis upon which the practice of breast imaging
relies. The fundamental physical principles of
various imaging modalities used, together with the
technological aspects required for implementation
are covered, and in addition the techniques
of imaging utilising the modalities of X-ray
mammography, ultrasound, and magnetic resonance
imaging are analysed in terms of their scientific
basis.
MIS512 BREAST BIOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Medical Imaging) students or at the discretion
of the Course Committee, School of Medical
Radiation Science
Covers breast anatomy, physiology and pathology
in detail, at both a macroscopic and microscopic
level. Students will gain a thorough understanding
of breast disease, including causes, prevention and
management as well as being able to recognise
normal and abnormal variants of the breast.
MIS513 DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY IN MEDICAL
RADIATION SCIENCES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Medical Imaging) students only or at the
discretion of the course committee, School of
Medical Radiation Science
Covers the advanced concepts and applications
of digital technology in imaging applications
in the field of Medical Radiation Science. It
extensively considers digital image acquisition,
processing, analysis, review, distribution and
associated developments in the Medical Imaging
field.
MKT501 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (8)
Provides an understanding of and a feel for the
marketing manager’s job and the environment in
which the job must be performed. While the
orientation of this subject is primarily managerial,
it also recognises the interplay of the three
major participants in the marketing process management, consumers, and the society.
MKT50 3 STRATEGIC MARKETING PROJECT
1 (8)
Designed to enable the student to demonstrate
the ability to apply successfully relevant theories
and frameworks to the solution of a significant
marketing management problem or situation. The
Charles Sturt University
project topic is identified by the individual student
after consultation with a host organisation and
guidance from academic staff.
MKT50 4 STRATEGIC MARKETING PROJECT
2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Strategic
Marketing students only
Designed to enable the student to demonstrate
the ability to apply successfully relevant theories
and frameworks to the solution of a significant
marketing management problem or situation. The
project topic is identified by the individual student
after consultation with a host organisation and
guidance from academic staff.
MKT505 STRATEGIC MARKETING PROJECT
3 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Strategic
Marketing students only
Designed to enable the student to demonstrate
the ability to apply successfully relevant theories
and frameworks to the solution of a significant
marketing management problem or situation. The
project topic is identified by the individual student
after consultation with a host organisation and
guidance from academic staff.
MKT50 6 STRATEGIC MARKETING PROJECT
4 (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Strategic
Marketing students only
Designed to enable the student to demonstrate
the ability to apply successfully relevant theories
and frameworks to the solution of a significant
marketing management problem or situation. The
project topic is identified by the individual student
after consultation with a host organisation and
guidance from academic staff.
MKT510 CONSUMER & ORGANISATIONAL
BUYER BEHAVIOUR (8)
Analyses consumer and organisational buying
behaviour and the implications for marketing.
Models of buyer behaviour are examined including
the relevance of consumer motivation, perception,
memory learning and attitudes. External influences
on buyer behaviour are also considered. Some
aspects of organisational buyer behaviour are
examined.
MKT511 EXPORT MARKETING & MANAGEMENT
A (8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA (Global Trade
Management) and GradCert in Global Trade
Management
This subject is designed to ensure that students
understand the relevance and application of marketing management in the international environment.
It examines the nature of international marketing,
the international environment, international marketing planning and export market entry strategies.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 453
MKT512 EXPORT MARKETING & MANAGEMENT
B (8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA(Global Trade Management) and GradCert in Global Trade
Management
This subject is designed to develop student competencies in developing marketing strategies with
respect to international market opportunities. The
subject will develop student skills in market assessment and selection, the development of product and
service strategies and the control of marketing programs. Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT511.
MKT520 MANAGING PRODUCT INNOVATION (8)
Examines the role of innovation within corporate
and strategic marketing management processes,
the innovation process, computer based models
relating to product design and market testing,
and corporate environment for effective innovation.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in MKT501.
MKT525 BUILDING ELECTRONIC MARKETING
CAPABILITY (8)
Enrolment Restriction: Postgraduate business
students
The Internet is one of the most important, talkedabout, and controversial issues confronting the marketing community today. Initially seen as a new and
more convenient way to communicate and exchange
information, the Internet and in particular the World
Wide Web (Web) is growing exponentially. The Internet involves new ways of doing business, new methods of communication and new approaches to marketing. This subject will assist students to assess
and develop a firm’s Electronic Marketing Capability
and delivered in an on-line format, it will blend both
technology and marketing issues to provide a foundation for an assessment of a firm’’ Internet strategy
and a practical implementation plan. Assumed
knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT501.
MKT540 MARKETING STRATEGY (8)
Marketing strategy is examined from a range of theoretical perspectives. Strategic arena analysis and
the value chain provide complementary frameworks
for investigation of markets and strategic options.
Analytical skills are developed through the application of these frameworks to an industry environment.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in MKT501, and in FIN510 or
ACC501.
MKT550 MULTINATIONAL MARKETING
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enables the student to manage the marketing function in a multinational environment. Analyses the
multinational environment and opportunity identification, including data collection and analysis, for
later topics. Strategic alternatives for market entry
and expansion are considered, together with relevant organisation structures and processes. Current issues in multinational marketing receive special attention. Assumed knowledge for this subject
is equivalent to that covered in MKT501.
MKT555 APPLIED INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
PROJECT A (8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA (Global Trade
Management)
An initial marketing analysis relating to the launch by
a producer of a previously non-exported product or
service to another country. The subject will involve
students in the retrieval and analysis of appropriate
trade intelligence data. It will culminate in the writing
of a proposal for the export of a product or service.
Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent
to that covered in MGT528 and MKT511.
MKT556 APPLIED INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
PROJECT B (8)
Enrolment restriction: MBA (Global Trade
Management)
Students continue their marketing analysis for
MKT555 to the stage of a presentation of a
comprehensive project report relating to their launch
by a producer of a previously non-exported product
to another country. The project will incorporate
the retrieval and analysis of appropriate trade
intelligence data. The detailed report will be
presented before a panel of marketing practitioners.
The report will indicate potential and best
markets and anticipated market share, together with
appropriate entry, pricing, distributional and promotional strategies for the product/service launch. The
ultimate viability of the product or service for potential export will not affect the assessment of the subject.
MKT560 ORGANISATIONAL & MARKETING
RESEARCH (8)
Analyses research practices in marketing and
organisations of all kinds. Examines the research
process in terms of managerial decision making. Primary and secondary research are compared. Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies are
explored, and data analysis techniques are examined including cross-tabulation, ANOVA, MANOVA
and factor analysis. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT501.
MKT570 STRATEGIC MARKETING
COMMUNICATIONS (8)
An integrated approach to the planning, implementation and control of marketing communication
programs. Buyer behaviour theory and research
in marketing communication are applied to decisions about elements of the promotion mix - advertising, personal selling, sales promotion and publicity. Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT510.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
454 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
MKT631 CURRENT ISSUES IN RELATIONSHIP
MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: Students in Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate courses only
Explores the burgeoning area of relationship
marketing and its growth to its current positions
where it has been touted as the new marketing
paradigm. Academic interest in relationship
marketing has been strong in recent years, however
it is such a broad all-encompassing concept that
there is still much research that has to be conducted
to justify and formalise this new paradigm. Themes
within the literature that will be examined include
commitment, trust, relationship orientation, and
relationship development strategies.
MKT640 CURRENT ISSUES IN MARKETING
STRATEGY (8)
Prerequisite: Students in Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate courses only
The new theory of competition recognises that
demand is heterogeneous, competition imperfect.
and resources diverse, and that environmental
forces shape rather than determine outcomes.
Marketing will need to move out of the bounds of
a neoclassical umbrella and embrace all issues that
relate to the struggle for a comparative advantage,
creating value and superior financial performance.
This subject will identify and expand on the
current thinking in marketing strategy with particular
reference to the implications of such issues on
Australian businesses.
MKT650 CURRENT ISSUES IN GLOBAL
MARKETING (8)
Prerequisite: Students in Bachelor of Business
(Honours) and postgraduate courses only
The world economy has undergone revolutionary
changes during the past 50 years. Perhaps
the greatest and most profound change is the
emergence of global markets and global competitors
that have steadily displaced local ones. The changes
continue. Australian organisations with or without an
international perspective are recognising that they
are operating in a “global market” in which Australia
is a “sub-market”, and new developments in the
global arena are tremendously influencing the way
they run their businesses. This subject will identify
and expand on the current global marketing issues
with particular reference to the implications of such
issues on the Australian businesses. As such issues
are evolving all the time, the subject content will
have to change from time to time to keep track with
the changes.
MRS514 BREAST IMAGING TECHNIQUES AND
ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: MIS512
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
MAppSc (Medical Imaging) or at the discretion
of the Course Coordinator
Designed to introduce students to radiographic
Charles Sturt University
and mammographic techniques and protocols
as required for breast imaging. Ancillary and
specialised techniques, such as lesion localisation,
interventional procedures and alternative imaging
modalities are also studied. Image analysis,
including radiographic and mammographic
interpretation, with review criteria, is also included.
MRS515 SAFETY AND SOCIAL ASPECTS OF
BREAST IMAGING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
MAppSc (Medical Imaging) or at the discretion
of the Course Coordinator
Deals with the basic considerations of breast
dosimetry and radiation protection. Essential
concepts in these areas are addressed, together
with particular information relevant to the irradiated
breast. The treatment is necessarily emphasising
those aspects relevant to breast x-ray
mammography; however potential risks and effects
pertaining to other modalities (e.g., ultrasound) are
addressed. In addition, this subject encompasses
social, economic and psychological aspects of
breast imaging. The topics covered are designed to
give a general understanding of issues related to
and pertaining to breast imaging.
MRS522 QUALITY ASSURANCE IN THE
MEDICAL RADIATION SCIENCES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Medical Imaging) students only or at the
discretion of the course committee, School of
Medical Radiation Science
Unifies principals relating to quality assurance,
control and general medical imaging system
performance. In addition to core materials, students
will be required to study a discrete module of
material which relates to their area of specialisation.
MRS542 ADVANCED ULTRASOUND STUDIES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Masters Degree in Diagnostic Ultrasound or at
the discretion of the course committee, School
of Clinical Sciences
This subject offers the theoretical components
to the modality of diagnostic medical ultrasound
(Sonography). It is offered concurrently with the
supervised application of the practical aspects of
the modality. The aim is to provide the subject
basics and the mechanism to acquire information
in order to perform as a professional in the field
of Sonography. Emphasis will be placed upon the
understanding of 1) the embryological process, 2)
ultrasonic transducers and their application along
with the means of storing the images derived
from such equipment and 3) non-imaging aspects
associated with staff and patient management in
the ultrasound department. While the emphasis
on outcome will be the normal versus abnormal
anatomical formation of the human body, an
appropriate transducer/hardcopy application and
ethical staff and patient interrelationship.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 455
MRS543 ULTRASOUND OF THE ABDOMEN
AND RETROPERITONEUM (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Masters Degree in Diagnostic Ultrasound or at
the discretion of the course committee, School
of Clinical Sciences
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of diagnostic medical ultrasound (Sonography). It is
offered concurrently with the supervised application
of the practical aspects of the modality. The aim is
to provide the subject basics and the mechanism
to acquire information in order to perform as a
professional in the field of Sonography. Emphasis on
the delivery of the technique will be placed upon
scanning techniques, equipment, cross infection
and patient management. While the emphasis on
outcome will be on normal anatomy demonstration,
detection of pathology and trauma and the
representation of findings on hard copy with written
opinion.
MRS544 CLINICAL SECTIONAL ANATOMY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee,
School of Clinical Sciences
This subject considers the normal gross anatomical
relationships and organisation, including normal
variants of major skeletal and soft tissue structures
of the head, neck, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and
the upper and lower limbs. The normal medical
imaging appearances of the structures and their
relationships as demonstrated in the para-coronal,
para-sagittal and transverse planes on magnetic
resonance, computer tomography and sonographic
imagery, are considered in detail.
MRS545 MUSCULO-SKELETAL AND SMALL
PARTS ULTRASOUND (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Masters Degree in Diagnostic Ultrasound
or at the discretion of the course committee
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of diagnostic medical ultrasound (Sonography). It is
offered concurrently with the supervised application
of the practical aspects of the modality. The aim is
to provide the subject basics and the mechanism
to acquire information in order to perform as a
professional in the field of Sonography. Emphasis on
the delivery of the technique will be placed upon
scanning techniques, equipment, cross infection
and patient management. While the emphasis on
outcome will be on normal anatomy demonstration,
detection of pathology and trauma and the
representation of findings on hard copy with written
opinion.
MRS546 OBSTETRIC ULTRASOUND (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Masters Degree in Diagnostic Ultrasound
or at the discretion of the course committee
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of diagnostic medical ultrasound (Sonography). It is
offered concurrently with the supervised application
of the practical aspects of the modality. The aim is
to provide the subject basics and the mechanism
to acquire information in order to perform as a
professional in the field of Sonography. Emphasis on
the delivery of the technique will be placed upon
scanning techniques, equipment, cross infection
and patient management. While the emphasis on
outcome will be on normal anatomy demonstration,
detection of pathology and trauma and the
representation of findings on hard copy with written
opinion.
MRS547 CARDIOVASCULAR ULTRASOUND (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the Masters Degree in Diagnostic Ultrasound
or at the discretion of the course committee
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of diagnostic medical ultrasound (Sonography). It is
offered concurrently with the supervised application
of the practical aspects of the modality. The
aim is to provide the subject basics and the
mechanism to acquire information in order to
perform as a professional in the field of Sonography.
Emphasis on the delivery of the cardiac and
vascular examination will be placed upon scanning
techniques, equipment, cross infection and patient
management. While the emphasis on outcome will
be on normal anatomy demonstration, detection of
pathology and trauma, and the representation of
findings on hard copy with written opinion.
MRS548 MEDICAL ULTRASOUND
DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: HLT505
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
the MAppSc Ultrasound or at the discretion
of the course committee
This subject is an independent research study in
medical ultrasound involving the critical review and
evaluation of existing data and knowledge and if
approved, the collection, analysis and interpretation
of new data. Students will be expected to relate their
study to practical applications within the medical
ultrasound.
MRS551 MAGNETIC RESONANCE
IMAG
ING
PHYSICS AND INSTRUMENT ATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee
Covers the concepts of physics and instrumentation
in the field of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
It briefly reviews the basic physic principles of MRI
and extensively considers the physics of advanced
techniques including MR spectroscopy. It covers
reconstruction techniques used in MRI. The subject
reviews the basics of image formation techniques
for spin echo imaging and extensively considers
advanced imaging techniques of gradient echo
imaging, fast spin echo, magnetic resonance
angiography and echo planar imaging. The subject
also covers the principles of magnet, gradient
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
456 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
and radio-frequency coil technology. Safety
considerations and bio-effects on MRI will be
covered.
MRS552 MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING
PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). It is offered
concurrently with the application of the practical
aspects of MRI. The aim is to provide the
theoretical bases of the practice of MRI scanning
and the mechanism to acquire information in
order to perform as a professional in the field of
MRI. Emphasis will be placed upon the scanning
techniques, scan protocols, clinical indications of the
scan, pathology shown and patient management.
The subject also offers theoretical mechanisms to
develop MR management policies and MR safety
procedures for practice in MRI scanning.
MRS553 TREND S IN MAGNETIC RESONANCE
IMAGING (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee,
School of Medical Radiation Science
Examines new techniques and applications of
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). It is offered
concurrently with the practice of clinical MRI. The
aim is to provide the theoretical bases of the
new techniques and applications of MRI which are
not commonly current clinical practice. Emerging
developments, whether they be clinical practice,
equipment or safety practice will be examined.
MRS561 COMPUTERISED TOMO
G RAPHY
PHY SICS AND INSTRUMENTATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee,
School of Clinical Sciences
Covers the concepts of physics and instrumentation
in the field of computerised tomography (CT). It
briefly reviews the basic physic principles of CT
and extensively considers the physics of advanced
techniques including Helical CT and Electron Beam
CT. It covers reconstruction techniques used in CT,
especially those in Helical CT. The subject reviews
the basics of 3D image formation techniques used
in orthopaedic and CT angiography. The subject also
covers the design of CT instrumentation such as the
detectors and slip rings. Radiation safety in CT will
also be covered.
MRS562 COMPUTERISED TOMO
G RAPHY
PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee,
School of Medical Radiation Science
Charles Sturt University
Offers the theoretical components to the modality
of computerised tomography (CT). It is offered
concurrently with the application of the practical
aspects of CT. The aim is to provide the theoretical
bases of the practice of CT scanning and the
mechanism to acquire information in order to
perform as a professional in the field of CT.
Emphasis will be placed upon the scanning
techniques, scan protocols, clinical indications of the
scan, pathology shown and patient management.
The subject also offers theoretical mechanisms to
develop CT management policies and CT safety
procedures for practice in CT scanning.
MRS563 TREND S IN COMPUTERISED
TOMOG RAPHY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging)
or at the discretion of the course committee,
School of Medical Radiation Science
Examines new techniques and applications of
computerised tomography (CT). It is offered
concurrently with the practice of clinical CT. The
aim is to provide the theoretical bases of the
new techniques and applications of CT which are
not commonly current clinical practice. Emerging
developments, whether they be clinical practice,
contrast agents, equipment of safety practice will be
examined.
MRS571 APPEND ICULAR SKELETON IMAGE
INTERPRETATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging
- Radiographic Image Interpretation) or at
the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject considers the diagnostic interpretation
of plain radiographic images of the appendicular
skeleton. The subject discusses image evaluation,
the imaging appearances of normal appendicular
skeleton anatomy and common variations and
an in-depth appreciation of the broad range
of bone, joint and soft tissue appearances of
common types of abnormality. Students will
not be capable of giving a differential diagnostic
opinion of abnormalities but will be able to give
informed radiographic opinions within the scope of
professional and legal codes of conduct.
MRS572 AXIAL SKELETON IMAGE
INTERPRETATION (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging
- Radiographic Image Interpretation) or at
the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject considers the diagnostic interpretations
of plain radiographic images of the axial skeleton.
The subject discusses image evaluation, the
imaging appearances of normal axial skeleton
anatomy and common variations and an in-depth
appreciation of the broad range of bone, joint
and soft tissue appearances of common types of
abnormality. Students will not be capable of giving
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 457
a differential diagnostic opinion of abnormalities but
will be able to give informed radiographic opinions
within the scope of professional and legal codes of
conduct.
MRS573 SOFT TISSUE IMAGE INTERPRETATION
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in the
Master of Applied Science (Medical Imaging
- Radiographic Image Interpretation) or at
the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject considers the diagnostic interpretation
of plain radiographic images of the chest and
abdomen. The subject discusses image evaluation,
the imaging appearances of normal chest and
abdominal structures and common variations and
an in-depth appreciation of the broad range of
appearances of common types of abnormality.
Students will not be capable of giving a differential
diagnostic opinion of abnormalities but will be able
to give informed radiographic opinions within the
scope of professional and legal codes of conduct.
MSA500 DISSERTATION (PART-TIME) (16)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science
(Agriculture) students only
A dissertation is normally taken over two sessions.
It is an independent research study involving the
collection, analysis and interpretation of new data or
the critical evaluation of existing data.
MSA600 DISSERTATION (FULL-TIME) (16)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science
(Agriculture) students only
A dissertation is normally taken over two semesters.
It is an independent research study involving the
collection, analysis and interpretation of new data or
the critical evaluation of existing data.
MSC508 RESEARCH PROPOSAL (8)
Prerequisite: completion of all Graduate
Certificate in Medical Laboratory Science
subjects Available only to Graduate Diploma
in Medical Laboratory Science and Master of
Applied Science (Medical Laboratory Science)
students only
Students prepare and defend a detailed research
proposal including a literature review on a chosen
topic, in preparation for their dissertation.
MSC510 DISSERTATION 1 (32)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Medical
Laboratory Science) students only
This subject is an independent research study in
medical science involving the critical review and
evaluation of existing data and knowledge and/or
the collection, analysis and interpretation of new
data. Students will be expected to relate their study
to practical applications within medical science or
research laboratories.
MTH101 COMPUTER AIDED MATHEMATICS
1W
ITH APPLICATIONS (8)
This subject provides an introduction to calculus and
linear algebra, with an emphasis on understanding
and applications addressed in geometry, physics,
economics and environmental modelling. A symbolic
algebra package is used to assist with computation.
Every topic will be presented geometrically,
numerically and algebraically. Formal definitions will
be based on investigation and practical problems.
This subject has a residential school.
MTH102 COMPUTER AIDED MATHEMATICS
2W
ITH APPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH101
This subject continues the development of a number
of widely used techniques in applied mathematics.
Students will continue to develop their skills in
using advanced mathematical computer packages
to easily solve a wide range of practical problems.
This subject has a residential school.
MTH418 TOPICS IN CALCULUS (8)
Prerequisite: MTH218
Covers the material of Fourier Series Analysis,
solutions of systems of differential and partial
differential equations, complex variables and integral
transform methods. Topics essential for higher level
technical computer application.
MTH427 LINEAR ALGEBRA (8)
Prerequisite(s): MTH129 or MTH102 or
equivalent
Builds on the matrix algebra covered in previous
studies and covers such topics as vector spaces,
subspaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, inner products and orthonormal
bases. Applications of linear algebra are also
considered.
MTH520 GEOMETRY IN GIS & MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: MTH102 or equivalent
Aims to cover the required skills to analyse and
develop mathematical algorithms for GIS.
NHA507 READINGS IN HEALTH CARE (8)
Prerequisite: postgraduate students in health
related courses only
Students prepare a critical synthesis of literature
relevant to a topic of their own choosing.
NHA508 RESEARCH PROPOSAL (8)
Prerequisite: NHA507
Students prepare and defend a detailed research
proposal including a literature review on a selfchosen topic. The proposal will address both the
relevance and importance of the proposed research,
and will detail methodological and ethical processes.
NHA509 DISSERTATION (32)
Prerequisite: HLT506
With the assistance of a supervisor, students
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
458 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
undertake independent and original research
implementing an approved research proposal.
NMT502 ADVANCED NUCLEAR MEDICINE
TECHNIQUES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Master of Nuclear Medicine Technology or
at the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject has been designed to introduce the
student to the most recent advances in SPECT/PET/
Physiologic Imaging, recent Radiopharmaceutical
development and the revival of and advances
in therapeutic applications of radionuclides. The
subject discusses these topics in unison with
the latest developments in Fusion Imaging and
radiopharmaceutical research in the 21st Century.
NRS403 POLICY ISSUES IN RURAL MENTAL
HEALTH NURSING (16)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in the
Graduate Certificate in Rural Mental Health
Nursing course only
Students will explore statutory, professional and
ethical requirements relevant to nursing practice
in rural and remote areas. Students will learn about
the principles of partnership, protection, participation
and self-determination as well as the ethical
and legal issues associated with consumer and
provider relationships. Additionally, assessment and
communication skills will be addressed, specifically
related to the rural and remote context.
NRS404 PERSPECTIVES IN RURAL MENTAL
HEALTH NURSING (16)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in the
Graduate Certificate in Rural Mental Health
Nursing course only
Prerequisite: NRS403
Students will focus on the practice of mental health
nursing in the rural and remote context, addressing
contemporary theoretical models of mental health
nursing practice, and the process of decisionmaking in mental heath nursing. Additionally,
aspects of therapeutic communication will be
addressed, along with crisis intervention and the
role of the family.
NRS440 MIDWIFERY PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in
the Graduate Diploma of Midwifery only
Corequisite: NRS441
The practical component of the midwifery course.
Certain skills must be achieved in order for the
student to be eligible for certification as a midwife
and the achievement of these is recorded, assessed
and reflected upon in this subject. The student is
also asked to critically examine issues related to the
practice of midwifery.
NRS441 MIDWIFERY STUDIES 1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in the
Graduate Diploma of Midwifery and Bachelor
Charles Sturt University
of Health Science (Midwifery) only
Corequisite: NRS440
Focuses on the care required for a mother and
family who experience a normal antenatal, labour
and birth, postnatal and newborn period. Uses
a family-centred approach and other issues such
as pre-conceptual care and postnatal stress and
depression are included. As the student studies
this subject, concurrent practical requirements will
enhance the application of the learning.
NRS442 MIDWIFERY STUDIES 2 (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in the
Graduate Diploma of Midwifery and Bachelor
of Health Science (Midwifery) only
Corequisite: For Graduate Diploma students
only: NRS440 & NRS524
Focuses on the nursing care of the child-bearing
family who may experience complication during the
antenatal, labour and birth, postnatal and newborn
periods. Students will also study the nursing care
of the sick infants as well as the care of the family
who have experienced a stillbirth or newborn death.
Included also is an overview of the care of the
healthy infant up to 12 months of age.
NRS451 ISSUES IN MIDWIFERY (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in the
Graduate Diploma of Midwifery and Bachelor
of Health Science (Midwifery) only
Corequisite: For Graduate Diploma students
only: NRS440 & NRS441
Aims to provide student midwives with a
philosophical, theoretical and practical overview
of issues that relate to contemporary midwifery
practice. Students will be encouraged to explore the
literature and reflect on their practice as a midwife
in order to gain an understanding of the extended
role of the midwife.
NRS452 ISSUES IN MIDWIFERY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students wishing to
study this subject must be enrolled in the
Graduate Diploma in Midwifery course, or
be a certified midwife
This subject aims to provide students with a
philosophical, theoretical and practical overview
of issues that relate to their midwifery practice.
Students will be encouraged to explore the literature
and reflect on their practice as a midwife in order to
gain an understanding of the extended role of the
midwife in relation to these practice issues.
NRS502 HEALTH PROMOTION & COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Examines theories and models of community
development, health, and health promotion /self
care. The development, implementation and
evaluation of community based programs and health
promotion programs is considered. Skills in group
dynamics, networking, liaison and lobbying are
addressed as effective strategies for managing and
facilitating change.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 459
NRS510 NURSING AS A DISCIPLINE 1 (8)
Encompasses an examination of philosophical
perspectives which have influenced nursing
epistemology, research and theory. A number of
schools of thought are analysed including: empiricoanalytic, phenomenology, hermeneutics, critical
social science and feminism. The link between
such schools of thought and ways of knowing and
theorising in nursing is a major focus in this subject.
The concept of generating theory from practice is
also explored.
NRS511 HEALTH EDUCATION ACROSS THE
LIFESPAN (8)
Learning principles from specialist fields of
pedagogy, androgogy and gerogogy nursing explore
the different ways health care education can be
approached. These principles are considered in
the context of one-to-one interactions and group
learning dynamics.
NRS512 PERSPECTIVES IN MENTAL HEALTH
NURSING (8)
Focuses on currently accepted theories explaining
the process of mental illness, forming the basis for
an integrated nursing approach to mental health
care. Theory is based on Peplaus’ psychodynamic
nursing theory. Explores affects sociological and
political forces have had on psychiatric nursing
practice to understand current and future directions
in mental health nursing.
NRS513 THE NURSE AS A HEALTH TEACHER (8)
Corequisite: NRS511
Principally focuses on the elements of teaching
within a patient education context. A theoretical
and practical framework for planning and evaluating
teaching is provided. The subject is applicable to non
patient education situations.
NRS514 ISSUES IN NURSING EDUCATION (8)
Prerequisites: NRS511 & NRS513
Analyses recent research in nursing education.
Examines the nature of nursing education and major
philosophical issues. Investigates the contribution of
Dickoff and James, Benner and Wiedenbach’s ideas
about learning theories in nursing. Students study
an issue of their own choice and undertake a survey
of literature on that topic. Analyses the nature of
preceptorship in a clinical setting.
NRS515 THE NURSE AS A CLINICAL TEACHER
(8)
Prerequisites: NRS511 & NRS513
Adopts the ideas of Benner and Wiedenbach and
their notions about clinical teaching. Emphasises
the application of heuristics to a selected clinical
teaching setting. Examines the educative function
of the nurse from a client centred and professional
context. Opportunity is given to apply previous
knowledge to selected teaching situations through
the preparation, implementation and evaluation of
educational materials and interventions.
NRS516 ADVANCED NURSING SKILLS - THE
THERAPEUTIC RELATIONSHIP (8)
Introduces theoretical perspectives in counselling
with particular reference to the nursing context.
Approaches to crisis intervention, trauma
counselling, family therapy, bereavement
counselling, and individual educational and
supportive interventions are examined. Students
must have access to a mental health clinical nursing
area.
NRS517 ADVANCED NURSING SKILLS - GROUP
PROCESS & THERAPY (8)
Prerequisite: NRS512
Emphasises Maxwell Jones’ therapeutic work on
interpersonal dynamics. Focuses on the dynamics of
group developments, the nature of the therapeutic
group, and the ways in which group processes can
be utilised as a therapeutic intervention for mental
health nurses. Emphasises skills acquisition and
implementation in the nursing context. Students are
required to have access to a mental health clinical
area to carry out therapeutic interventions in the
stand point of a mental health nurse.
NRS518 POLICY ISSUES INFLUENCING MENTAL
HEALTH NURSING (8)
Prerequisite: NRS512
Students acquire knowledge and skills in identifying
and making critical analysis of current and
perceived resources (human, material, financial
and environmental), in the achievement and
maintenance of the best possible levels of
mental health within the community. The subject
emphasises analyses of current and future trends
in philosophy of care, professionalisation, policy and
strategic planning within mental health services, and
how they influence the provision of nursing care by
mental health nurses.
NRS519 NURSING AS A DISCIPLINE 2 (8)
Prerequisite: NRS510
Involves critical appraisal of international theoretical
perspectives in nursing. Major emphasis is placed
on examining the utility of such perspectives for
nursing epistemology, research and practice. The
ideas of a number of major scholars in the discipline
are explored, analysed and critiqued.
NRS520 TRANSCULTURAL NURSING (8)
Provides a framework for students to generalise
information about such areas as cultural
construction of health and illness, body and mind,
body imagery, mind and illness, health care and
person. Includes an exploration and application of
theories of transcultural nursing. Policy influences on
transcultural nursing services are examined.
13
NRS522 PROJECT (16)
Prerequisite: NHA506
Students undertake an approved independent
research activity that is smaller in scale to NHA509.
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
460 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
NRS523 RURAL HEALTH PRACTICE (8)
Introduces students to concepts and issues faced
by rural practitioners. Factors which impact on
the practice of the rural health workforce including
the health of rural communities, government and
private initiatives, and specific populations at risk are
explored.
NRS524 CONTEMPORARY MIDWIFERY
PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in
the Graduate Diploma of Midwifery only
Corequisite: For Graduate Diploma students
only: NRS440 & NRS442
This subject provides the student with the
opportunity to explore new and emerging topics
that will impinge on their midwifery practice. Topics
such as evidence-based practice, health promotion
and complementary therapies will be examined and
students will be encouraged to apply this knowledge
to their practice as midwives.
NRS525 MIDWIFERY IN CONTEXT (8)
Enrolment restriction: students enrolled in
the Graduate Diploma of Midwifery only
Students who study this subject will examine the
contexts in which midwifery care is delivered.
As midwives, they will gain an understanding of
both a rural and metropolitan context and how
these contexts can impact on their midwifery care.
Additionally, students will explore a feminist and
primary health care context and critically appraise
their practice with regard to these.
L. It spans the classification of the olive; the
morphology of the tree’s root system, trunk and
limbs, leaf anatomy and function, the inflorescence
and flowers, fruit and seed; the biology and
physiology of flowering, pollination, fruit set, fruit
maturation and alternate bearing.
OLV403 HORTICULTURE OF THE OLIVE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Postgraduate students
or students with appropriate recognised prior
learning
This subject is designed to give the student an
overview of orchard production from a biological
perspective, with particular reference to olives.
The student will gain a general knowledge that
is applicable to other horticultural enterprises, but
will develop specific knowledge for maximising the
biological potential of olive production. Students
are encouraged, through assessment, to apply this
knowledge directly to an olive grove they are familiar
with. The subject is structured in chronological order
of site selection, grove establishment and ongoing
maintenance.
OMT501 DIMENSIONS & PRINCIPLES OF
ORTHOPAEDIC MANIPULATIVE
THERAPY (8)
Examines orthopaedic manipulative therapy and
the principles governing the arthrokinematics of
spinal and extremity joints, three-dimensional joint
positioning and joint locking using a holistic
approach to assessment, diagnosis and treatment
and incorporating clinical reasoning.
NRS701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (NURSING)
PART-TIME (16)
Enrolment restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for a PhD in the nursing
discipline.
OMT502 EXTREMITY THEORY & SKILLS 1 (8)
Develops the student’s knowledge of applied
anatomy, functional biomechanics and
pathomechanics of the upper limb and applies
this knowledge to the assessment, diagnosis and
treatment of upper extremity structures.
NRS702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (NURSING)
FULL-TIME (32)
Enrolment Restriction: Board of Graduate
Studies approval
The research subject for a PhD in the nursing
discipline.
OMT504 SPINAL THEORY & THERAPEUTICS
2 (8)
Develops the student’s knowledge of applied
anatomy, functional biomechanics and
pathomechanics of the cranio-mandibular and
cranio-cervical regions and applies this knowledge
to the assessment, diagnosis and treatment of these
regions.
OLV401 QUALITY OF OLIVE PRODUCTS (8)
The student will learn about olive oil extraction and
composition. Quality parameters such as free fatty
acids, fatty acid profiles, rancidity, phenolics, sterols
and peroxide values will be explained and related
to IOOC guidelines and sensory properties. An
introduction to the microbiology of the olive will cover
table olive production, as well as vegetable water
and pomace disposal.
OLV402 BIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE
OLIVE (8)
The subject is a broad introduction to the general
biology and physiology of the olive, Olea europeae
Charles Sturt University
OMT508 REVIEW OF DIMENSIONS &
PRINCIPLES OF ORTHOPAEDIC MANIPULATIVE
THERAPY (16)
Prerequisite: OMT501
Consolidates the student’s knowledge and
understanding of orthopaedic manipulative therapy.
The emphasis will be on clinical application and
supervised clinical work, a review of clinical
outcomes and the identification of areas of research.
OMT511 INTRODUCTION TO ORTHOPAEDIC
MANIPULATIVE THERAPY (8)
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 461
Examines orthopaedic manipulative therapy and
the principles governing the arthrokinematics of
spinal and extremity joints, three-dimensional joint
positioning and joint locking using a holistic
approach to assessment, diagnosis and treatment
and incorporating clinical reasoning.
OMT512 DISTAL LOWER LIMB: THEORY &
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OMT502
Develops the student’s knowledge of applied
anatomy, functional biomechanics and
pathomechanics of the foot/ankle, knee and hip,
integrates lower limb function with the body as a
whole and its influence on posture and applies
this knowledge to the assessment, diagnosis and
treatment of lower limb dysfunction.
OMT513 PROXIMAL LOWER LIMB: THEORY
AND PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OMT506
Enrolment restriction: OMT students
This subject develops the student’s knowledge
of applied anatomy, functional biomechanics and
pathomechanics of the hip complex. It integrates
this complex with the body and lower limbs. This
knowledge is applied to assessment, diagnosis and
treatment of the complex.
OMT514 LUMBAR SPINE AND PELVIS: THEORY
AND PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OMT506
Enrolment restriction: OMT students
This subject develops the student’s knowledge
of applied anatomy, functional biomechanics and
pathomechanics of the lumbar spine/pelvis complex.
It integrates this complex with the body and lower
limbs. This knowledge is applied to assessment,
diagnosis and treatment of the complex.
OMT515 THORACIC SPINE: THEORY &
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OMT503
Develops the student’s knowledge of applied
anatomy, functional biomechanics, pathomechanics
of the thoracic spine and the integration of this
region with the body as a whole and applies
this knowledge to the assessment, diagnosis and
treatment of thoracic spine and costo-vertebral
systems.
OMT516 LOWER CERVICAL SPINE: THEORY &
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: OMT504
Develops the student’s knowledge of applied
anatomy, functional biomechanics, pathomechanics
of the cervical spine and integration of cervical
spine function with the body as a whole and applies
this knowledge to the assessment, diagnosis and
treatment of cervical disorders.
OTY501 OCCUPATION AND HEALTH: RURAL
AND URBAN PERSPECTIVES (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Health Science
(Occupational Therapy) specialisation only
Aims to offer a student-directed path in the selection
and development of an area of study related to
occupational therapy practice. Students will plan
the scope of the subject content with guidance
and advice from a supervisor. The primary focus of
the subject is to develop critical inquiry within the
chosen practice area and, in particular, to study rural
and/or urban perspectives of occupation and health.
PAD591 PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT (8)
Introduces structures and processes of managing
in the public sector. Views activities of the State
from a variety of theoretical approaches. Practical
implications of these approaches are then examined
in context of specific area(s) in which students are
employed, or will be employed.
PAD593 HUMAN SERVICE MANAGEMENT
ISSUES (8)
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate students
only
Reviews current issues in human service management. It requires students to use concepts from
other subjects in evaluation the impact the identified
issues have on managerial practice. The subject
is designed to provide students with a strategic
orientation towards the management of human service organisations. Assumed knowledge for this subject is equivalent to that covered in MGT501 and
PAD591
PHL209 THEORIES OF JUSTICE
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. The
subject is available in three modules: each module
is equivalent to 50% of the subject. Students must
do 2 of the 3 modules. The three modules examine
issues in distributive justice, procedural justice, and
commutative justice and punishment. Each module
will begin with a survey of the major contemporary
philosophical positions in the area, then apply these
to an examination of specific issues concerning both
individual behaviour and institutional design.
PHL401 CRITICAL REASONING (8)
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed PHL201
An introduction to informal logic; the nature of
argument especially as arguments occur in real life
settings. The appraisal of arguments with special
attention to the full articulation of premises and
common fallacies. Arguments as expressions of
explanation. Deductive and inductive argument.
Legal reasoning and case studies of important
arguments in law and morality.
PHL402 ETHICAL THEORY (8)
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
462 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
who have completed PHL202
Students are introduced to a range of theories
of ethics and central moral notions, including
autonomy, justice, utility and sympathy. This theory
is deployed in the interpretation and analysis of
professional life. Students are introduced to the
notion of a moral dilemma, and, more generally, the
way in which theoretical notions can inform concrete
ethical decision-making.
PHL403 SOCIAL JUSTICE (8)
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. Starting
with an analysis of differing accounts of what justice
is and its philosophical justification, the subject
continues with a study of differing conceptions of
justice. The subject concludes with an examination
of a number of specific issues in the light of these
theories, e.g. age, gender, race and ethnicity, third
world relations,
PHL404 ETHICS & THE PUBLIC SECTOR (8)
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed PHL204
This subject examines the ethical character of public
service as the means to a critical discussion of
the moral dimensions of institutional design and
individual behaviour in public sector work.
PHL406 METAPHYSICS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: admission to BA
(Honours)
This subject deals with currently contentious topics
in the centrally important areas of metaphysics,
including the relation of language to the world,
personal identity, natural kinds, and realism and
idealism. It will proceed by way of engagement with
influential texts by contemporary philosophers.
PHL409 THEORIES OF JUSTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: Honours and
postgraduate students only Not for students
who have completed PHL403
This subject is concerned with the philosophical
basis for contemporary ideas about justice. The
subject is available in three modules: each module is
equivalent to 50% of the subject. Students must do
two of three modules. The three modules examine
issues in distributive justice, procedural justice, and
commutative justice and punishment. Each module
will begin with a survey of the major contemporary
philosophical positions in the area, then apply these
to an examination of specific issues concerning both
individual behaviour and institutional design.
PHM500 PHARMACY RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Pharmacy
Practice students only
This subject introduces students to the various
methodological approaches, both qualitative and
quantitative, to pharmacy research. Students
will gain an understanding of research design,
Charles Sturt University
implementation and analysis.
PHM501 READINGS IN PHARMACY PRACTICE
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Pharmacy
Practice course
This subject consolidates the student’s knowledge
and understanding of pharmacy practice, by
preparing major literature reviews on topics
in Pharmacotherapeutics or Primary Pharmacy
Care complementary to the student’s previous
qualification.
PHM502 DEVELOPMENT IN
RADIOPHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Master of Nuclear Medicine Technology or
at the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject introduces students to some of the
topics in current radiopharmaceutical research.
These include radiopharmaceutical relevant
chemistry of technetium and rhenium, therapeutic
radionuclides, genetic engineering of monoclonal
antibodies, radiopharmaceuticals for CNS imaging,
steriod hormone receptors as targets for diagnostic
imaging and computer modelling of metal based
radiopharmaceuticals.
PHM508 PHARMACY RESEARCH METHODS &
PROPOSAL (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in the Master of Pharmacy
Practice course
This subject introduces students to the various
methodological approaches, both qualitative and
quantitative, to pharmacy research. Students
will gain an understanding of research design,
implementation and analysis. At the conclusion of
the subject students will have completed a major
literature review and prepared a research proposal
(including any ethics approvals).
PHM509 PHARMACY DISSERTATION (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Pharmacy Practice course
Prerequisite(s): PHM500 and BMS508
This subject is an independent research study in an
aspect of pharmacy related to the student’s area of
speciality. The study involves the collection, analysis
and interpretation of new data. The students will
be expected to relate their study to practical issues
affecting their profession.
PHS501 CURRENT ISSUES IN COMMUNITY
PHYSIOTHERAPY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Qualified
physiotherapists only
Physiotherapy practice today takes place in many
different settings and is affected by a variety of
factors. The student will identify an area of concern
that has a detrimental effect on physiotherapy
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 463
practice. They will design a critical pathway through
which to analyse this area in depth. They will
develop advanced skills in information gathering,
culminating in a critical review of current practice
(physiotherapy and medical). The outcome of the
study will inform future physiotherapy practice and
health care provision.
PHY501 THEORETICAL STUDIES IN
RADIOLOGICAL PHYSICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Medical Imaging) students only or at the
discretion of the course committee, School of
Medical Radiation Science
Considers particular physical theory and concepts
that allow for an explanatory physical basis of
radiographic phenomena, at a fundamental level. It
examines in detail specific radiological problems and
introduces applicable analytical and computational
techniques directly in relation to the study
of radiographic exposure, dosimetry and risk
in radiological applications. This subject also
directs the use of widely commercially available
computational and graphical aids in the specific
context of radiological physics analyses.
PHY502 TOPICS IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE
PHYSICS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Students enrolled in the
Master of Nuclear Medicine Technology or
at the discretion of the course coordinator
This subject introduces students to recent
development in nuclear medicine physics. Three
current topics (modules) are included in this
subject: advances in detector technology, theory and
practice of 3D PET and Monte Carlo simulations in
nuclear medicine.
PHY541 ULTRASOUND PHYSICS AND
INSTRUMENTATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Applied Science
(Diagnostic Ultrasound) students only
Provides a cohesive presentation of the physics
and instrumentation of modern diagnostic medical
ultrasound. It covers ultrasound wave properties,
ultrasound propagation and attenuation in body
tissue, ultrasonic transducers and their beam
properties. The subject closely links these physical
principles to the operation of modern diagnostic
ultrasound instrumentation, such as two
dimensional, real-time scanning machines, M-mode
scanners, and Spectral-, Colour- and Power-Doppler
instrumentation. Recent advances in transducerand imaging- technology are also discussed. The
subject looks at the physics of blood flow ie
haemodynamics, and also covers quality assurance
of ultrasound equipment, together with ultrasound
bioeffects and safety considerations
PKM402 CULTURAL HERITAGE MANAGEMENT
(8)
An examination and comparative analysis of cultural
resource management in Australia, New Zealand,
United Kingdom, Canada and the USA. The
subject aims to place Australian cultural resource
management practice into a comparative context, to
aid Australian policy development and analysis.
PKM414 POLITICS OF THE PAST (8)
This subject will explore how ‘the past’ is
conceptualised and used. Comparisons will be
made between a number of different cultures and
between various groups and communities in present
day Australian society. Emphasis will be placed on
how the past is mythologised, romanticised and how
it is used to establish, maintain and/or challenge
received notions of individual and group identity.
PKM461 RECREATION MANAGEMENT (8)
Provides understanding of the issues and skills
necessary for the effective management of
recreation facilities. The theoretical underpinnings of
leisure and social processes are discussed. This
leads on to a study of user groups, and finally
the skills and processes involved in recreation
management and decision making.
PKM561 ECONOMICS OF PROTECTED AREAS
(8)
Deals with aspects of environmental and natural
resource economics. Emphasises economic
valuation and assessment methodologies applicable
to managing park, recreation and heritage
resources. Case studies and applications of
economic techniques are presented. Students
are given practical experience in applying the
techniques to individual problems. This subject has
a residential school.
PKM562 PROTECTED AREA POLICY (8)
Policy processes and the skills necessary to
evaluate policies related to conservation and
recreation management are discussed.
POL105 POLITICS AND POLICY IN AUSTRALIA
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Not for students who
have previously completed POL1054
This subject introduces students to the study of
politics and policy-making in Australia. It gives
particular attention to the factors which affect the
making of social policy
PPP501 STRATEGIC ISSUES IN POLICING A
DIVERSE SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Police
Practice and Master of Police Practice
This subject involves an exploration of the diverse
issues involved in policing a culturally diverse
society and strategic and innovative approaches
to the problems of racism. It also explores
the idea that young people might be both overcontrolled and under-protected. It will also address
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
464 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
issues concerned with youth and social disorder,
relationships between youth and police and theories
of juvenile delinquency.
PPP502 ADVANCED POLICE PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Police
Practice and Master of Police Practice
This subject will involve students in the exploration
of the most contemporary theory and research
which informs police practice, the policing mandate
in a liberal democracy and the major public
policy issues concerning policing. Students will
also examine in-depth, crime prevention and crime
reduction strategies and practices. The complexities
and responsibilities of the police function in
the occupational domains of emergency services,
criminal justice and social welfare will also be
investigated.
PPP503 COMPARATIVE MODELS OF POLICING
CONFLICT SITUATIONS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Limited to students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Police
Practice and Master of Police Practice
This subject draws on the comparative studies of
policing in western democracies dealing with public
order. The subject examines the theories of police
intervention in crisis situations and dealing with
disputes.
PPP504 PATHWAYS TO CRIME: THE ABUSE OF
DRUGS AND ALCOHOL AND ITS IMPLICATION
FOR HIGH VOLUME CRIME (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available only to
students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of
Police Practice and Master of Police Practice
This subject examines the relationships existing
between legal and illicit drug use and crime.
Students will explore alternative approaches to
crime control and develop an appreciation of harm
minimisation policies and programs, inter-agency
and community-based approaches to drug issues
will also be explored.
PRH501 DISSERTATION (PARKS, RECREATION
& HERITAGE) (8)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Parks,
Recreation & Heritage) students only
A dissertation of 8 subject points in value taken over
one session. It is an independent research study
involving the collection, analysis and interpretation
of new data or the critical evaluation of existing data.
PRH502 DISSERTATION (PARKS, RECREATION
& HERITAGE) (16)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Parks,
Recreation & Heritage) students only
A dissertation of 16 subject points in value
taken over one session. It is an independent
research study involving the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data or the critical evaluation
of existing data.
Charles Sturt University
PRH503 DISSERTATION (PARKS, RECREATION
& HERITAGE) (24)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Parks,
Recreation & Heritage) students only
A dissertation of 24 subject points in value
taken over one session. It is an independent
research study involving the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data or the critical evaluation
of existing data.
PRH504 DISSERTATION (PARKS, RECREATION
& HERITAGE) (32)
Prerequisite: Master of Applied Science (Parks,
Recreation & Heritage) students only
A dissertation of 32 subject points in value
taken over one session. It is an independent
research study involving the collection, analysis and
interpretation of new data or the critical evaluation
of existing data.
PRH601 MASTER RESEARCH
(ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the environmental
science discipline.
PRH602 MASTER RESEARCH
(ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the environmental
science discipline.
PRH701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the environmental
science discipline.
PRH702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH
(ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the environmental
science discipline.
PSC402 ADVANCED CROP PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
A study of limitations to effective pest control, means
of defining pest problems, application of modern
integrated pest control methods.
PSC403 ADVANCED SOIL MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
Emphasises the effects of soil management
practices, on physical, chemical and biological
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 465
properties. Some elective topics are available for
detailed study.
PSC404 ADVANCED PASTURE MANAGEMENT
(8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
Considers the principles which govern the selection
and establishment of productive, persistent pasture
species and varieties, and which guide the
management of pastures to achieve sustainable use
of environmental resources, high levels of pasture
and animal productivity, and benefits to subsequent
crops.
PSC405 ADVANCED CROPPING SYSTEMS (8)
Prerequisite: Course Coordinator’s approval
Considers current issues in agronomy including
water use efficiency and potential yield, weed and
stubble management. Emphasises quantification
of parameters, integration of material and the
application of theory to practice.
PSC410 INTEGRATED WEED MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject studies the ecology of weeds,
population dynamics, the principles and techniques
of integrated weed management, the modes of
action of herbicides, the resistance of weeds to
herbicides, biological herbicides, biological control
of weeds, and economics and decision making
for weed control. A number of elective case
studies of management of weed complexes
allows specialisation of study in southern Australia/
winter rainfall cropping systems; pastures; natural
ecosystems and horticulture/viticulture.
PSC441 PESTICIDE MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject covers the theory and practice of
using insecticides, fungicides, herbicides and other
pesticides effectively and efficiently to control pests.
Emphasis is placed on the role and use of
these products in a manner compatible with the
environment, integrated pest management and good
practice. Students are expected to develop a
sound knowledge and practical understanding of
the characteristics of pesticides, their application
and the problems associated with their use. Major
issues will be studied in more detail. The subject
has been designed for students in agriculture,
horticulture and viticulture who have not previously
undertaken detailed formal studies in pesticides.
PSY111 FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY 1S
This subject introduces students to a selection of
topics from the behavioural sciences. It is specifically
designed for those students who contemplate
careers in the human services or dealing with
people in organisations.
PSY113 CHILD & ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
(8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 or PSY111
This subject considers in detail the social and
emotional development of children and adolescents.
Issues such as a child’s “theory of mind” or the
development of shame are considered in relation
to social behaviour in childhood and adolescence.
Influences on such developmental processes from
family, school and society are examined and
psychological explanations for child and adolescent
difficulties are given.
PSY201 RESEARCH METHODS IN
PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102 or entry into
the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Introduces methodology and statistical techniques
used in psychological research. A number of
methodological approaches and data collection
techniques are examined and evaluated. Also
introduces hypothesis testing, a range of common
parametric and non-parametric inferential tests, and
computer analysis of data.
PSY202 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102 or entry into
the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Examines human development across the life-span.
Emphasises major theories of development and
the factors influencing physical, social, cognitive,
language, and personality development.
PSY203 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102 or entry into
the Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Expands the concept of people as social animals
and looks at the influences of society, groups and
interpersonal relationships on the individual. Much of
the theory and practical work is based on research
literature, including classic studies which have had
a formative impact on social psychology. Practical/
tutorial sessions require the student to replicate
studies in the field of social psychology, and design
methods of examining social phenomena.
PSY204 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102 or entry into
Graduate Diploma of Psychology
Enrolment restrictions: Not available to students
who have completed PSY302
Examines both theoretical and practical issues in
psychological testing. Students gain familiarity with a
range of psychological tests and experience in test
evaluation, administration and scoring. This subject
will be offered at third level as PSY302 for 1998 only.
PSY208 BIOPSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY101 & PSY102
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY205 or PSY208
Behavioural Neuroscience 1
The aim of Biopsychology is to introduce students
to paradigms for the explanation and study of
behaviour that are characterised by a focus
on the functioning of the nervous system.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
466 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
This subject will introduce students to basic
principles of neuroscience, including neuron
structure and function, neurotransmission, and
functional neuroanatomy. These will be examined
within the broader framework of the structures
of behaviour (innate and acquired), as well as
functional systems (sensation, perception, motor
control and memory).
PSY301 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Covers complex research designs, as well as
the statistical techniques that deal with them.
These techniques include factorial analysis of
variance, repeated measures analyses and multiple
regression. Students are shown how to use the
University’s computer facilities, including SPSS, to
apply these techniques and are encouraged to use
them in the analysis of their own data. Research
papers and projects in other subjects are discussed
in terms of their design, and appropriate analysis
techniques are emphasised.
PSY303 PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
This subject aims to give students an understanding
of the range of ways that language figures in
psychology, the central psychological approaches
to language and the uses of language in
the professional practice of psychology, including
research. In particular, the subject examines two
thriving contemporary approaches to language in
psychology: language viewed as the distinguishing
human capacity and hence the cognitive object
most in need of explanation by psychologists
(e.g. Darwin, Skinner, Vygotskii, Chomsky, Corballis,
Pinker), or; language taken as the primary
medium of psychological inquiry and hence
as central to research methodology, clinical
practice, training, political and philosophical critique
(e.g. qualitative methods, interviewing techniques,
experience-based pedagogies, discourse theory,
social constructionism).
PSY304 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Introduces the study of the behaviour of people
with problems in living, or to use more traditional
terminology, the study of abnormal behaviour and
personality. Topics include approaches to abnormal
behaviour, research in psychopathology, aetiology
and treatment of abnormal behaviour, personal and
interpersonal problems, and attitudes of society to
abnormal behaviour in the present and in the past.
PSY305 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have complete PSY306
Charles Sturt University
Acquaints students with some important historical
and contemporary theories. Enables critical
evaluation of various approaches to the concept
and study of personality, and to understand
that personality is a dynamic, changing entity.
In practical/tutorial work, students are required
to replicate studies and/or design, collect and
analyse data, and write a report to appreciate the
methodological problems of researching the area.
PSY306 MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BEHAVIOUR
(8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY305
Introduces the theories, methods and problems
associated with the modification of abnormal
behaviour. Surveys the main approaches used
in counselling and therapy, and briefly considers
a selection of traditional, non-western and
transpersonal approaches. The emphasis
throughout the subject is theoretical, on
understanding rather than “hands on” training. A
central theme is the influence of fundamental
assumptions - especially about human nature on both the theory and practice of psychological
change.
PSY307 COGNITION (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Provides a grounding in the theory and applications
of human information processing. Topics include
attention, pattern recognition imagery, perception,
memory, problem-solving and language. Applications of cognitive psychology are also considered.
An important segment of the course is student participation in a series of cognitive experiments.
PSY308 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING (8)
Prerequisite: PSY201 & (PSY202 or PSY203
or PSY204 or PSY208)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed PSY207 or PSY308
Behavioural Neuroscience 2
Examines the principles, processes and mechanisms by which organisms acquire information about
the world, and translate that information into action.
The subject examines (1) the major theories of
learning, (2) the empirical support for these theories, (3) the application of learning principles to the
development, maintenance and treatment of human
behaviour and psychopathy, and (4) the neural and
molecular mechanisms which subserve learning.
PSY401 THEORIES OF COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of PSY305 Psychology
of Personality or equivalent knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology, Graduate
Diploma of Pastoral Counselling or to students
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 467
in the Bachelor of Psychology (with course
Coordinator’s approval)
Assists students to build further on their
undergraduate study of theories of personality and
achieve critical understanding of the relevance
of those theories in the professional work of
psychologists. The applicability of personality
theories to counselling and psychotherapy is studied
and students encouraged to articulate their own
personality theory and rationale.
PSY402 COUNSELLING SKILLS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology, Graduate
Diploma of Pastoral Counselling or to students
in the Bachelor of Psychology (with course
Coordinator’s approval)
This subject develops professional counselling skills.
It covers the essential skills of counselling and
develops these skills through training exercises. It
emphasises conceptualisation of clients’ problems
from the standpoint of a professional counsellor and
develops some intervention strategies based on a
theoretical conceptualisation.
PSY403 RESEARCH PROJECT 1 (8)
Prerequisite: PSY401 and PSY402 Completion
of PSY201 Research Methods in Psychology
or equivalent knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology or to
students in the Bachelor of Psychology (with
course Coordinator’s approval)
Students consider the phases of research design
and are introduced to general principles through
detailed consideration of specific pieces of research.
Students are also exposed to issues of ethical
standards in research. Students apply these
standards to the design of a piece of research
for implementation in an applied setting in
the subsequent subject Research Project 2.
Development of a student’s proposal is conducted in
conjunction with an assigned supervisor.
PSY404 PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (8)
Prerequisite: PSY401 and PSY402 Completion
of PSY204 Psychological Testing or equivalent
knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Postgraduate Diploma
of Psychology
Psychological Assessment requires an
understanding of a broad range of concepts,
including testing theory, statistical concepts,
principles underlying testing in general as well as
specific tests, strengths and weaknesses of test,
and issues in the area of psychological assessment.
This course will familiarise students with these
concepts, using both theoretical presentations
and practical experience in administering selected
psychometric instruments. In addition, the unit aims
to provide students with practical opportunities to
develop both their theoretical foundation as well
as applied skills in the following areas: clinical
interpretation of tests, the use of tests with
in the assessment process and application of
assessment results in psychological assessment
reports. Students may elect to undertake a major
sequence of study in psychological assessment
skills either in relation to adults or to children.
PSY405 ADVANCED SOCIAL LEARNING
THEORY (8)
Prerequisite: PSY401 and PSY402 & PSY308
Psychology of Learning, or equivalent
knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Normally restricted to
Postgraduate Diploma of Psychology or to
students in the Bachelor of Psychology (with
course Coordinator’s approval)
Advanced Social Learning Theory focuses on the
study of reciprocal causation between behaviour,
internal personal factors (including cognitive,
affective and biological events but with particular
emphasis on social/affective cognitions) and
environmental determinants.
PSY406 RESEARCH PROJECT 2 (16)
Prerequisite: PSY403
Students implement a piece of research in an
applied setting and present a formal report of their
findings.
PSY412 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only Not available to students who
have completed PSY214
The subject investigates psychological aspects of
health and health care. It examines the influence
of stress and certain risk behaviours on health,
and people’s reactions to illness and medical
treatment. The subject also discusses psychological
approaches to health care.
PSY413 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE
ABUSE (8)
Prerequisite: completion of at least two Level
1 subjects in BSocSc(Psychology),
BSocSc(Justice Studies) or BSocSc(Social
Welfare)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed WEL215 or PSY213
This subject examines the way that biochemical/
physiological, psychological and social factors
interact to produce individual differences in the
use and the abuse of substances ranging from
ordinary food to illegal and exotic drugs. Theories
across this spectrum are discussed as are the
practices of prevention and treatment arising out of
these theories. The major orientation will be social
cognition/social learning as a context for the study of
motivations relating to the developmental sequence
of risky use, dependence and identification with
illness. Research on the perceived utility of the
substance as it functions in a sense of identity
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
468 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
(gender as sex-role stereotype), expectancies from
use, and attempts to control consumption. The
problem of bingeing as a common factor in
substance abuse will be examined. Eating and
drinking problems will be compared.
PSY414 REHABILITATION PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisites: PSY412 Health Psychology
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only Not available to students who
have completed PSY314
The subject investigates psychological aspects of
personal and vocational rehabilitation after physical
injury and illness. It examines reactions to injury and
illness, pain, stress and trauma. The subject also
discusses methods of psychological assessment
and psychological approaches to rehabilitation.
PSY415 PSYCHOLOGY OF HEALTH
PROMOTION (8)
Prerequisites: PSY412 Health Psychology
Enrolment restrictions: available to postgraduate
students only
The subject investigates psychological aspects of
health promotion. It examines the basic principles
of health promotion, models of health behaviour,
methods of behaviour change, and strategies
of health promotion. The subject also discusses
program planning and evaluation.
PSY416 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY READING
SUBJECT (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
only
Upon completion of this subject, students will be
familiar with the literature in the chosen area of
study; have advanced their understanding of specific
topics and issues related to that field; and have
improved their skills of analysis and research.
PSY423 INDUSTRIAL/ORGANISATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of PSY203 Social
Psychology or equivalent knowledge
Enrolment restriction: Psychology Honours
students and Postgraduate Diploma of
Psychology students only
This subject emphasises the application of the
principles of psychology to an industrial or
organisational setting and relevant ethical issues.
Industrial/Organisational (I/O) Psychology is
concerned with behaviour in work situations and
the scientific study of the relationship between
humans and the world of work. Topics include major
fields in I/O Psychology: Personnel, Organisational
Behaviour, Human Engineering, Vocational and
Career Counselling, Organisation Development
and Industrial Relations. Particular focus will
be on intra-individual variables like training and
development, environmental conditions and
information processing.
Charles Sturt University
PSY430 LEADERSHIP AND GROUP DYNAMICS
(8)
Leadership and Group Dynamics is concerned with
behaviour in work situations. This subject focuses
on the application of leadership and group dynamics
to real problems in the workplace.
PSY431 ORGANISATION DEVELOPMENT AND
CHANGE (8)
Organisation development is concerned with the
application of behavioural science knowledge and
organisational theory to improve organisational
functioning. This subject links the process of
change (value orientation) to the context of change
(objective perspective). Applied interventions that
directly influence organisational effectiveness and
performance are given special attention.
PSY432 PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY (8)
This subject emphasises the principles, strategies
and their application in the specific area of
personnel management. With the increasing
pressure on management to increase productivity
and reduce costs and, at the same time, establish
and maintain a committed and satisfied labour
force, the knowledge and implementation of sound
personnel practices is critical. The topics include
the theory and practical aspects of Criteria
and Standards of Decision-Making, Psychological
Assessments, Personnel Decisions, Training and
Development, and Performance Appraisal.
PSY433 ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY IN
THE WORK ENVIRONMENT (8)
This subject emphasises the theory and application
of the principles of psychology to industrial and
organisational settings and to the behaviour of
individuals in work situations. It is becoming
increasingly recognised that the success of an
organisation depends upon an understanding of
the dynamic interaction between the nature of the
organisation and the behaviour of the individuals
within it. The specific topics are considered
under two general areas, namely, The Nature of
Organisations and The Work Environment.
PSY522 ADULT MENTAL HEALTH (32)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Clinical)
or Doctor of Psychology (Forensic)
The first part of the subject will focus on a
conceptual map of the overall clinical programme,
including the use of the scientist-practitioner model
of practice, and also a conceptual map of the
subject. The second part will centre on the
development of a knowledge base using case
studies and other sources of information. The
knowledge base will cover such areas as the type
of institution where the client is seen, the presenting
psychopathology, clinical assessment, formulating
treatment, treatment implementation, ethical and
other professional issues. The third part of the
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 469
subject is the application of the knowledge base to
cases in a professional setting.
neuropsychiatric disorders (e.g., major unipolar
depression, schizophrenia).
PSY523 PROBLEMS EMERGING DURING
CHILDHOOD AND ADOLESCENCE (24)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Clinical)
or Doctor of Psychology (Forensic)
Corequisite: PSY522 Adult Mental Health
Clients seen on placement for this subject generally
have limited autonomy. This central characteristic
requires that students have a clear understanding
of issues of social justice concerning these client
populations as well as clinical issues. The subject
provides current understandings of development. It
examines problems from infancy to adolescence
(0 – 18 years) including problems with the law and
adults whose cognitive disability was manifest firstly
in childhood. The subject covers clinical assessment
skills including interviewing procedures for children,
adolescents and adult caregivers as well the
management of different significant populations of
offenders, for example the incarcerated, indigenous
and sex offenders.
PSY526 THE FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGIST IN
PRACTICE (16)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Forensic)
Prerequisite: PSY522 Adult Mental Health ,
PSY523 Problems Emerging During Childhood
and Adolescence
This subject focuses on psychological theory and
practice applied to Forensic Psychology. Critical
issues related to a range of criminal behaviours, the
impact of crime on its victims and the functioning
of Society’s institutionalised response known as
the Justice System, forms the context. Research
relating to the complexities inherent in the use of
the adversarial system of decision-making and
the limitations and potential offered by the role of the
psychologist within that system form the central
focus. Issues related to pre-trial (arrest and policing),
the dynamics of trial (eg jury issues and sentencing)
and problems related to incarceration and its
alternatives will be discussed. Particular attention
will be paid to the theory and to the practise of
mediation and psychological advocacy within the
legal system eg. the Family Court and in Civil
Litigation.
PSY524 RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Clinical)
or Doctor of Psychology (Forensic)
This subject provides skills and knowledge for
students to undertake independent research in
clinical and forensic psychology and also to evaluate
their own practice. It focuses on meeting the
specific demands associated with doing research
in clinical and forensic settings, such as: ethical
dilemmas, links between research and practice,
the researcher’s own involvement in the research
process, techniques for dealing with verbal and
numerical data, n=1 designs, case studies, program
evaluation and child observation.
PSY525 HUMAN NEUROPSYCHOLOGY (16)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Clinical)
or Doctor of Psychology (Forensic)
Prerequisite: PSY522 Adult Mental Health
This subject will provide students with an overview
of human neuroanatomy and neuropharmacology,
and their relation to brain function and normal
behaviour. Specifically, theories of brain
dysfunction, and cognitive/behavioural deficits will
be grounded in theories of brain function and
recent research in the cognitive neurosciences.
The relationship of brain damage (neuropathology)
to behaviour will be examined with particular
attention given to traumatic brain disorders, the
cortical syndromes, epilepsy, dementia and memory
disorders, language and developmental disorders,
alcohol-related brain damage, and other neurotoxin
induced disorders. Course content will also
examine recent research and theory concerning
neuropsychological processes in the
PSY527 THE CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST IN
PRACTICE (16)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master of
Psychology or Doctor of Psychology (Clinical)
Prerequisite: PSY522 Adult Mental Health &
PSY523 Problems Emerging During Childhood
and Adolescence
This subject builds on the skills and knowledge
students have already acquired in assessment,
treatment and evaluation of outcomes in the
treatment of clients. It provides for an overview and
evaluation of different treatment models and theories
and the traditions within which they have developed.
The subject integrates psychological findings in the
development of treatment plans for medically-based
illnesses and physical problems. In so doing it
explores different understandings of the relationship
of mind to body, especially in areas of stress-related
illnesses and psychological factors associated with
physical conditions. We consider the importance
of psychological factors in the prevention of illness
and maintenance of wellbeing. The subject also
examines contemporary topics in clinical psychology
such as evidence-based treatment and outcome
evaluation, the scientist-practitioner model and
general mental health practice guidelines.
PSY530 MASTERS DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Master
of Psychology
Prerequisite: PSY524 Research Methods
In this subject, students will be required to
individually design an empirical study. Once the
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
470 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
research proposals are approved, students will carry
out their proposed research and write a report in
APA format.
PSY704 ADVANCED CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
(FULL-TIME) (32)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Psychology
(Clinical) students only
Prerequisite: PSY527 The Clinical Psychologist
in Practice or equivalent
Key areas of clinical specialisation covered in
this final year subject include: geropsychology;
cultures and clinical practice; institutions; culture
and behaviour. This subject also examines the
critical links between research in clinical psychology
and clinical practice. The final year placement,
in a clinical specialty area chosen by the student,
will ensure a high level knowledge regarding the
effectiveness of the clinical competencies examined
throughout the course, and the capacity to manifest
these within the general framework of the scientistpractitioner model. In particular, students will be
encouraged to undertake a placement in a clinical
setting where they can combine both their clinical
and research skills.
PSY705 ADVANCED CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
(PART-TIME) (32)
Enrolment restriction: Doctor of Psychology
(Clinical) students only
Prerequisite: PSY527 The Clinical Psychologist
in Practice or equivalent
Key areas of clinical specialisation covered in
this final year subject include: geropsychology;
cultures and clinical practice; institutions; culture
and behaviour. This subject also examines the
critical links between research in clinical psychology
and clinical practice. The final year placement,
in a clinical specialty area chosen by the student,
will ensure a high level knowledge regarding the
effectiveness of the clinical competencies examined
throughout the course, and the capacity to manifest
these within the general framework of the scientistpractitioner model. In particular, students will be
encouraged to undertake a placement in a clinical
setting where they can combine both their clinical
and research skills.
PSY711 ADVANCED FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY
(FULL-TIME) (32)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Doctor
of Psychology (Forensic)
Prerequisite: PSY526 The Forensic Psychologist
in Practice or equivalent
This subject builds on the content and methods
of first and second year subjects in exploring
psychological issues in criminal law, family law,
and civil litigation. Topics which are explored
in depth include the psychological dimensions
of criminal investigation and evidentiary matters,
divorce, residence orders and contact, best interest
of the child, psychological injury, malingering and
Charles Sturt University
competencies. Students will be expected to attain
a satisfactory level of competency in assessment of
forensic clients, to design management programs for
persons in forensic settings, and have an awareness
of relevant professional and ethical issues.
PSY712 ADVANCED FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY
(PART-TIME) (32)
Enrolment restriction: Eligibility for Doctor
of Psychology (Forensic)
Prerequisite: PSY526 The Forensic Psychologist
in Practice or equivalent
This subject builds on the content and methods
of first and second year subjects in exploring
psychological issues in criminal law, family law,
and civil litigation. Topics which are explored
in depth include the psychological dimensions
of criminal investigation and evidentiary matters,
divorce, residence orders and contact, best interest
of the child, psychological injury, malingering and
competencies. Students will be expected to attain
a satisfactory level of competency in assessment of
forensic clients, to design management programs for
persons in forensic settings, and have an awareness
of relevant professional and ethical issues.
PSY721 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION
(PSYCHOLOGY) (16)
Entry restriction: Eligibility for Doctor of
Psychology (Forensic) or Doctor of Psychology
(Clinical)
Prerequisite: PSY524 Research Methods or
equivalent
The doctoral dissertation involves the
conceptualising, planning, implementing, and writing
up a program of research which extends knowledge
in the practice of psychology.
PSY722 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION
(PSYCHOLOGY) (32)
Entry restriction: Eligibility for Doctor of
Psychology (Forensic) or Doctor of Psychology
(Clinical)
Prerequisite: PSY524 Research Methods or
equivalent
The doctoral dissertation involves the
conceptualising, planning, implementing, and writing
up a program of research which extends knowledge
in the practice of psychology.
REC200 PRINCIPLES OF ECOTOURISM (8)
Introduces students to key concepts in ecotourism
and ecologically sustainable tourism development
and activities in Australia. Adopting a business
management context it explores the principles of
ecotourism and how they translate into business
practice, the key concepts of ecologically
sustainable tourism development and how they
translate into practice and includes an overview of
the legislative and management context under which
ecotourism operates. This subject has a residential
school.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 471
REC305 ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF
ECOTOURISM (8)
Prerequisite: REC200
This subject synthesises the material that
ecotourism students have been exposed to during
their course. In addition, it extends the introduction
to key concepts in ecotourism and ecologically
sustainable tourism development and activities in
Australia that was presented in REC200. With a
focus on selected topics relevant to the ecotourism
industry, broadly defined, the subject explores, in
depth, the principles of ecotourism, as well as how
these principles apply in practice. It also provides an
opportunity for students to explore and analyse, in
depth, a topic of particular interest to them.
REC400 INTERPRETIVE GUIDING
MANAGEMENT IN ECOTOURISM (8)
Teaches the theory, principles and practice of
interpretive guiding. The subject provides a
theoretical background in leadership. It discusses
interpretation and the steps involved in planning
guided interpretive activities. The roles and qualities
of guides are explained together with issues such as
protecting the heritage resources and professional
ethics. The intention of the subject is to provide
students with the necessary conceptual basis and
skills required to plan, undertake and manage
interpretive guiding activities.
REC410 RECREATION AND TOURISM IN KARST
LANDS (8)
Prerequisite: GEO450
Enrolment restrictions: Must be enrolled in
the Graduate Certificate in Karst Management
course, or if not in this course, must have
the approval of both Course Coordinators
This subject will review the special karst-dependent
issues in tourism and recreation, including
recreational caving, eco-tourism and mass tourism,
each in relation to both surface and cave
environments. It will also deal with the integration
of recreational tourism with conservation and
sustainability values. Notions of resource inventory,
assessment and research will be introduced.
RSC400 ASTHMA EDUCATION RESIDENTIAL (0)
Enrolment restrictions: Students enrolled in
Graduate Diploma of Asthma Education or at
discretion of Course Adviser, Asthma Education
This subject is designed to develop practical skills
required for effective asthma education. Practical
demonstrations and exercises exploring aspects of
respiratory anatomy and physiology, spirometry and
the pharmaceutical management of asthma will be
undertaken.
RSC410 RESPIRATORY ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education postgraduate students only
An integrated and mechanistic approach to anatomy
and physiology of the respiratory system
emphasising applied aspects.
RSC421 SPIROMETRY AND RESPIRATORY
PHARMACOLOGY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education postgraduate students only
Clinical methods of assessing ventilation via
spirometry and the pharmacologic basis of
improving in respiratory disease. Infection control
theory and procedures as they apply to respiratory
medicine are considered.
RSC431 ADVANCED PULMONARY FUNCTION
TESTING (8)
Prerequisite: RSC410 and RSC421
Enrolment restrictions: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education postgraduate students only
The practical performance and physiologic basis
of specialised clinical respiratory measurements.
These tests include determination of functional
residual capacity and thoracic gas volume,
pulmonary gas transfer, compliance, resistance and
maximal intrapulmonary pressures. Quality control
procedures relevant to the pulmonary function
laboratory are also detailed.
RSC441 ADVANCED RESPIRATORY
LABORATORY DIAGNOSTICS (8)
Prerequisite: RSC410 and RSC421
Enrolment restrictions: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education postgraduate students only
The practical performance and physiologic basis
of specialised clinical respiratory measurements.
These tests include determination of homogeneity
of pulmonary ventilation, blood gas concentrations,
bronchial hyperresponsiveness and sleep apnoea.
RSC471 ASTHMA MANAGEMENT (8)
Prerequisite: RSC400 and RSC410
Enrolment restrictions: Respiratory Science and
Asthma Education postgraduate students only
Integrates relevant knowledge and skills required
for effective practice as an asthma educator. Topics
include asthma diagnosis, monitoring and treatment
strategies.
SCI401 ADVANCED TOPICS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in BAppSc (Hons), BInfoTech (Hons),
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma and
Master coursework programs only.
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for an Honours degree program, or a
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Master
coursework program.
SCI402 ADVANCED TOPICS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: restricted to students
enrolled in BAppSc (Hons), BInfoTech (Hons),
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma and
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
472 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
Master coursework programs only.
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for an Honours degree program, or a
Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Master
coursework program.
SCI415 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH
METHODS FOR NATURAL RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Applied
Science and Honours students only
An advanced subject in research methods to
support students undertaking social science
research in natural resource management. Students
are exposed to all aspects of research from project
development to publication and dissemination of
findings. After an introduction to qualitative and
quantitative methodologies students specialise in
the study of methods they will use in their research.
SCI500 SCIENCE & RESEARCH METHODS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Graduate Diploma,
Master and Honours students only
This subject aims to provide students with skills and
knowledge required for independent scholarship or
research.
SCI501 SPECIAL TOPICS 1 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
and Bachelor or Honours programs offered
by the Faculty of Science and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or master coursework or bachelor or honours program.
SCI502 SPECIAL TOPICS 2 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
and Bachelor or Honours programs offered
by the Faculty of Science and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework or bachelor or honours program.
SCI503 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
Charles Sturt University
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI504 SPECIAL TOPICS 4 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI505 SPECIAL TOPICS 5 (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI506 SPECIAL TOPICS 6 (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI507 SPECIAL TOPICS 7 (24
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI508 SPECIAL TOPICS 8 (32)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework or program.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 473
SCI509 SPECIAL TOPICS 9 (40)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI510 ADVANCED READINGS (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Restricted to students
enrolled in Master of Applied Science (with
specialisations) and other Graduate Certificate,
Graduate Diploma and Master coursework
programs offered by the Faculty of Science
and Agriculture
This subject provides in-depth study at an advanced
level of topics related to the discipline area selected
by a student for a Graduate Certificate, Graduate
Diploma or Master coursework program.
SCI601 MASTER RESEARCH (SCIENCE)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the science
discipline.
SCI602 MASTER RESEARCH (SCIENCE)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for MPhil in the science
discipline.
SCI701 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (SCIENCE)
PART-TIME (16)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the science
discipline.
SCI702 DOCTORAL RESEARCH (SCIENCE)
FULL-TIME (32)
Prerequisite: Higher Degrees Committee
approval
The research subject for a PhD in the science
discipline.
SOC203 SOCIOLOGY OF YOUTH
Prerequisites: SOC101
This subject will critically evaluate the position of
young people in Australian society, and analyse the
development of youth policy during the post WWII
period in terms of how society constructs youth
as a social problem and politically regulates young
people’s lives. It will also study youth as social
agents, eg as consumers and citizens.
SOC210 DEVIANCE AND SOCIAL CONTROL
Prerequisites: SOC101
The subject analyses the social processes which
cause crime and deviance; those through which
identified criminals and deviant persons are
processed and the ways in which people come to
hear about and to understand crime and deviance.
The role of the mass media in the production of
ideas about crime and deviance and the social
production of crime statistics are considered. A
number of sociological theories are used as the
tools for these analyses.
SOC305 AUSTRALIAN CULTURE, MYTHS AND
NATIONALISM
This subject examines the formative cultural
processes in Australian Society. Emphasis is on the
development of Australian cultural studies although
the approach is of necessity comparative. Students
consider, at an advanced level, the changing
constructions of Australian identity as expressed in
literature, history, the media and everyday practice.
The latter part of the subject examines this material
in terms of recent theories of nationalism and
consumer culture.
SOC306 NATIONALISM, ETHNICITY AND THE
STATE
Prerequisites: SOC101
This subject will introduce students to contemporary
thinking in an important area of sociological
analysis by positioning nationalism and nationalist
discourses in the context of both theoretical
shifts within the academy and political and
social developments in Western and non-Western
societies. This problematisation of the nation-state
idea has originated from various fields of scholarship
and public activism and this subject is designed to
give students a sense of these developments.
SOC308 COMMUNITY ANALYSIS
Prerequisites: SOC101
The subject analyses social structures, including
community, class, gender and power in Australian
localities. It explores institutions including
community organisations and local government to
reveal processes of interaction, dominance and
change. Applications of participant observation,
small area demography and network analysis
are introduced. The implications of local social
structures and cultures for social, economic and
environmental change are considered, as students
are encouraged to analyse communities and their
responses to social problems.
SOC412 ADVANCED METHODOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: approval of Honours Committee
Covers qualitative and quantitative methodologies.
Considers the theory of methodology, assumptions
implicit in methodology and outlines specific methodologies. Requires students to undertake sociological research in the form of an ethnography and a
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
474 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
report based on quantitative analysis of survey data.
Students are expected to have access to a personal
computer.
SPA115 PRINCIPLES OF GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (8)
This subject introduces students to, and provides
a foundation in the use of, geographic information
systems (GIS). Students develop the basic theoretical, technical and analytical skills necessary to apply
GIS to simple spatial problems. The subject contains a significant element of practical work in which
students are encouraged to directly apply their theoretical knowledge. Attention is focussed on the
operations of GIS and the application of GIS to
simple spatial analysis. This subject forms a basis
for further study in other modules.
SPA402 SPATIAL STATISTICS (8)
Prerequisite: STA201 or equivalent on approval
of Course Coordinator
Provides an introduction to and overview of the
application of statistical techniques in spatial data
analysis. The fundamental approach used will be
to highlight the practical value of using modern
techniques instead of previous compromises. To this
end, case studies from several discipline areas will
be used together with a brief historical perspective.
A feature of this subject will be the practical
component involving data analysis and interpretation
for various problems using computer packages and
algorithms.
SPA403 ALGORITHMS IN GIS & MODELLING (8)
Prerequisites: MTH101 or SPA409 or equivalent
and a GIS subject OR approval by Course
Coordinator
Aims to cover the required skills to analyse and
develop mathematical algorithms for GIS.
SPA404 REMOTE SENSING ALGORITHMS (8)
Prerequisites: MTH101 orSPA409 or equivalent
on approval of Course Coordinator
Aims to give students an understanding of the
important mathematical concepts and algorithms
commonly used in processing, multispectral, remote
sensed, imagery.
SPA405 IMAGE ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: SPA105
Covers theoretical background of remote sensing,
treats in detail the acquisition of digital data by
imaging/non-imaging systems, and examines the
commonly used procedures for enhancing and
classifying multi-spectral data. Students produce
and field check thematic maps.
SPA406 GIS APPLICATIONS (8)
Prerequisite: SPA101
Extends the study of Geographical Information
Systems (GIS) presented in SPA101. Considers the
wide range of analytical techniques available for
Charles Sturt University
processing of spatial data, emphasising those with
direct environmental application.
SPA409 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICS FOR
SPATIAL ANALYSIS (8)
Provides an introduction to the basic mathematical
and statistical techniques required for spatial
analysis applications in GIS, Image Analysis and
Remote Sensing.
SPA412 INTEGRATED GIS REMOTE SENSING (8)
Prerequisite: SPA101 or SPA405 and SPA406
This subject focuses on the integration of
geographic information systems (GIS) and remote
sensing technologies. Students will examine the use
of these combined technologies as they apply to
natural resource management problems. A major
emphasis will be placed on students completing a
case study incorporating the use of remote sensing
and GIS.
SPA460 SPATIAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS (8)
This subject considers geographic information
systems, remote sensing, integration of GIS and
remote sensing, together with detailed studies of
applications relating to the student’s area of special
interest. As well, the student gains an appreciation
of the range of statistical techniques related to the
use of spatial information systems. This subject is
designed to fit into a course of study in which there
is only room for a single subject in the area of spatial
information systems. This subject is taught within
the context of spatial analysis and modelling and is
deliberately more qualitative than quantitative.
SPA500 PRECISION AGRICULTURE (TECHNOLOGY & DATA ACQUISITION) (8)
Corequisite: SPA101
The subject covers the strengths and limitations of
some of the latest technology used to acquire spatially registered agronomic data for crop management. These include: Global Positioning Systems
(GPS), Soil and plant sampling for biophysical and
chemical status, soil conductivity (electromagnetic
soil survey - EMSS, Veris Soil Conductivity-VSC),
Crop yield mapping and Remote sensing.
SPH501 CONTEMPORY ISSUES IN SPEECH
PATHOLOGY: URBAN & RURAL PERSPECTIVES
(8)
Enrolment restrictions: Qualified speech
pathologists only
Examines the management and delivery of speech
pathology services with regard to the current social,
political and demographic context of health care
service provision in Australia. Using both guided
readings from a wide variety of domains and
self-directed readings, students will develop their
understanding of current problems in health care
service and the innovations being developed in
a variety of contexts. Students will then apply
this knowledge and understanding to the speech
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 475
pathology context of their choice, urban or rural, in a
small project of their choice.
SRM500 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS (8)
The subject deals with advanced methods of social
research. Emphasis is placed on the procedures of
social research as well as on methodological issues
related to qualitative, quantitative and feminist
research. In addition, some elements of using
computers in social research are introduced.
SRM501 STATISTICS & COMPUTING FOR THE
SOCIAL SCIENCES (8)
This subject introduces advanced skills in computer
based statistical analysis of quantitative data
using SPSS for Windows. This involves skills
in statistical analysis, transfer data between
applications, data manipulation and cleaning
operations and interpretation of output from
statistical packages.
SRM502 SOCIAL RESEARCH PROJECT (8)
The subject allows students to undertake
independent research utilising the skills learnt in the
previous part of the course. Through independent
research, students will develop experience and
confidence in their ability to undertake major
research projects in the future.
SSC501 SCIENCE & SOCIETY (8)
The subject focuses on the impact of technological
change on society. It develops a critical sociological
understanding of science as a social institution.
Science, it is argued, is not objective, value neutral
and unambiguously beneficial, nor can it provide the
solutions to all the problems facing society. Instead,
science has become politicised and corporatised.
Implicit within the subject is an evaluation of the
status of science in society and of its role in
policy making. Ethical and epistemological issues
are also considered as well as an appreciation of
the social construction of knowledge. Individual case
studies in areas such as agriculture, biotechnology,
development studies, health and welfare issues,
IVF and other reproductive technologies, information
technologies, and rural community development, are
undertaken.
SSC502 ETHICS, LAW & MEDICAL SCIENCE (8)
Enrolment restriction: not available to students
who have completed ETH403
Studies ethical and legal issues affecting biological
and biomedical research. Examines the role of
ethics and law in scientific research, paying attention
to ethical and legal issues which have arisen in
relation to genetic engineering and recombinant
DNA research, human and foetal experimentation,
and reproductive technology. Ethics of health
care resource allocation are considered. Examines
relevant codes of ethics and the role and functioning
of ethics committees.
SSC503 RURAL SOCIETY (8)
Enrolment restriction: not for students who
have previously completed WEL5048 or WEL504
The subject deals with issues relating to the social
structures and development of rural societies in the
advanced economies, with particular emphasis upon
Australia. Aspects of rural social inequality, patterns
of community interaction and power relations, rural
culture and ideology, and global processes affecting
agriculture are analysed.
STA201 SCIENTIFIC STATISTICS (8)
This subject provides a foundation in the basic
practice of statistics, ie, explaining variability.
The orientation is towards the sciences covering
both experimental and observational data. The
emphasis is on understanding statistical concepts
and applying acquired skills to data interpretation
by the use of modern software packages. The
modern approach to the teaching of statistics is
used including group work, use of local data and
small projects.
STA308 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND
ANALYSIS (8)
Prerequisite: STA201 or equivalent
Proper experimental design is a prerequisite
to the efficient and cost-effective resolution of
comparative quantitative research questions. This
subject introduces experimental design and analysis
by examples and by the study of the underlying
linear model. Use of appropriate computer packages
allows testing of assumptions and investigation
of advanced topics. Extension of the basic
methodology are explored.
STA404 STATISTICAL REASONING (8)
Explores the use of statistical techniques to answer
questions posed by experimental researchers. The
rationale of the statistical approach to problem
solving is examined via case studies of successful
and unsuccessful applications. Modules on specific
techniques will mirror those methods peculiar
to the program of student research. Empirical
demonstration of statistical concepts will provide the
underlying theme of this expository subject.
STA409 EXTENDED LINEAR MODELS (8)
Prerequisite: STA308
Extends the linear model into situations involving
non independent observations. Such correlated
data arise in repeated measures, spatial data
and time series observations. Advanced techniques
such as REML and GLAMs will be covered, but
the modifying constraint will be the availability of
solutions in software that will allow familiarisation via
empirical demonstrations on selected problems.
STA416 STATISTICAL CONSULTING (8)
Prerequisite: two statistics subjects at Level 4
Introduces skills and techniques required of a
statistical consultant working in the industry.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
476 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
STA420 SCIENTIFIC STATISTICS (8)
Oriented towards the sciences and develops a range
of techniques and concepts from biometry and
statistics for interpretation of both experimental and
observed data. Differences in statistical inference
for experimental and observed data, design of
controlled experiments, randomisation, causality,
cost and efficiency will be illustrated by examples
drawn from agriculture, biology, environmental
science, industry and medical science. Statistical
tests based on error sums of squares will be unified
by the concept of a model and a reduced model.
STA427 GENERALISED LINEAR MODELS (8)
Prerequisite: STA308
Introduction to generalised linear models and their
application to solving real problems, use of GLIM
package.
STA457 SIMULATION MODELLING (8)
Prerequisite: MOR313, STA317
Extends mathematical modelling using the
simulation method, emphasising applications.
Connections with problems involved in continuous
simulation and discrete or stochastic simulation
are given most attention. Emphasises the use of
simulation models rather than their construction and
solution.
STA517 NONLINEAR REGRESSION MODELLING
(8)
Prerequisite: STA327 and STA317
An introduction to nonlinear regression modelling
with an emphasis on applications. Connections with
the problems of model determination in the linear
case are covered.
SWK305 ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF HUMAN
SERVICES (8)
The subject examines the rapidly growing and technologically driven human services practice offered in
teleservices and contact centre. It examines principles, processes and practices of social work/welfare/
counselling methods in teleservice and contact centres such as those that focus on income support,
child protection, information and referral and counselling. The subject examines the impact of teleservice and contact centre usage on specific areas
such as child protection, rural, multi-cultural and
indigenous clients.The subject addresses the philosophical, technological, environmental and skills
base relevant to human service practice in a teleservice or contact centre. Issues such as assessment,
identification and intervention strategies, including
the relationship with non-call based services, will
be addressed. Advantages and disadvantages of
teleservice and contact centre based human service
practice will be a focus of this subject.
SWK404 ADVANCED GROUP WORK (8)
This subject aims to develop professional, advanced
Group work skills and knowledge. Students will
Charles Sturt University
be taught essential groupwork theory and develop
skills through training exercises. Students will learn
advanced level group work conceptualisation and
practice those conceptualisations with targeted
client groups. The emphasis will be on the
integration of group work conceptualisation with
practice.
SWK405 ADVANCED COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT (8)
Enrolment restrictions: enrolment in the
Graduate Diploma in Human Services
This subject builds on students’ understanding of the
nature of community and community development.
It takes a critical perspective to examine the
purpose, ideologies and organisational settings
which influence practitioners in advancing social and
economic development at national and international
levels.
SWK406 ADVANCED HUMAN SERVICE
PLANNING (8)
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in the Graduate
Diploma in Human Services
Planning for the human services requires rational
and interactional methods and skills. This subject
takes a critical approach to planning, emphasising
the development of the planner’s influence,
overcoming resistance to change, promoting
participation, and developing linkages at the
community and institutional levels.
SWK407 RELATIONSHIPS IN CONTEXT (8)
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in the Graduate
Diploma in Human Services
This subject examines the contextual factors that
influence relationships. It will identify and critique the
dominant ideologies that define couple and family
relationships. Aspects such as gender, sexual preference, culture, family life cycle and the family of
origin will be examined. Students will be encouraged
to explore their own personal relationships in relation
to the material presented.
SWK408 RELATIONSHIPS THEORY & PRACTICE
1 (8)
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in the Graduate
Diploma in Human Services
This subject focuses on the unit of change, including
the therapist and the couple or family. Ways of therapeutically understanding the system are presented.
The use of hypothesising as an adjunct to therapy is
described. The process of therapy through the use
of questions, intervening during the session, end of
session opinions, tasks and rituals are presented.
SWK409 RELATIONSHIPS THEORY & PRACTICE
2 (8)
Prerequisite: Relationships Theory & Practice 1
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in the Graduate
Diploma in Human Services
This subject is a continuation of Relationships
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 477
Theory & Practice I in that it focuses on the development of the skills introduced in that subject. Emphasis will be placed on the development of the skills
of conceptualisation, interview strategy, questioning
technique, in-session interventions to build intensity
and create change, the use of rituals, and end of
session opinions and between session tasks. Overall
therapeutic management of the case is also presented as well as the ethics of intervention.
SWK410 ISSUES IN RELATIONSHIPS THEORY
& PRACTICE (8)
Enrolment restriction: enrolment in the Graduate
Diploma in Human Services
This subject examines a range of special issues that
frequently confront the relationship counsellor. Ways
of dealing with these difficulties in a therapeutic
setting are explored. In work with couples, the
issues include separation, domestic violence, sexual
difficulties, sexual orientation and fear of intimacy.
In work with families, the issues include working
with blended families, dealing with family secrets,
handling child sexual assault and working with other
systems such as schools, child welfare and the
juvenile justice system.
SWK414 INTERNATIONAL SOCIAL
DEVELOPMENT (8)
This subject will focus on social development as
a process of social change designed to promote
the wellbeing of a population as a whole. It is
also an approach to social welfare which offers an
effective developmental response to the situation
of socially and economically deprived populations.
It will emphasise elements of international social
work and social welfare practice useful for socioeconomic development such as self-help, mutual
aid, conscientization, institution building, community
social capital and developing community capacity.
SWK500 COURSEWORK MASTERS SOCIAL
WORK DISSERTATION (16)
Prerequisite: Relevant research methodology
subject
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in the Master
of Social Work
This subject will allow students to prepare and
present a thesis for examination. Students will be
required to research and develop original material
relating to a social work issue.
SWK501 ADVANCED SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE
THEORY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: enrolment in the Master
of Social Work
This subject provides an opportunity for students
to critically review a number of theories which
currently influence social work practice, policy and
research and reflect on the theories and values
which influence their own practice and the settings
within which they work. The subject aims to enhance
understanding of practice knowledge, values and
skill issues that arise in the tension between
managerial and professional approaches, and other
issues facing contemporary social work so that
a more thoughtful and reflective practice base is
attained.
SWK502 ISSUES IN ADVANCED SOCIAL WORK
PRACTICE (8)
Prerequisite: SWK501 Advanced Social Work
Practice Theory
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in the Master
of Social Work
Social work practice is evolving in the current time
of economic, social and political turbulence. While
the profession examines its theory base, there are
a number of salient issues arising out of practice
which social workers at all levels need to understand
and address. This subject examines a range of
such issues in the context of social work’s purpose,
values, roles and methods.
SWK503 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE WITH
DIVERSE POPULATIONS (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolment in the Master
of Social Work
This subject is directed to social work practice
with diverse populations, including ethnic (NESB or
non-English speaking backgrounds), racial (including indigenous peoples) and disadvantaged groups.
It considers how social work practitioners can deal
with ethnic, race and class issues in a variety of
settings with the context of citizenship. It explores
social work practice within the frameworks of access
& equity, EEO, industrial democracy, anti-racist and
other pertinent policies.
SWK504 HUMAN SERVICES RESEARCH
METHODS (8)
This subject will prepare students for post-graduate
human services research by examining different
epistemologies and methodologies and by focussing
on research methods appropriate to human services
situations. Topics will include needs analysis,
program evaluation and action research as well
as survey research design, sampling, methods of
data collection, data analysis and presentation of
research findings.
THL103 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL STUDIES
(8)
The foundation study in Biblical Studies as a basis
for more advanced studies of the text of the Old and
New Testaments. Students will learn basic exegetical
tools through studies of selected portions of the Old
and New Testaments with special reference to the
Gospels of Mark, Matthew and John.
13
THL111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGICAL
STUDIES (8)
This subject introduces students to the nature and
function of theology in the church and the world. It
examines issues of faith and doubt. Topics include
key concepts such as revelation, scripture, tradition,
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
478 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
reason, experience. Different types of theology are
discussed as a foundation for later theological
studies .
THL112 ASPECTS OF CHRISTOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject examines Christology and its place
in historic and contemporary Christian thinking.
Students will consider themes such as Jesus of
Nazareth and Jesus the Christ, theology of the
cross, resurrection, eschatology, soteriology, and the
cosmic Christ. These themes will be related to major
social and cultural issues of modern society.
THL121 INTRODU CTION TO CHRISTIAN
MINISTRY (8)
This subject is the foundation study for ministry
- lay and ordained. Topics include personal and
public spirituality, interpersonal relationships and
communication , and at least 30 hours of practical
work in small and large group preaching. Practical
fieldwork (at least 140 hours) through ministry
assignments and basic theological reflection (at
least 30 hours) will be supervised by parish priests
and ministers.
THL122 PASTORAL CARE & COUN SELLING (8)
This subject is the foundation for all subsequent
studies in pastoral care and counselling. It
provides an introduction to theoretical and practical
issues that are common in pastoral situations.
Consideration is given to the nature and process
of personal and group counselling, together with
understanding of different models of counselling.
Students will reflect upon psychological, moral and
faith development in the individual.
THL131 THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH TO 500 CE (8)
This is a foundation unit introducing students to
the skills appropriate to the study of church history,
including the use of documents. The contribution of
the Apostolic Fathers and early Christian Apologists
illustrate the challenges met by the church in its
formative period. Relations between church and
state form a theme throughout. Other topics include
the impact of persecutions in the years to 265
AD, the importance of Chalcedon, relations between
East and West and the claims of the Bishop of Rome
are examined.
THL132 THE WESTERN CHRISTIAN CHUR CH
FRO M 1500 -1700 CE (8)
The subject opens with an overview of the state of
the church in 1500CE and the impact of Christian
humanism. Topics include the German and Swiss
Reformations and the Roman reaction, the English
and Scottish Reformations, the Stuart period, the
Commonwealth and the Restoration settlement.
THL203 PAU L (IN ENGLISH) (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject provides advanced work in New
Charles Sturt University
Testament exegesis centred on the provenance
and theology of epistles attributed to Paul. Special
emphasis is given to Romans and 1 Corinthians as
well as a more general overview of the other Pauline
letters.
THL205 LUKE - ACTS (IN ENGLISH) (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject is centred on the provenance and
theology of Luke, i.e. Gospel of Luke and the Acts
of the Apostles. A special study will be made of
selected chapters.
THL208 THE GOSPELS OF M
A TTHEW & M
A RK
(8)
Prerequisite: THL103
A study of the Gospels of Matthew and Mark in their
historical contexts. An examination of the Gospel
genre within early Christianity in relation to Jewish
and Greco-Roman literature. A detailed study of the
Gospels of Matthew and Mark, examining them as:
expression of early Christian pluralism; as evidence
of diverse interpretations of the life, ministry and
passion of Jesus; and expressions of different ideals
of discipleship in response to Jesus.
THL209 THE WISDOM LITERATURE (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
A study of wisdom literature in its historical and
literary context. Comparative wisdom literature and
forms in the Ancient Near East (ANE) will be
considered. Forms and techniques of Hebrew poetry
will be discussed. The issue of human experience
and the language about God will be discussed.
THL211 CREATION & NEW CREATION (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
Students will reflect theologically on the themes of
creation and new creation. The experience of the
Church through the Bible, tradition, and systematic
theology provides the learning framework. Topics
include the theological nature of creation and
covenant and the work of the Spirit in creation and
continuing creation. A number of other strands are
studied, including theodicy (studies in Deuteronomy
and Job), creation and new creation in the
New Testament and the contribution of Gnostic,
Manichean and dualist thought.
THL212 THE PEOPLE OF GOD (8)
This is a foundation subject for the study of the
Church. The origins of the Christian Church and
ways in which tradition influences contemporary
Christian culture and practice are examined.
Students are introduced to the concept of sacrament
in all aspects of the life and work of the Church. It
provides the theological background to the Christian
ideal of ministry - lay and ordained. Reference
is made to concepts such as ‘gifts’, authority,
leadership, and the nature of apostolic continuity.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 479
THL222 PASTORAL THEOLOGY CLASSICAL
& MODERN (8)
This subject will consider historical models of
pastoral care as exercised as part of the ministry of
the clergy and the church. This subject introduces
a study of Pastoral Theology. The writings of such
authors as Augustine, Gregory the Great, Anselm,
Calvin, and Baxter will be reflected upon.
and the impact of Christian humanism and the
Renaissance. References are made to Orthodoxy.
THL223 CHRISTIANITY & AUSTRALIAN
SOCIETY (8)
This is a general introduction to theological and
pastoral sociology and provides an introduction to
the ways in which human identity, morals and world
views are formed and sustained. There is a focus
on contemporary Australian society throughout with
students encouraged to explore, both theoretically
and practically, the most socially and culturally
effective methods of Australian Christian ministry.
THL303 JUDAISM & EARLY CHRISTIANITY (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the rise of Judaism from
the Babylonian restoration to the 2nd century AD
with consideration of the Rabbinic literature and
the beliefs and institutions of Israel at the time of
Jesus. Torah and Mishnah are key topics. It adds to
other subjects on the Old Testament and provides
a foundation for understanding the life and cultural
setting of the New Testament Christians. Can be
taken either as an Old Testament or New Testament
subject.
THL224 BIBLICAL & SOCIAL ETHICS (8)
Prerequisite: THL103 & THL111
This is a two part subject that discusses the
relationship between theology and ethics. Part A:
Foundations - drawn upon Judaeo-Christian ethical
norms and standards. Part B: Social Ethics introduces students to the ethics of government
and politics, the ethics of economic policy and
institutions, the ethics of international relations and
the general issue of Christian ethical conduct in the
contemporary world.
THL231 AUSTRALIAN RELIGIOUS HISTORY
FROM 1788 CE (8)
The subject examines the establishment, growth and
problems of the Australian churches in each major
period from 1788 to the present. A detailed study
is made of church work with Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander peoples.
THL232 EUROPEAN RELIGIOUS HISTORY (8)
The subject starts with a review of the European
churches in 1815 and reviews the key theological
and religious issues of the 19th century. Topics
include the European missionary and colonial
expansion, the response of the churches to
totalitarianism in the period from 1918-1948 and the
impact of Marxism-Leninism after 1917. Twentieth
century developments, including fascism and
communism lead to reflection upon contemporary
theology and culture in modern Europe.
THL235 THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH FROM 500
CE-1500 CE (8)
This subject provides an introduction to monasticism
and its role in the evangelisation of Europe.
Key issues involve the role of the Papacy and
subsequent relationships between church and
state. The concept of Christendom provides a
key framework. Other topics include medieval
scholarship, the development of the religious orders,
the Conciliar Movement, resistance to the Papacy
THL301 THE GENERAL EPISTLES (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the provenance and theology
of the General Epistles with exegesis of Hebrews,
James, 1 John and 1 Peter.
THL304 THE PENTATEUCH (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject discusses the theological issues raised
by the Pentateuch and explores the cultural setting
of Israel in the Middle Eastern environment.
Students will consider the early history of Israel
including the contribution of the patriarchal and
Mosaic eras. Particular attention is given to the
concept of covenant. Reference is made to the
influence of local culture and religion in forming
Israel. This is a key unit in Old Testament studies.
THL307 THE JOHANNINE LITERATURE
Prerequisite: THL103
A study of the Johannine literature in its
historical context. An examination of the evidence
that indicates that Johannine Christianity was
a distinctive development with its own literature
within early Christianity. An examination of the
setting, literary genre, content and theology of the
Johannine Gospel and Epistles with a comparative
introduction to the book of the Revelation of John.
THL308 THE PROPHETIC LITERATURE (IN
ENGLISH)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject is designed to introduce students to
the context of prophecy and some of the distinctive
literature of the classical prophetic period of Israel.
English exegesis of selected texts chosen from a
three year cycle will be undertaken.
THL309 NEW TESTAMENT THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL103
This subject examines the main traditions of New
Testament scholarship with reference to at least one
school or tradition. Students will be expected to
undertake an in-depth study of at least one issue
as developed by one tradition or to draw a contrast
bvetween different scholarly approaches.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
480 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
THL312 ECOLOGICAL THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject examines biblical and traditional
views of the world and the impact of human
activities. It discusses the contribution of theology to
contemporary local and global environmental, ecological and technical concerns. The subject offers
students the opportunity to reflect systematically on
these issues and to develop appropriate personal
responses within Christian views of God and creation.
THL313 FEMINIST ISSUES IN THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111|
The subject examines the issue of the role and
status of women in the church. Students will examine the influence of gender attitudes in traditional
theology and praxis with a focus on contemporary
feminist critiques. The subject provides an opportunity to reformulate accepted understandings in the
light of gender awareness and gender inclusiveness.
THL314 SACRAMENTAL THEOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
The subject introduces students to the nature and
practice of Jewish worship and its influence on the
early Church. The development of worship in the
New Testament leads to the topics of baptism and
eucharist. The development of worship through the
early patristic period to the break between East and
West is followed by developments in the medieval
and Reformation periods. The development of
divergent practices in the English speaking traditions
(Anglican/Catholic and others) is the framework for
consideration of modern approaches to sacramental
theology.
traditional contemporary ministry roles - lay and
ordained. Selected writings in contemporary pastoral
theology are reviewed and discussed.
THL323 WORSHIP 1 (THE LITURGICAL
TRADITION) (8)
Centres on liturgical worship styles (e.g. Catholic,
Orthodox and Anglican). Leadership, prayer and
praise, Bible, preaching/teaching and music will
provide a framework for discussion.
THL324 WORSHIP 2 (THE EXTEMPORARY
TRADITION) (8)
Centres on the less formal styles of worship
(e.g. Uniting Church, Pentecostal, Churches of
Christ, Baptists). Leadership, prayer and praise,
Bible, preaching/teaching and music will provide a
framework for discussion.
THL325 RELATIONSHIPS, LOSS & TRAUMA
COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: THL122
This subject brings together several key themes in
pastoral counselling: marriage, family, trauma, loss
and death. It provides a theological and biblical
grounding for each theme with the development of
practical skills in caring for others as a Christian
counsellor and coping with work-related stress.
THL326 RURAL MINISTRY (8)
This is a specialist unit dealing with the
characteristics and requirements of ministry in
rural Australia. It involves a detailed study in a
selected rural context balanced with reflection on the
theological framework which relates most closely to
the needs of rural communities.
THL316 THE CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE OF GOD (8)
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject provides for a detailed study of the
Biblical and social background needed for an
understanding of Trinitarian Christianity, the unifying
theme of all Christian theology. Emphasis will be
given to the relationship between the three persons
of the Trinity. The subject examines the origins and
classical formulations of the concept and discusses
the re-examination of the classical view in the
modern theological context.
THL327 URBAN MINISTRY (8)
This is a specialist unit dealing with the
characteristics and requirements of ministry in
urban and suburban Australia. It involves reflection
on the theological frameworks which relate most
closely to the needs of urban communities. There
is an emphasis on youth culture and the needs
of the older community which represent specific
foundations for contemporary urban Australian
ministry.
THL317 MAKERS OF MODERN THEOLOGY
Prerequisite: THL111
This subject is designed to provide students with
opportunity for in depth study of important authors
and themes of twentieth century theology. The
specific writers, themes and texts to be studied in
any given year will be updated annually.
THL332 THE HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN MISSIONS
This subject deals with the foundations of Christian
missionary outreach. Students will examine the
development of mission from the Apostolic Age
to 1750 and the great era of expansion from
1759-1914. The subject provides a review of
missions in Australia and reflects on world mission in
the twentieth century.
THL321 CHURCH MISSION & LEADERSHIP (8)
Students will examine biblical models of ministry,
including priest, prophet, evangelist, teacher,
apostle, pastor, etc and is a key subject in
the development of an understanding of changing
THL333 EASTERN ORT HODOX CHURCH
TRADITIONS FROM 1800 CE (8)
This subject introduces the Orthodox churches at
the start of the 19th century, reviews the collapse
of the Turkish Empire and Orthodoxy in national/
Charles Sturt University
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 481
ethnic identity and culture. The relationship between
Eastern and Western Churches in the 19th century
and the rise of ecumenism and rapprochement
between East and West in the 20th century are
discussed.
THL401 INTRODUCTION TO CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY (8)
This subject studies the sources and vehicles of
Catholic faith. It then studies key areas of Catholic
teaching and worship through selected readings.
THL402 INTRODUCTION TO THE CATHOLIC
LITURGY (8)
This subject introduces the students to the study
of the Catholic Liturgy and offers a background to
help in the planning and celebration of the liturgy of
children.
THL405 FUNDAMENTAL MORAL THEOLOGY
This subject examines the principles, sources,
methods and norms of Christian moral theology,
paying particular attention to the concept of the
person and to the engagement of Christianity with
diverse cultures and values.
THL411 CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES TO
BIBLICAL STUDIES (16)
This subject compares and contrasts major
contemporary approaches to the study of the Old
and New Testament. It traces recent developments
in Biblical Studies, paying particular attention to
methodology, both in a theoretical framework and
through an analysis of a variety of concrete
exegetical problems.
THL412 METHODS OF MODERN THEOLOGY (16)
This subject compares and contrasts major options
in contemporary theological methodology. It traces
the recent history of theology from Schleiermacher
to the present day, paying particular attention to the
critical correlation between culture and faith and the
impact this has on shaping theology’s understanding
of its task and procedure. The significance of
differing theological methods is examined both
theoretically and through an analysis of a variety of
concrete theological problems.
THL413 CHURCH HISTORY METHODOLOGY (16)
This subject aims to foster a self-critical religious
historiography by exploring how and why history
is written and re-written. It seeks to identify the
dominant concerns and emphases of past and
recent historiography to uncover widely recognised
criteria for good history writing; to focus on perennial
methodological issues in religious history writing; to
survey critically recent Australian religious history
writing; and to demonstrate the central part that
history as a discipline plays within theological
studies.
THL414 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGY (16)
This subject explores some major issues in contemporary biblical and theological hermeneutics. It
traces the recent history of biblical interpretation
across a spectrum of views from fundamentalism to
reader response theory. The dialectic between biblical exegesis and systematic theology is examined
both theoretically and in terms of an analysis of
concrete theological problems. These problems will
include questions of liberation, pluralism and environmental integrity. The subject is designed to consolidate learning in these central areas and as
a foundation for further independent theological
research.
THL415 THEOLOGY HONOURS
PROJECT/DISSERTATION (32)
A research subject, approved by an appointed
supervisor, showing awareness of scholarly debate
and involving critical analysis of relevant materials
in one of the following specialist theological fields:
Biblical Studies; Systematic Theology; Church History; Pastoral and Worship Studies, demonstrating
the capacity to assemble and argue research at
advanced level. The dissertation is written over two
sessions and must not exceed 15000 words in
length.
THL421 PRINCIPLES OF CHURCH LEADERSHIP
(8)
Action research in church leadership focussed on
the local congregation is the central concern
of this subject. A wide variety of leadership
options are examined, together with the role
of vision and mission statements; the historic
and contemporary roles of the clergy and laity
(the clerical paradigm); the traditional models
of the Church (the Christendom paradigm); the
multicultural context of the post -1950 church; and,
the role of the church as a competing voluntary
association in Australian society.
THL422 PRINCIPLES OF CHURCH
MANAGEMENT (8)
General theories of management as these apply
in non-profit, voluntary associations: values, and
practices based on the command/nurture paradigms
of management; the management of worship;
the management of people linked by faith and
free association; and, the management of an
institution with a unique role of personal and
corporate spirituality which create Christian ideals of
management are examined.
THL423 MISSION & EVANGELISM (8)
This subject examines traditional views of the
mission of the church in society, including its cultic
role, its decline in social importance and the various
responses proposed to challenge its apparent loss
of influence as an institution. The ‘common religion’
paradigm (non-institutionalised belief - believing
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
482 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
without belonging) is central to the overall discussion
which includes reference to secularism and the postmodern society.
THL424 INDEPENDENT STUDY PROJECT IN
CHURCH LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT (8)
This subject is designed and implemented by
students, either working alone or in a consortium.
Students are required to identify and address a
challenge in their congregation and to develop and
implement a problem-solving process. Students will
be expected to provide a situational analysis; a
vision and mission statement; and full documented
goal statement; models of leadership and
management and a literature review.
THL425 THE MISSION & EXPANSION OF
CHRISTIANITY (8)
This subject surveys the mission and expansion of
Christianity from the Apostolic age to 1750. There
is a particular focus on the great era of missionary
expansion, 1759-1914. The history of missions
in Australian and Pacific regions is considered,
with attention directed at the encounter between
Christian missions and indigenous culture.
THL426 THE DIACONATE IN HISTORY &
CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENT (8)
The order of Deacon in the Christian Church
has undergone great changes over the centuries.
Students will examine contemporary developments
in this order of ministry in light of its history and the
practice of the Church
THL427 INDEPENDENT FIELDWORK PROJECT
IN DIACONAL MINISTRY (8)
Students are required to identify and address a
challenge in diaconal ministry. They will be expected
to provide a situational analysis; a vision and
ministry strategy for the exercise of the diaconate in
a specific context. The proposal will be expected to
reflect a developed theology of the diaconate.
THL428 ADVANCED PASTORAL COUNSELLING
(8)
This subject has a focus on relationship and
grief counselling. The skills of the relationship,
marriage and family counselling are introduced
and practised in small group role plays. The
genogram, communication, conflict resolution, and
care behaviours are examined. The Guerin four
stage model of relationship conflict is explained. A
distinction is made between normal and abnormal
grief, and the four task approach of J.A.Worden is
used to help the grief process.
THL429 TOWARDS A PSYCHOLOGY OF
RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE (8)
The psychology of religion is introduced from an
historical perspective. This includes the thinking
of such figures as Freud, Jung, Allport, Maslow,
Piaget, and May. An overview of the development
Charles Sturt University
of the psychoanalytic tradition through the schools
of classical, Ego Psychology, Object-Relations, and
Self Psychology is also provided. The contribution
of Self Psychology to the understanding of religious
experience is a particular focus of the course.
The students are encouraged to apply a theory of
psychology of their choice to an account of religious
experience.
THL430 COUNSELLING SURVIVORS OF
TRAUMA & SEXUAL ABUSE (8)
This subject examines the nature of trauma and
the psychological impact on the personality in Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder. What is the role of
being a victim? Becoming a survivor. Specific issues
such as the impact of incest, rape, family violence,
and accidents. There is a discussion of different
strategies for treatment. Some controversial topics
are considered such as the validity of recovered
memories, ritual abuse and multiple personality.
THL431 GROUP DYNAMICS & COUNSELLING (8)
The learning in this subject is based upon the
student’s experience in a counselling group. The
residential school begins with a full day of
group experience. This is then used to illustrate
themes such as the stages in the group process:
formation, transition, cohesion, and termination.
Academic content includes an historical overview
of approaches to group counselling and current
styles. In addition, consideration is given to practical
issues such as selection of group members and the
process of starting a group.
THL433 PASTORAL COUNSELLING CASES (8)
The lecturer will present a number of cases from
his/her practice to illustrate how to understand
depression, anxiety and phobias, chronic pain,
intergenerational family themes such as sexual
abuse, personality disorders and psychosis such
as schizophrenia. The student will be introduced to
the diagnostic manual of the American Psychiatric
Association DSM IV. Each student will present a
case from his or her practice to the group for
lecturer and peer feedback. Issues such as clinical
practice, arrangement of the counselling room,
record keeping, fees, preparation of legal reports,
and ethical decision-making will be discussed.
THL434 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION (8)
This subject focuses on historical models of
spiritual direction in the Christian tradition and
contemporary models that extend from these roots.
It examines the theology that informs the ministry,
models of prayer and reflection and life experience.
A practical component considers the ministry of
spiritual direction with an emphasis on qualities
required for those seeking to practise the ministry of
spiritual guidance.
THL435 PASTORAL CARE OF THE AGED (8)
Study of the ageing process, with particular
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 483
reference to psychological and spiritual aspects.
Topics will include sexuality and ageing, social
isolation, retirement, widowhood, increasing frailty
and growing dependence, the affects of
hospitalisation and living in long-term care facilities,
dementia, depression and acute confusion in elderly
people, and ‘the burden of care’ will attend worship,
communication problems, loss of meaning in life,
fear of dying, ethical issues such as euthanasia and
also be addressed, together with spiritual needs,
inability to rationing of health resources.
THL436 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PASTORAL
COUNSELLING (8)
An independent study on an approved topic of
relevance to Pastoral Counselling. The orientation
may be predominantly theoretical or clinical.
THL437 ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT
EXEGESIS (16)
This subject involves exegesis of a substantial
portion of the Greek New Testament at graduate
level, including preparation of a major exegetical
paper in a chosen area. Translation and textual:
critical issues will be examined. The student will
be expected to show familiarity with various critical
approaches to exegesis.
THL439 ADVANCED OLD TESTAMENT
EXEGESIS (16)
This subject involves exegesis of a substantial
portion of the Old Testament in Hebrew, or
Septuagint Greek Version at graduate level,
including preparation of a major exegetical paper
in a chosen area. Translation and textual - critical
issues will be examined. The student will be
expected to show familiarity with various critical
approaches to exegesis.
THL444 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH PROJECT
(16)
A research subject, approved by an appointed
supervisor, involving critical analysis of materials in
one of the following specialist areas: Biblical Studies;
Systematic Theology; Church History; Pastoral and
Worship Studies.
THL445 PSYCHOSOCIAL AND SPIRITUAL
DEVELOPMENT IN OLDER PEOPLE (8)
This subject provides a theoretical basis for understanding the ageing process from a psychosocial
and spiritual perspective for health care workers,
clergy and pastoral carers. It introduces students to
the study of psychosocial and spiritual development
in the later years of life. Content includes theories
of psychosocial and spiritual development and role
changes, study of narrative, life review and meaning
in later life.
THL447 PASTORAL CARE IN MENTAL HEALTH
AND DEMENTIA (8)
Prerequisite: Completion of Graduate Certificate
subjects or with permission of Course
Co-ordinator.
This subject examines mental health and illness
issues in the context of providing effective pastoral
care to older adults. Issues of faith and finding
meaning will be explored in relation to depression,
dementia and other mental health issues in later life.
Pastoral counselling strategies that assist in promoting quality of life for these people will be studied in
this subject.
THL448 INDEPENDENT GUIDED STUDY IN
AGEING AND PASTORAL CARE (8)
Enrolment restrictions: Available for students
enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Ageing
and Pastoral Studies only.
An independent in-depth study on ageing and pastoral care. This project will give the student an
opportunity to explore a topic of their own choice in
gerontology.
THL449 CLINICAL AND PASTORAL EDUCATION
IN AGED CARE (16)
Prerequisites: Completion of Graduate Certificate subjects or permission of Course
Co-ordinator.
Students undertake a balanced program of theoretical and practical activities which strengthen interpersonal relationship and negotiation skills in extraparochial and congregational pastoral care, with a
particular focus on the ageing process and issues of
later life. Students are required to take 400 hours of
supervised placement (300 hours in aged care settings, 80 hours group supervision, 10 hours didactics and 10 hours individual supervision). CPE must
be undertaken within a recognised CPE program
under the supervision of an accredited CPE supervisor. It is desirable that the students have completed
one basic unit of CPE prior to enrolment in this unit.
THL450 FIELD STUDIES (16)
Prerequisite: Completion of Graduate Certificate
subjects or with permission of Course
Co-ordinator.
Enrolment restrictions: Enrolled in Graduate
Diploma of Ageing and Pastoral Studies.
The student will spend a one semester clinical
placement in an approved setting working with older
people. During this time the student will complete
a fields study project with the guidance of a supervisor. The project will draw on previous studies in
ageing and pastoral studies.
THL451 ETHICAL AND THEOLOGICAL ISSUES
IN AGEING (8)
This subject has as its starting point the individual
societal experience of ageing in Australia society.
On the basis of this data students will reflect in
a systematic way on the theological concepts and
approaches that Christian, other religious traditions
and humanistic approaches bring to a consideration
of ageing. In the context of this pluralist theological
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
484 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
and philosophical milieu it will then be possible to
explore a range of ethical issues associated with
ageing in contemporary life.
THL453 SUPERVISION IN MINISTRY (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Ministry
This subject is the introductory unit in the supervision for ministry program and as such provides
a theoretical framework as well as a praxis orientation. It focuses on supervision within educational and
theological frameworks and contexts. Insights from
personal and professional experience in ministry are
combined with theological reflection and educational
theories of praxis learning. The subject will commence the process to supervise students in a variety
of ministry settings within and outside the church.
THL454 CHRISTOLOGIES IN CONTEXT (16)
Enrolment restrictions: Master of Theology
This subject builds upon previous work done in
Christology. Its focus enables students to think
theologically through a range of issues which arise
out of cultural diversity and theological pluralism
via a doctrine of Christology. Its focus on this
doctrine is based on the assumption that Christology
occupies a pivotal position in the cores systematic
agenda and also in the debate over the relationship
between faith and culture. It presupposes that how
we understand the person and work of work of
Christ must take into consideration questions of
identity in a postmodern, postcolonial world.
THL455 MISSION LEADERSHIP IN AUSTRALIA
(8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Ministry
This subject provides leaders of congregations with
a different way to assess the life of the congregation
in terms of the mission context in which the congregation is placed. In the past attention was first
focused on the nature of the church, the role of
ministry, and the requirements of leadership. Such
an approach leaves out the impact of the changing
mission context of the congregation upon the congregation in a post-modern society as one of the key
factors for the life of the church and its leadership.
The National Church Life Survey has shown that
in a time of rapid change, and growing diversity,
religious belief is increasingly seen to be a matter of
individual choice. It is the nature of this mission context that is now the vital factor in re-assessing the
role of leadership in local congregations throughout
Australia. The nature of the Church is explored from
a missiological perspective, and the role of leadership in various contexts provides the basis for ways
of assessing the options available for leadership.
THL501 GUIDED READING - BIBLICAL STUDIES
(16)
An independent study at graduate level on an
approved topic in Biblical Studies. The student
will be expected to demonstrate the use of
appropriate methodology and research, written and
Charles Sturt University
oral communication skills through the preparation
and presentation of a substantial essay.
THL502 GUIDED READING - SYSTEMATIC
THEOLOGY (16)
An independent study at graduate level on an
approved topic in Systematic Theology. The student
will be expected to demonstrate the use of
appropriate methodology and research, written and
oral communication skills through the preparation
and presentation of a substantial essay.
THL503 GUIDED READING - CHURCH HISTORY
(16)
An independent study at graduate level on an
approved topic in Church History. The student
will be expected to demonstrate the use of
appropriate methodology and research, written and
oral communication skills through the preparation
and presentation of a substantial essay.
THL507 THEOLOGY, CHURCH & MINISTRY (16)
This subject is the core theology unit in the Master
of Ministry program and as such provides a strong
theoretical framework to complement the praxis
orientation of other units. It focuses on ecclesiology
as the hermeneutical key for understanding the
task of theology and the nature of ministry in
contemporary Australian society. The unit builds
upon foundational subjects in the BTh on Theology,
doctrine of God and Church and ministry. Students
examine the form and dynamic that gives rise
to and sustains communal life in human society.
Insights concerning the nature of God from within
the Christian tradition are developed in relation to
contemporary organisational and communications
theory. This facilitates a critique of prevailing
patterns of institutional life in Church and wider
society. In this context the nature and character of
the Church’s ministry can be reassessed.
TRM511 FOUNDATIONS OF TOURISM (8)
The subject explores three major facets of how the
tourism industry works in a business environment. It
begins by discussing the structure and organisation
of the tourism industry and examines the sociology
of tourism and places the human involvement in
tourism into the delivery of tourism products. Finally,
the subject explores the impacts of tourism and
examines a number of ethical issues affecting
tourism industry professionals.
TRM512 TOURISM PLANNING AND
OPERATIONS
This subject adopts a strategic business planning
approach to the development, operation and
management of a small tourism enterprise. The
focus of the subject is on the nature-based tourism
sector. However, the principles taught relate to all
manner of tourism organisations. The subject examines business planning, operational issues, customer service and ethical issues affecting the suc-
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 485
cessful development and operation of a tourism
organisation.
TRM514 MARKETING TOURISM PRODUCTS (8)
This subject examines the unique features involved
in the marketing of tourism products. Adopting a
marketing management approach to the development and delivery of tourism products, it introduces
students to the tourism marketing process, teaches
them how to apply specific tourism marketing techniques and emphasises the role and operations of
travel trade. The subject also examines the implications of emerging technologies on the marketing
of tourism products. Assumed knowledge for this
subject is equivalent to that covered in MKT501 or
TRM511.
TRM515 TOURISM POLICY AND STRATEGIC
DEVELOPMENT
This subject examines the role that policy plays
in the development of effective tourism strategies
to influence tourism demand. Adopting a strategic
policy focus, it recognises the complexity of tourism
systems and the need to make tactical decisions
about the product markets in which a tourism organisation or destination chooses to compete. The subject examines how opportunities are identified and
identifies, analyses and examines the impact that
a variety of external factors have on tourism policy
development. Assumed knowledge for this subject
is equivalent to that covered in TRM514.
TRM516 THE MANAGEMENT OF TOURISM
EVENTS (8)
Events are playing an increasingly important role
in the development of regional and capital city tourism destinations. This subject develops the practical,
applied skills necessary to organise and stage successful events. Issues relating to idea generation,
event planning, project coordination, the marketing
of events, sourcing of funding and on-site operations
of events are discussed. Assumed knowledge for
this subject is equivalent to that covered in TRM514.
TRM517 EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS IN TOURISM
The subject examines and analyses the practice
of employment relations within the tourism industry
by combining elements of industrial relations
and human resource management. A broad,
employment relations framework is used to analyse
the specific challenges currently associated with
managing and working in the tourism industry
in Australia. The subject identifies the various
participants in the tourism employment relationship,
the major issues that concern them and the
processes they can use to resolve conflict, codify
practice and set employment standards. The subject
also establishes what human resource management
functions are used to plan, recruit and select,
reward, evaluate and train tourism staff and how the
implementation of these functions are affected by
industrial relations practices.
TVP400 INTRODUCTION TO TELEVISION &
MULTIMEDIA (8)
This subject will provide students with an
understanding of the terminology and technology
used in the area of television and multimedia, and a
familiarity with recent and future developments.
TVP401 TELEVISION PRODUCTION SKILLS FOR
MULTIMEDIA (8)
This subject enables students to become conversant
with the theory and practical application of the
television production and post production processes
involved in the design and implementation of audio
and video for multimedia.
TVP402 AUDIOGRAPHIC MANIPULATION (8)
Prerequisite: TVP400
This subject will provide students with theoretical,
practical and operational skills for the production of
text, graphics and audio for multimedia.
TVP403 AUTHORING & MULTIMEDIA
PRODUCTION (8)
Prerequisite: TVP400, TVP401
This subject will provide students with theoretical,
practical and operational skills required for the
authoring and production of multimedia.
VIT401 ADVANCED VINE PHYSIOLOGY (8)
Prerequisite: Postgraduate Committee approval
A study of the effect of environmental stress
on metabolism and transport of sugar and other
metabolites through vines; the principles for the
development of grape and wine quality.
WEL400 SOCIAL WELFARE DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restriction: BSocSc(Social Welfare)
(Honours) students only
Prerequisite: WEL402
A research program involving social welfare practice
or policy analysis or related issues approved by
the Course Coordinator. The program will lead to a
contribution to knowledge by original investigation or
by review and criticism. The maximum length of the
dissertation will be 15 000 words.
WEL401 SOCIAL POLICY & SOCIAL THEORY
(16)
Enrolment restriction: Bachelor of Social Work
students only
Examines recent writings dealing with the role
of governments in making and implementing
social policy. Deals with Australia and pays
particular attention to the administrative apparatus of
government and normative issues which have arisen
in discussion of the role of the state.
13
WEL402 SOCIAL WELFARE READING SUBJECT
(8)
Enrolment restriction: BSocSc (Social Welfare)
(Honours) students only
Prerequisite: ETH401
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
486 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
This subject will involve in-depth reading and
seminars in one of a variety of social welfare
practice or policy areas. Fields in which supervision
is currently available include: Aged Care, Child
Welfare, Community Work, Disability, Juvenile
Justice, Mental Health, Non-Metropolitan Welfare
Service Delivery, Social Policy and Planning,
Women’s Issues, Youth.
WEL403 CHILD & ADOLESCENT WELFARE:
PHILOSOPHY & POLICY (8)
Contemporary child welfare policy and practice are
characterised by a tension between the needs and
rights of children, the rights of parents and the role
and responsibility of the state in providing care and
protection when family care breaks down. Within a
historical framework starting with the philosopher
John Locke, this subject considers the development
of current child welfare policy in the light of a number
of philosophical theories about children, children’s
rights, parental authority and the role of the state.
WEL404 CHILD PROTECTION (8)
Examines the principles process and practice
of child protection, including the protection of
adolescents. Issues such as prevention, notification
and mandatory reporting of child abuse, allocation,
assessment, identification and intervention
strategies including the relationship with the law
will be examined. It will include a comparative and
critical analysis of current Australian child protection
systems, protocols and policies.
WEL406 EVALUATION IN CHILD & ADOLESCENT PROTECTION (8)
Prerequisite: WEL403, WEL404
This subject examines the principles and practice
of evaluation, with emphasis on child protection at
the primary, secondary and tertiary levels. Issues
covered include the evaluation of programs aimed at
the community, targeted groups and those who have
entered the care system. The focus will be on both
systemic evaluation of child protection and individual
evaluation of child protection.
WEL407 CHILD & ADOLESCENT WELFARE IN
ABORIGINAL COMMUNITIES (8)
This subject begins by examining the history of child
and adolescent welfare in Aboriginal communities,
and examines the influence of history on present
policies related to Aboriginal children and youth. It
further considers culturally appropriate responses
to child protection and substitute care including
issues such as self-determination for Aboriginal
communities, land rights and empowerment.
WEL408 FAMILY SUPPORT & SUBSTITUTE
CARE (8)
This subject critically considers methods of family
support and the rationale behind them. It also
considers forms of substitute care and evaluates
their outcomes from the child’s perspective.
Charles Sturt University
Though the subject concentrates on children and
adolescents in abusive or potentially abusive
situations, it also examines family support and
substitute care for children and adolescents where
abuse is not an issue.
WEL409 GRIEF AND LOSS (8)
Prerequisites: WEL414 and PSY402
This subject prepares students for working with
clients through the processes of loss and grief,
genetic problems, neonatal fatality, inadvisability of
procreation etc. Issues related to preparing a family
for the management of a child with high care needs
will be addressed theoretically and with practice
experience. The preparation of adolescents and
young adults for making decisions on behavioural
choices, use of screening and determination of risk
will be explored.
WEL410 VULNERABLE ADULT POPULATIONS
(8)
The subject begins with an examination of the
concept of vulnerability and what makes someone
vulnerable. Current demographic data and social,
psychological, physiological and health research will
be considered to identify and describe the aetiology
and characteristics of particular sub-groups in
society who are considered vulnerable to harm or
exploitation. These groups will include the frail aged,
demented, brain injured, terminally ill, mentally ill,
severely physically disabled, intellectually impaired
and the self-neglecting adult.
WEL411 ADULT PROTECTION: LAW, POLICY
& SERVICES (8)
Prerequisite: WEL410
The theme of this subject is the balance by the
law and social policy of the competing goals of
maximising freedom and protecting the welfare of
the individual. The subject begins with an historical
overview of the role of the State in first controlling
and later protecting vulnerable groups such as
the mentally ill, intellectually impaired, the indigent
and the self-neglecting adult. It examines the shift
from custodial care to welfare models of protection,
de institutionalisation and normalisation, and the
assertion of civil rights by and on of behalf of
vulnerable groups. The subject also examines a
range of current legal and policy approaches in
Australia and overseas to protecting vulnerable
adults as well as public and private models of
advocacy.
WEL412 FOUNDATIONS IN MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Lays foundation of knowledge in the mental health
area. Covers questions of classifying and describing
psychiatric syndromes and issues of competing
explanatory models. Includes important community
issues such as care of mentally ill in remote areas of
Australia, multicultural perspectives and role of the
professional worker in various forms of social and
therapeutic measures.
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 487
WEL413 COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH (8)
Prerequisite: WEL412
Explores the concept of community mental health,
especially its implications in the shift in focus of
psychiatric care from institutions to normal human
settings, and also to the implications for alternatives
to conventional psychiatric treatment. Attention is
paid to questions of developing a successful
community program, problems of law and social
policy, and culture. Treatment approaches in
the community include the added dimension of
environmental resources and these are integrated
into a psychosocial methodology to provide a
comprehensive mental health service.
WEL414 GENETIC COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: WEL423
Enrolment restriction: restricted to Graduate
Diploma of Genetic Counselling students
This subject aims to provide knowledge of
strategies for working with various types and
groupings of clients. Counselling strategies and
skills development in more complex environments
will be practised. Basic case management will be
included.
WEL415 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN GENETIC
COUNSELLING (8)
Prerequisite: WEL423
This subject aims to draw together a range of
professional issues pertinent to genetic counselling
practice. Topics include defining the role of
genetic counselling within the health care system,
feminist perspectives on reproductive genetics, risk
perception and assessment in genetic counselling,
the legal responsibilities of genetic counsellors,
genetic databases, genetic information, privacy and
the right to know, gene therapy.
WEL416 CHANGING HUMAN SERVICE
ORGANIZATIONS (8)
This subject will introduce and examine the ways to
change human service organisations. This subject
will integrate the content from the “Organization
Change” core subject (HRM 509) and apply that
knowledge by way of case studies of change
processes within human service organisations
(HSO). The focus will be on the methods of changing
HSOs both from inside and outside the organisation.
WEL417 COMMUNITY SERVICE
ORGANISATIONS (8)
This subject examines the unique features of
community sector organisations within the human
services, and the rise of the community services
industry. The non-profit nature of organisations;
the role of clients and participants; board of
management roles and responsibilities; public sector
financing; financial management with the public
and community sectors; project management;
community sector managers roles; community
accountability; formal and informal organisations;
incorporation and legal issues; roles with self-help
organisations; media and the community sector;
policy and program management.
WEL418 CASE MANAGEMENT (8)
Enrolment restriction: postgraduate students
only
This subject deals with case management policy
and procedures within the human services, including
needs assessment, contracting, service delivery,
advocacy, monitoring and other functions. It explores
case management within a variety of settings,
government and non-government.
WEL421 FAMILY SUPPORT & CASEWORK
Prerequisite: PSY113 or equivalent
This subject will examine casework, case
management and family support practices at
individual and team levels that lead to support for
children and adolescents who have been, or are
at risk of abuse or neglect. Interviewing, compiling
case histories and counselling skills pertinent to
working with children and adolescents will be
considered.
WEL422 SUBSTITUTE CARE
Prerequisite: PSY113 or equivalent
This subject considers different forms of substitute
care and permanency planning and evaluates their
outcomes from the child’s perspective. Though the
subject concentrates on children and adolescents
in abusive or potentially abusive situations, it
also examines substitute care for children and
adolescents where abuse is not an issue.
WEL423 THEORY AND PRACTICE FOR GENETIC
COUNSELLORS (8)
Enrolment restriction: Not for students who
have completed PSY402.
This subject provides the theoretical and practice
skills base necessary for genetic counsellors. It
covers the major counselling theories, ethics, skills
and strategies compatible with major theoretical
frameworks. It covers counselling techniques
relevant to working with children, couples and
families, people with disabilities, or from diverse
cultural and ethnic groups. It also identifies the
special requirements for working with people at
different stages of the life cycle. As such it forms the
theoretical and practice skills foundation for students
who will specialise in genetic counselling.
WEL503 SOCIAL POLICY FORMULATION,
IMPLEMENTATION & EVALUATION (16)
Prerequisite: WEL501 and WEL502
Enrolment restriction: Master of Social Science
(Welfare & Social Policy) students only
A study of policy processes as they affect social and
welfare policy. Political, economic and administrative
aspects of the process are examined as are
needs analysis, community consultation, social
indicator data and principles and methods of policy
evaluation.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.
488 - Postgraduate Subject Descriptions
WEL505 CHILD WELFARE: POLICY & PRACTICE
(16)
Prerequisite: WEL501 and WEL502
Enrolment restriction: Master of Social Science
(Welfare and Social Policy) students only
Examines psychological theories concerning
children’s developmental needs and well being, and
their relationship to and congruency with social
policy and practice concerning children. Special
attention is paid to the role of the law and the legal
system as instruments of social policy.
WEL506 MENTAL HEALTH POLICY STUDIES (16)
Prerequisite: WEL501 and WEL502
Enrolment restriction: Master of Social Science
(Welfare & Social Policy) students only
Deals with recent developments in mental health
policy. Emphasises relationship between ethics,
the law and mental health care policy, and
de-institutional and community care approaches.
WEL507 SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY (16)
Prerequisite: WEL501 and WEL502
Enrolment restriction: Master of Social Science
(Welfare & Social Policy) students only
Aims to satisfy the needs of those working in a
profession involving the aged, and persons seeking
a broader knowledge base for career purposes.
Examines psychological, cultural, physiological,
sociological, and demographic perspectives on
ageing and considers policy developments in
Australia on the basis of these perspectives.
Opportunities exist for students to explore specialist
areas such as community care, confused and
disturbed elderly, older Aboriginals, ethnic, aged,
elder abuse and retirement.
WEL508 SOCIAL POLICY READING SUBJECT
(8)
Prerequisite: WEL501
Enrolment restriction: MSocSc(Welfare & Social
Policy) students only
This subject will involve in-depth reading and
seminars in one of a variety of social welfare and
policy areas. Fields in which supervision is currently
available include: Rural Social Issues; Child Welfare;
Mental Health, Gerontology, Disabilities; Women;
Race & Ethnicity; and Law & Policy.
WEL509 WOMEN & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
Enrolment restriction: MSocSc(W&SP) students
only
This subject will focus on how existing social policies
affect the status and life-chances of women. In
particular, the subject will examine women’s position
with regard to the law, education, welfare and
economic policies.
WEL511 SOCIAL PLANNING & EVALUATION (8)
Enrolment restriction: Master of Social Science
(W&SP) students only
This subject examines a range of models for
Charles Sturt University
social planning and evaluation (e.g. Strategic
Planning, Management by Objectives, MPES,
Regional Planning) applied to different levels of
administration (central, regional, local and small
groups). The models will be critiqued from political,
social, economic, organisational analysis and other
perspectives. Skill development and theoretical
critique are balanced in this subject.
WEL512 GOVERNMENT & SOCIAL POLICY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed WEL501
This subject examines recent theories dealing with
the role of government and bureaucracy, especially
in relation to Australian social policy.
WEL513 SOCIAL POLICY & SOCIAL THEORY (8)
Enrolment restrictions: not available to students
who have completed WEL501
This subject examines normative approaches to
social policy. It deals with theories about social
justice, need and well-being, freedom and equality,
and participation and autonomy.
WEL514 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN
DISABILITIES (8)
Introduces students to a range of contemporary
issues in the area of disabilities, with respect
to the varying backgrounds and current working
environments of those students. Students will
gain insight into the various paradigms that exist
within the field of disabilities with regard to
policy, programs, challenges related to economic
rationalism, and quality service provision. A studentdirected approach will be supported with guidance
and advice, enabling the student to link theory to a
practice area of concern.
WEL515 SOCIAL POLICY AND PLANNING
PROJECT (16)
In this subject students will undertake a project
focused on social policy and/or planning issues.
Students will engage in a planning process which
will result in either a policy options paper or a social
planning project.
WEL516 SOCIAL POLICY PROCESSES (8)
A study of policy processes as they affect social and
welfare policy. Political, economic and administrative
aspects of the process are examined as are
needs analysis, community consultation, social
indicator data and principles and methods of policy
evaluation.
WEL517 CHILD & ADOLESCENT WELFARE
DISSERTATION (32)
Enrolment restrictions: students who completed
the Graduate Diploma of Child & Adolescent
Welfare prior to 1998
Prerequisites: Completion of the Graduate
Diploma of Child & Adolescent Welfare prior
to 1998
Postgraduate Subject Descriptions - 489
In this subject students will undertake a project
focused on social policy, case student management
or planning issues or a combination of these foci.
Students will engage in a planning process related
to child and adolescent welfare, which will result in
wither a case management study, a policy options
paper, or a social planning report.
WEL519 SOCIAL POLICY DISSERTATION 1 (48)
Prerequisite: WEL503
Enrolment restriction: not for students who
have completed WEL500
A research program involving social policy analysis
or issues relating to social policy analysis approved
by the Course Coordinator. The program will
lead to a distinct contribution to knowledge by
original investigation or by review and criticism. The
maximum length of the dissertation will be 20 000
words (dissertation is completed in three sessions).
WEL520 SOCIAL POLICY DISSERTATION 1 (48)
Prerequisite: WEL503
Enrolment restriction: not for students who
have completed WEL500
A research program involving social policy analysis
or issues relating to social policy analysis approved
by the Course Coordinator. The program will
lead to a distinct contribution to knowledge by
original investigation or by review and criticism. The
maximum length of the dissertation will be 20 000
words (dissertation is completed in two sessions).
WEL521 SOCIAL POLICY DISSERTATION 2 (24)
Prerequisite: WEL503 &/or WEL510
A research paper involving social policy analysis or
issues relating to social policy analysis approved by
the Course Coordinator. The maximum length of the
paper will be 10,000 words.
13
Postgraduate Handbook 2002
The web version of this Handbook may differ from the printed version. Where they differ the web version is the most up-to-date.